Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS

Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Single Correct Answer Type

1. For a compound microscope, the focal lengths of object lens and eye lens are 𝑓𝑜 and 𝑓𝑒 respectively, then
magnification will be done by microscope when
a) 𝑓𝑜 = 𝑓𝑒 b) 𝑓𝑜 > 𝑓𝑒 c) 𝑓𝑜 < 𝑓𝑒 d) None of these
2. The length of the tube of a microscope is 10 𝑐𝑚. The focal lengths of the objective and eye lenses are
0.5 𝑐𝑚 and 1.0 𝑐𝑚. The magnifying power of the microscope is about
a) 5 b) 23 c) 166 d) 500
3. A spectrum is formed by a prism of dispersive power ′𝜔′. If the angle of deviation is ‘𝛿′, then the angular
dispersion is
a) 𝜔/𝛿 b) 𝛿/𝜔 c) 1/𝜔𝛿 d) 𝜔𝛿
4. Refractive index for a material for infrared light is
a) Equal to that of ultraviolet light b) Less than for ultraviolet light
c) Equal to that for red colour of light d) Greater than that for ultraviolet light
5. Figure shows a mixture of blue, green and red coloured rays incident normally on a right angled prism.
The critical angles of the material of the prism for red, green and blue are 46°, 44° and 43° respectively.
The arrangement will separate
46o
G

44o

45o
B
a) Red colour from blue and green b) Blue colour from red and green
c) Green colour from red and blue d) All the three colours
6. A telescope has an objective of focal length 50 𝑐𝑚 and an eye piece of focal length 5 𝑐𝑚. The least distance
of distinct vision is 25 𝑐𝑚. The telescope is focussed for distinct vision on a scale 200 𝑐𝑚 away. The
separation between the objective and the eye-piece is
a) 75 𝑐𝑚 b) 60 𝑐𝑚 c) 71 𝑐𝑚 d) 74 𝑐𝑚
7. Four convergent lenses have focal lengths 100 𝑐𝑚, 10 𝑐𝑚, 4 𝑐𝑚 and 0.3 𝑐𝑚. For a telescope with maximum
possible magnification, we choose the lenses of focal length
a) 100 𝑐𝑚, 0.3 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚, 0.3 𝑐𝑚 c) 10 𝑐𝑚, 4 𝑐𝑚 d) 100 𝑐𝑚, 4 𝑐𝑚
8. With a concave mirror, an object is placed at a distance 𝑥1 from the principal focus, on the principal axis.
The image is formed at a distance 𝑥2 from the principal focus. The focal length of the mirror is
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑥1
a) 𝑥1 𝑥2 b) c) √ d) √𝑥1 𝑥2
2 𝑥2
9. If two mirrors are kept at 60° to each other, then the number of images found by them is
a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8
10. A double convex lens, lens made of a material of refractive index 𝜇1 , is placed inside two liquids or
refractive indices 𝜇2 and 𝜇3 , as shown. 𝜇2 > 𝜇1 > 𝜇3 . A wide, parallel beam of light is incident on the lens
from the left. The lens will give rise to

Page|1
 2 2
1

3 3

a) A single convergent beam b) Two different convergent beams

c) Two different divergent beams d) A convergent and a divergent beam
11. A double convex thin lens made of refractive index 1.6 has radii of curvature 15 cm each. The focal length
of this lens when immersed in a fluid of refractive index 1.63, is
a) 25 cm b) 125 cm c) 250 cm d) -407.5 cm
12. Let the 𝑥 − 𝑧 plane be the boundary between two transparent media. Medium 1 in 𝑧 ≥ 0 has a refractive
index of √2 and medium 2 with 𝑧 < 0 has a refractive index of√3. A ray of light in medium 1 given by the
vector𝐀 = 6√3î + 8√3ĵ – 10 𝒌 ̂ is incident on the plane of separation. The angle of refraction in medium 2
is
a) 45° b) 60° c) 75° d) 30°
13. An object is placed first at infinity and then at 20 𝑐𝑚 from the object side focal plane of the convex lens.
The two images thus formed are 5 𝑐𝑚 apart. The focal length of the lens is
a) 5𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 15 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
14. When the convergent nature of a convex lens will be less as compared with air
a) In water b) In oil c) In both (a) and (b) d) None of these
15. When a ray of light is incident normally on a surface, then
a) Total internal reflection takes place b) It passes undeviated
c) It undergoes dispersion d) It gets absorbed by the surface
16. Correct exposure for a photographic print is 10 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠 at a distance of one metre from a point source of
20 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎. For an equal fogging of the print placed at a distance of 2 𝑚 from a 16 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎 source, the
necessary time for exposure is
a) 100 𝑠 b) 25 𝑠 c) 50 𝑠 d) 75 𝑠
17. The refractive index of water, glass and diamond are 1.33,1.50,2.40 respectively. The refractive index of
diamond relative to water and of glass relative to diamond, respectively are nearly
a) 1.80, 0.625 b) 0.554, 0.625 c) 1.80, 1.6 d) 0.554, 1.6
18. The focal length of the lens of refractive index (𝛍 = 𝟏. 𝟓) in air is 10 cm. If air is replaced by water of 𝛍 = 𝟒,
𝟑
its focal length is
a) 20 cm b) 30 cm c) 40 cm d) 25 cm
19. In the given figure, what is the angle of prism?
C
D

A B

a) 𝐴 b) 𝐵 c) 𝐶 d) 𝐷
20. A man runs towards a mirror at a speed 15 𝑚/𝑠. The speed of the image relative to the man is
a) 15 𝑚𝑠 −1 b) 30 𝑚𝑠 −1 c) 35 𝑚𝑠 −1 d) 20 𝑚𝑠 −1
21. The aperture of a telescope is made large, because
a) To increase the intensity of image b) To decrease the intensity of image
c) To have greater magnification d) To have lesser resolution

Page|2
22. An object is placed at a point distance 𝑥 from the focus of a convex lens and its image is formed is 𝐼 as
shown in the figure. The distances 𝑥, 𝑥′ satisfy the relation

I
O F F'
x x'

𝑥 + 𝑥′
a) =𝑓 b) 𝑓 = 𝑥𝑥′ c) 𝑥 + 𝑥 ′ ≤ 2𝑓 d) 𝑥 + 𝑥 ′ ≥ 2𝑓
2
23. A hypermetropic person has to use a lens of power +5 D to normalize his vision. The near point of the
hypermetropic eye is
a) 1 m b) 1.5 m c) 0.5 m d) 0.66 m
24. Which of the following graphs is the magnification of a real image against the distance from the focus of a
concave mirror
a) y b) y c) y d) y

m m m m

x x x x
Distance Distance Distance Distance

25. A 4 cm thick layer of water covers a 6 cm thick glass slab. A coin is placed at the bottom of the slab and is
being observed from the air side along the normal to the surface. Find the apparent position of the coin
from

a) 7.0 cm b) 8.0 cm c) 10 cm d) 5 cm
26. A light ray is incident upon a prism in minimum deviation position and suffers a deviation of 34°. If the
shaded half of the prism is knocked off, the ray will

a) Suffer a deviation of 34° b) Suffer a deviation of 68°

c) Suffer a deviation of 17° d) Not come out of the prism
27. When the power of eye lens increases, the defect of vision is produced. The defect is known as
a) Shortsightedness b) Longsightedness c) Colourblindness d) None of the above
28. For a prism, its refractive index is cos . Then minimum angle of deviation is
𝐴
2
𝐴
a) 180° − 𝐴 b) 180° − 2𝐴 c) 90° − 𝐴 d)
2
29. The plane surface of a plano-convex lens of focal length 𝑓 is silvered. It will behave as
a) Plane mirror b) Convex mirror of focal length 2 𝑓
c) Concave mirror of focal length
𝑓 d) None of the above
2
30. A light bulb is at a depth of 𝐷 below the surface of water. An opaque disc of radius 𝑅 is placed on the
surface of water just above the bulb. The bulb is not at all seen through the surface of water, then (𝑛 =
Refractive index of water)
𝐷 𝐷 𝐷
a) 𝑅 = b) 𝑅 > c) 𝑅 < d) 𝑅 = 𝐷√𝑛2 − 1
√𝑛2 − 1 √𝑛2 − 1 √𝑛2 − 1

Page|3
31. A slab of glass, of thickness 6 𝑐𝑚 and refractive index 1.5, is placed in front of a concave mirror, the faces of
the slab being perpendicular to the principal axis of the mirror. If the radius of curvature of the mirror is
40 𝑐𝑚 and the reflected image coincides with the object, then the distance of the object from the mirror is
a) 30 𝑐𝑚 b) 22 𝑐𝑚 c) 42 𝑐𝑚 d) 28 𝑐𝑚
32. The diameter of the eye-ball of a normal eye is about 2.5 𝑐𝑚. The power of the eye lens varies from
a) 2 𝐷 to 10 𝐷 b) 40 𝐷 to 32 𝐷 c) 9 𝐷 to 8 𝐷 d) 44 𝐷 to 40 𝐷
33. The angular magnification of a simple microscope can be increased by increasing
a) Focal length of lens b) Size of object c) Aperture of lens d) Power of lens
34. An astronomical telescope has a converging eye-piece of focal length 5 cm and objective of focal length 80
cm. When the final image is formed at the least distance of distinct vision (25 cm), the separation between
the two lenses is
a) 75.0 cm b) 80.0 cm c) 84.2 cm d) 85.0 cm
35. Speed of light is maximum in
a) Water b) Air c) Glass d) Diamond
36. Radius of curvature of concave mirror is 40𝑐𝑚 and the size of image is twice as that of object, then the
object distance is
a) 60 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚 c) 40 𝑐𝑚 d) 30 𝑐𝑚
37. An object is placed at a distance of 40 cm in front of a concave mirror of focal length 20 cm. The nature of
image is
a) Real and inverted and of same size b) Virtual and erect and of same size
c) Real and erect and of same size d) Virtual and inverted and of same size
38. Figure shows a cubical room 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 with the wall 𝐶𝐷 as a plane mirror. Each side of the room is 3𝑚. We
place is camera at the midpoint of the wall 𝐴𝐵. At what distance should the camera be focused to
photograph an object placed at 𝐴

a) 1.5 𝑚 b) 3 𝑚 c) 6 𝑚 d) More than 6 𝑚

39. A thin oil layer floats on water. A ray of light making an angle of incidence of 40° shines on oil layer. The
angle of refraction of light ray in water is (𝜇𝑜𝑖𝑙 = 1.45, 𝜇water = 1.33)
a) 36.1° b) 44.5° c) 26.8° d) 28.9°
40. Which of the prism is used to see infrared spectrum of light
a) Rock salt b) Nicol c) Flint d) Crown
41. The focal length of the objective and eye-piece of a telescope are respectively 100 𝑐𝑚 and 2 𝑐𝑚. The moon
subtends an angle of 0.5° at the eye. If it is looked through the telescope, the angle subtended by the
moon’s image will be
a) 100° b) 50° c) 25° d) 10°
42. A small object is placed 10 cm in front of a plane mirror. If you stand behind the object, 30 cm from the
mirror and look at its image, for what distance must you focus your eyes?
a) 20 cm b) 60 cm c) 80 cm d) 40 cm
43. The magnifying power of telescope is high if
a) Both objective and eye-piece have short focal length
b) Both objective and eye-piece have long focal length
c) The objective has a long focal length and the eye piece has a short focal length
d) The objective has a short focal length and the eye piece has a long focal length
44. An astronaut is looking down on earth’s surface from a space shuttle at an altitude of 400 𝑘𝑚. Assuming
that the astronaut’s pupil diameter is 5 𝑚𝑚 and the wavelength of visible light is 500 𝑛𝑚. The astronaut
will be able to resolve linear object of the size of about
Page|4
 a) 0.5 𝑚 b) 5 𝑚 c) 50 𝑚 d) 500 𝑚
45. A ray of light travels from a medium of refractive index 𝜇 to air. Its angle of incidence in the medium is 𝑖,
measured from the normal to the boundary, and its angle of deviation is 𝛿. 𝛿 is plotted against 𝑖 which of
the following best represents the resulting curve
a) b) c) 2 d)
2 2  2
  
1 1 1
1

O /2 O /2 O /2 i O /2

i i i

46. The length of an astronomical telescope for normal vision (relaxed eye) (𝑓𝑜 = focal length of objective lens
and 𝑓𝑒 = focal length of eye lens) is
𝑓𝑜
a) 𝑓𝑜 × 𝑓𝑒 b) c) 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 d) 𝑓𝑜 − 𝑓𝑒
𝑓𝑒
47. The graph between sine of angle of refraction (sin 𝑟) in medium 2 and sine of angle of incidence (sin 𝑖) in
3
medium 1 indicates that (tan 36° ≈ 4)
sin r

O 2/10
sin i

a) Total internal reflection can take place b) Total internal reflection cannot take place
c) Any of (a) and (b) d) Data is incomplete
48. What will be the height of the image when an object of 2mm is placed at a distance 20 cm in front of the
axis of a convex mirror of radius of curvature 40 cm?
a) 20 mm b) 10 mm c) 6 mm d) 1 mm
49. The magnifying power of a simple microscope is 6. The focal length of its lens in 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 will be, if least
distance of distinct vision is 25 𝑐𝑚
a) 0.05 b) 0.06 c) 0.25 d) 0.12
50. If the luminous intensity of a 100 𝑊 unidirectional bulb is 100 candela, then total luminous flux emitted
from the bulb is
a) 861 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 b) 986 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 c) 1256 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 d) 1561 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
51. A parallel beam of light emerges from the opposite surface of the sphere when a point source of light lies
at the surface of the sphere. The refractive index of the sphere is
3 5 c) 2 5
a) b) d)
2 3 2
52. A prism of certain angles deviates the red and blue rays by 8° and 12° respectively. Another prism of the
same angle deviates the red and blue rays by 10° respectively. The prisms are small angled and made of
different materials. The dispersive powers of the materials of the prism are in the ratio
a) 5 : 6 b) 9 : 11 c) 6 : 5 d) 11 : 9
53. Three lenses 𝐿1 , 𝐿2 , 𝐿3 are placed co-axially as shown in figure. Focal length’s of lenses are given
30 𝑐𝑚, 10 𝑐𝑚 and 5 𝑐𝑚 respectively. If a parallel beam of light falling on lens 𝐿1 , emerging 𝐿3 as a
convergent beam such that it converges at the focus of 𝐿3 . Distance between 𝐿1 and 𝐿2 will be
L1 L2 L3

a) 40 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
54. The refractive index of water is 1.33. What will be the speed of light in water

Page|5
 a) 3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 b) 2.25 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 c) 4 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 d) 1.33 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
55. When white light enters a prism, it gets split into its constituent colours. This is due to
a) High density of prism material
b) Because 𝜇 is different for different 𝜆
c) Diffraction of light
d) Velocity changes for different frequencies
56. A person 6 feet in length can see his full size erect image in a mirror 2 feet in length. This mirror has to be
a) Plane or convex b) Plane or concave
c) Necessarily convex d) Necessarily concave
57. When sunlight is incident on a prism, it produces a spectrum due to
a) Interference of light
b) Diffraction of light
c) Total internal reflection
d) Variation in speeds of different colours of light in the prism
58. The dispersive powers of crown and flint glasses are 0.02 and 0.04 respectively. In an achromatic
combination of lenses the focal length of flint glass lens is 40 𝑐𝑚. The focal length of crown glass lens will
be
a) −20 𝑐𝑚 b) +20 𝑐𝑚 c) −10 𝑐𝑚 d) +10 𝑐𝑚
59. An astronomical telescope has a large aperture to
a) Reduce spherical aberration b) Have high resolution
c) Increase span of observation d) Have low dispersion
60. A ray falls on a prism 𝐴𝐵𝐶 (𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝐶) and travels as shown in figure. The minimum refractive of the
prism material should be
A

o
90

45 o
B C

4 c) 1.5
a) b) √2 d) √3
3
61. The time required for making a print a distance of 0.25 m from a 60 W lamp is 5 s. If the distance is
increased to 40 cm, the time required in second to make a similar print is
a) 3.1 b) 8 c) 12.8 d) 16
62. For an angle of incidence 𝜃 on an equilateral prism of refractive index √3, the ray refracted is parallel to
the base inside the prism. The value of 𝜃 is
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 75°
63. If the angle of minimum deviation is of 60° for an equilateral prism, then the refractive index of the
material of the prism is
a) 1.41 b) 1.5 c) 1.6 d) 1.73
64. An object is placed at a distance 20 cm from the pole of a convex mirror of focal length 20 cm. The image is
produced at
a) 13.3 cm b) 20 cm c) 25 cm d) 10 cm
65. Angular resolving power of human eye is
a) 3.6 × 103 b) 3.6 × 102 c) 3.6 × 104 d) 3.6 × 106
66. Which of the following diagrams shows correctly the dispersion of white light by a prism

Page|6
 a) b) V
c) d)
V V
R
R
R
R V

67. A boy is trying to start a fire by focusing Sunlight on a piece of paper using an equiconvex lens of focal
length 10 𝑐𝑚. The diameter of the Sun is 1.39 × 109 𝑚 and its means distance from the earth is 1.5 ×
1011 𝑚. What is the diameter of the Sun’s image on the paper
a) 6.5 × 10−5 𝑚 b) 12.4 × 10−4 𝑚 c) 9.2 × 10−4 𝑚 d) 6.5 × 10−4 𝑚
68. The radius of curvature of convex surface of a thin plano-convex lens is 15 𝑐𝑚 and refractive index of its
material is 1.6. The power of the lens will be
a) +1 𝐷 b) −2 𝐷 c) +3 𝐷 d) +4 𝐷
69. For the myopic eye, the defect cured by
a) Convex lens b) Concave lens c) Cylindrical lens d) Toric lens
70. When the object is self-luminous, the resolving power of a microscope is given by the expression
2𝜇 sin 𝜃 𝜇 sin 𝜃 2𝜇 cos 𝜃 2𝜇
a) b) c) d)
1.22 𝜆 𝜆 1.22 𝜆 𝜆
71. A prism of angle 30° is silvered at one side. A ray of light incident at an angle 45° is reflected back from the
silvered surface. The refractive index is
a) √2 b) 2√2 c) √3 d) 5√3
72. A compound microscope has two lenses. The magnifying power of one is 5 and the combined magnifying
power is 100. The magnifying power of the other lens is
a) 10 b) 20 c) 50 d) 25
73. A converging lens is used to form an image on a screen. When upper half of the lens is covered by an
opaque screen
a) Half the image will disappear
b) Complete image will be formed of same intensity
c) Half image will be formed of same intensity
d) Complete image will be formed of decreased intensity
74. The magnification produced by the objective lens and the eye lens of a compound microscope are 25 and 6
respectively. The magnification of this microscope is
a) 25 b) 50 c) 150 d) 200
75. In a compound microscope, the focal length of the objective and the eye lens are 2.5 𝑐𝑚 and 5 𝑐𝑚
respectively. An object is placed at 3.75 𝑐𝑚 before the objective and image is formed at the least distance
of distinct vision, then the distance between two lenses will be (𝑖. 𝑒. length of the microscopic tube)
a) 11.67 𝑐𝑚 b) 12.67 𝑐𝑚 c) 13.00 𝑐𝑚 d) 12.00 𝑐𝑚
76. The resolving power of an astronomical telescope is 0.2 seconds. If the central half portion of the objective
lens is covered, the resolving power will be
a) 0.1 𝑠𝑒𝑐 b) 0.2 𝑠𝑒𝑐 c) 1.0 𝑠𝑒𝑐 d) 0.6 𝑠𝑒𝑐
77. A plane mirror is placed at the bottom of a tank containing a liquid of refractive index 𝜇. 𝑃 is a small object
at a height ℎ above the mirror. An observer O- vertically above 𝑃 outside the liquid sees 𝑃 and its image in
a mirror. The apparent distance between these two will be

2ℎ 2ℎ 1
a) 2 μ ℎ b) c) d) ℎ (1 + )
μ μ−1 μ

Page|7
78. Angle of a prism is 30° and its refractive index is √2 and one of the surface is slivered. At what angle of
incidence, a ray should be incident on one surface so that after reflection from the silvered surface, it
retraces its path
a) 30° b) 60° c) 45° d) sin−1 √1.5
79. A wave has velocity 𝑢 in medium 𝑃 and velocity 2𝑢 in medium 𝑄.If the wave is incident in medium 𝑃 at an
angle 30°,then the angle of refraction will be
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 90°
80. The spectrum of iodine gas under white light will be
a) Only violet b) Bright lines
c) Only red lines d) Some black bands is continuous spectrum
81. The reason for shining of air bubble in water is
a) Diffraction of light b) Dispersion of light
c) Scattering of light d) Total internal reflection of light
82. If a parallel beam of white light is incident on a converging lens, the colour which is brought to focus
nearest to the lens is
a) Violet b) Red
c) The mean colour d) All the colours together
83. A fish rising vertically up towards the surface of water with speed 3 𝑚𝑠 −1 observes a bird diving vertically
down towards it with speed 9 𝑚𝑠 −1. The actual velocity of bird is

a) 4.5 𝑚𝑠 −1 b) 5. 𝑚𝑠 −1 c) 3.0 𝑚𝑠 −1 d) 3.4 𝑚𝑠 −1

84. The refractive index of glass is 1.520 for red light and 1.525 for blue light. Let 𝐷1 and 𝐷2 be angles of
minimum deviation for red and blue light respectively in a prism of this glass. Then ,
a) 𝐷1 < 𝐷2
b) 𝐷1 = 𝐷2
c) 𝐷1 can be less than or greater than 𝐷2 depending upon the angle of prism
d) 𝐷1 > 𝐷2
85. The refractive indices of glass and quartz w.r.t. air are 3/2 and 12/5 respectively. The refractive index of
quartz w.r.t. glass is
a) 8/5 b) 5/8 c) 5/18 d) 18/5
86. A real object is placed at a distance 𝑓 from the pole of a convex mirror, in front of the convex mirror. If
focal length of the mirror is 𝑓 , then distance of the image from the pole of the mirror is
𝑓 𝑓
a) 2𝑓 b) c) 4𝑓 d)
2 4
87. A person can see clearly only upto a distance of 25 𝑐𝑚. He wants to read a book placed at a distance of
50 𝑐𝑚. What kind of lens does he require for his spectacles and what must be its power
a) Concave, −1.0 𝐷 b) Convex, +1.5 𝐷 c) Concave, −2.0 𝐷 d) Convex, +2.0 𝐷
88. The wavelength of sodium light in air is 5890 Å. The velocity of light in air is 3 × 108 𝑚𝑠 −1 . The wavelength
of light in a glass of refractive index 1.6 would be close to
a) 5890 Å b) 3681 Å c) 9424 Å d) 15078 Å
89. Two plane mirrors are inclined at an angleθ. It is found that a ray incident on one mirror at any angle is
rendered parallel to itself after reflection from both the mirrors. The value of θ is
a) 30° b) 60° c) 90° d) 120°
90. Two thin lenses when in contact, produce a combination of power +10 𝐷. When they are 0.25 𝑚 apart, the
power reduces to +6𝐷. The focal lengths of the lenses (in 𝑚) are

Page|8
 a) 0.125 and 0.5 b) 0.125 and 0.125 c) 0. 5 and 0.75 d) 0.125 and 0.75
91. The slit of a collimator is illuminated by a source as shown in the adjoining figures. The distance between
the slit 𝑆 and the collimating lens 𝐿 is equal to the focal length of the lens. The correct direction of the
emergent beam will be as shown is figure
1 2 3

S L S L S L

a) 1 b) 3 c) 2 d) None of the figures

92. The graph shows variation of 𝑣 with change in 𝑢 for a mirror. Points plotted above the point 𝑃 on the curve
are for values of 𝑣
v

45°
u
a) Smaller then 𝑓 b) Smaller then 2𝑓 c) Larger then 2𝑓 d) Larger then 𝑓
93. A prism of refractive index 𝜇 and angle 𝐴 is placed in the minimum deviation position. If the angle of
minimum deviation is 𝐴, then the value of 𝐴 in terms of 𝜇 is
𝜇 𝜇−1 𝜇 𝜇
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 √ c) 2 cos−1 ( ) d) cos−1 ( )
2 2 2 2
94. A beaker containing a liquid appears to be half when it is actually two third full.The refractive index of
liquid
a) 7/6 b) 6/5 c) 3/2 d) 4/3
95. A water drop in air refractes the light ray is

a) b) c) d)

96. 1% of light of a source with luminous intensity 50 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎 is incident on a circular surface of radius
10 𝑐𝑚. The average illuminance of surface is
a) 100 𝑙𝑢𝑥 b) 200 𝑙𝑢𝑥 c) 300 𝑙𝑢𝑥 d) 400 𝑙𝑢𝑥
97. The spectrum obtained from an electric lamp or red hot heater is
a) Line spectrum b) Band spectrum
c) Absorption spectrum d) Continuous spectrum
98. The splitting of white light into several colours on passing through a glass prism is due to
a) Refraction b) Reflection c) Interference d) Diffraction
99. A plano-convex lens when silvered in the plane side behaves like a concave mirror of focal length 30𝑐𝑚.
However, when silvered on the convex side it behaves like a concave mirror of focal length 10 𝑐𝑚. Then
the refractive index of its material will be
a) 3.0 b) 2.0 c) 2.5 d) 1.5
100. A ray is reflected in turn by three plane mirrors mutually at right angles to each other. The angle between
the incident and the reflected rays is
a) 90° b) 60° c) 180° d) none of these
101. If a thin prism of glass is dipped into water then minimum deviation (with respect to air) of light produced
3 4
by prism will be left ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = 2 and 𝑎 𝜇𝑤 = 3)
a) 1/2 b) 1/4 c) 2 d) 1/5

Page|9
102. The distance travelled by light in glass (refractive index = 1.5) in a nanosecond will be
a) 45 𝑐𝑚 b) 40 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
103. An object 2.4 𝑚 in front of a lens forms a sharp image on a film 12 𝑐𝑚 behind the lens. A glass plate 1𝑐𝑚
thick, of refractive index 1.50 is interposed between lens and film with its plane faces parallel to film. At
what distance (from lens) should object shifted to be in sharp focus on film
a) 7.2𝑚 b) 2.4𝑚 c) 3.2𝑚 d) 5.6𝑚
104. A double convex lens of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚 is made of glass of refractive index 3/2. When placed
completely in water ( 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 = 4/3), its focal length will be
a) 80 𝑐𝑚 b) 15 𝑐𝑚 c) 17.7 𝑐𝑚 d) 22.5 𝑐𝑚
105. A monochromatic beam of light passes from a denser medium into a rarer medium. As a result
a) Its velocity increases b) Its velocity decreases
c) Its frequency decreases d) Its wavelength decreases
106. We use flint glass prism to disperse polychromatic light because light of different colours
a) Travel with same speed
b) Travel with same speed but deviate differently due to the shape of the prism
c) Have different anisotropic properties while travelling through the prism
d) Travel with different speeds
107. For a prism of refractive index 1.732, the angle of minimum deviation is equal to the angle of prism. Then
the angle of the prism is
a) 50° b) 60° c) 70° d) None of these
108. A plano-convex lens has a thickness of 4 cm. When placed on a horizontal table, with the curved surface in
contact with it, the apparent depth of the bottom most point of the lens is found to be 3 cm. If the lens is
inverted such that the plane face is in contact with the table, the apparent depth of the centre of the plane
face is found to be 25/8 cm. Find the focal length of the lens. Assume thickness to be negligible
a) 85 cm b) 59 cm c) 75 cm d) 7.5 cm
109. To increase the magnifying power of telescope (𝑓𝑜 = focal length of the objective and 𝑓𝑒 = focal length of
the eye lens)
a) 𝑓𝑜 should be large and 𝑓𝑒 should be small
b) 𝑓𝑜 should be small and 𝑓𝑒 should be large
c) 𝑓𝑜 and 𝑓𝑒 both should be large
d) 𝑓𝑜 and 𝑓𝑒 both should be small
110. A convex lens of focal length 30 cm produces 5 times magnified real image of an object. What is the object
distance?
a) 36 cm b) 25 cm c) 30 cm d) 150 cm
111. What is the ratio of luminous intensity of two sources, which produce shadows of equal intensities at
distance 25 cm and 50 cm from the photometer screen?
a) 1:4 b) 4:1 c) 1:2 d) 2:1
112. A lens is placed between a source of light and a wall. It forms images of area 𝐴1 and 𝐴2 on the wall for its
two different positions. The area of the source or light is
2
𝐴 + 𝐴2 1 1 −1 √𝐴 + √𝐴2
a) 1 b) [ + ] c) √𝐴1 𝐴2 d) [ 1 ]
2 𝐴1 𝐴2 2
113. For a colour of light the wavelength for air is 6000 Å and in water the wavelength is 4500 Å. Then the
speed of light in water will be
a) 5.0 × 1014 𝑚/𝑠 b) 2.25 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 c) 4.0 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 d) Zero
114. If the distance of the far point for a myopia patient is doubled, the focal length of the lens required to cure
it will become
a) Half b) Double
c) The same but a convex lens d) The same but a concave lens
115. Our eye is most sensitive for which of the following wavelength

P a g e | 10
 a) 4500 Å
b) 5500 Å
c) 6500 Å
d) Equally sensitive for all wave lengths of visible spectrum
116. A mark at the bottom of a liquid appears to rise by 0.1 𝑚. The depth of the liquid is 1 𝑚. The refractive
index of the liquid is
a) 1.33 9 10 d) 1.5
b) c)
10 9
117. The separation between the screen and a plane mirror is 2𝑟. An isotopic point source of light is placed
exactly mid way between the mirror and the screen. Assume that mirror reflects 100% of incident light.
Then the ratio of illuminance on the screen with and without the mirror is
a) 10:1 b) 2:1 c) 10:9 d) 9:1
118. An object is approaching a plane mirror at 10 cms . A stationary observer sees the image. At what speed
−1

will the image approach the stationary observer?

a) 10 cms −1 b) 5 cms−1 c) 20 cms −1 d) 15 cms −1
119. In Ramsden eyepiece, the two planoconvex lenses each of focal length 𝑓are separated by a distance 12 cm.
The equivalent focal length (in cm) of the eyepiece is
a) 10.5 b) 12.0 c) 13.5 d) 15.5
120. An experiment is performed to find the refractive index of glass using a travelling microscope. In this
experiment distance are measured by
a) A vernier scale provided on the microscope b) A standard laboratory scale
c) A meter scale provided on the microscope d) A screw gauge provided on the microscope
121. The power of an achromatic convergent lens of two lenses is +2 D. The power of convex lens is +5 D. The
ratio of dispersive power of convex and concave lenses will be
a) 5:3 b) 3:5 c) 2:5 d) 5:2
122. An electron microscope is superior to an optical microscope in
a) Having better resolving power b) Being easy to handle
c) Low cost d) Quickness of observation
123. Parallel beam containing light of 𝜆 = 400nm and 500 nm is incident on a prism as shown in figure. The
refractive index μ of the prism is given by the relation
0.8 × 10−14
μ(λ) = 1.20 +
𝜆2
Which of the following statement is correct?

a) Light of 𝜆 = 400 nm undergoes total internal reflection

b) Light of 𝜆 = 500 nm undergoes total internal reflection
c) Neither of two wavelength undergoes total internal reflection
d) Both wavelengths undergoes total internal reflection
124. A achromatic combination is made with a lens of focal length 𝑓 and dispersive power 𝜔 with a lens having
dispersive power of 2𝜔. The focal length of second will be
a) 2 𝑓 b) 𝑓/2 c) −𝑓/2 d) −2 𝑓
125. The distance between a convex lens and a plane mirror is 10 𝑐𝑚. The parallel rays incident on the convex
lens after reflection from the mirror form image at the optical centre of the lens. Focal length of lens will be

P a g e | 11
 O

a) 10 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚
c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) Cannot be determined
126. Four lenses are made from the same type of glass. The radius of curvature of each face is given below.
What will have the greatest positive power
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 convex and 15 𝑐𝑚 concave b) 5 𝑐𝑚 convex and 10 𝑐𝑚 concave
c) 15 𝑐𝑚 convex and plane d) 20 𝑐𝑚 convex and 30 𝑐𝑚 concave
127. The black lines in the solar spectrum during solar eclipse can be explained by
a) Planck’s law b) Kirchoff’s law c) Boltzmann’s law d) Solar disturbances
128. The focal lengths of convex lens for red and blue light are 100 𝑐𝑚 and 96.8 𝑐𝑚 respectively. The dispersive
power of material of lens is
a) 0.325 b) 0.0325 c) 0.98 d) 0.968
129. A small piece of wire bent into an 𝐿 shape with upright and horizontal portions of equal lengths, is placed
with the horizontal portion along the axis of the concave mirror whose radius of curvature is 10 𝑐𝑚. If the
bend is 20 𝑐𝑚 from the pole of the mirror, then the ratio of the lengths of the images of the upright and
horizontal portions of the wire is
a) 1 ∶ 2 b) 3 ∶ 1 c) 1 ∶ 3 d) 2 ∶ 1
130. The frequency of light in air is 5 × 10¹⁴ Hz. What will be the frequency of light, when it enters in the water?
a) 2.5 × 10¹⁴ Hz b) 5 × 10¹⁴ Hz c) 10¹⁵ Hz d) 2.5 × 10¹² Hz
131. The focal length of a simple convex lens used as a magnifier is 10 cm. For the image to be formed at a
distance of distinct vision (𝐷 = 25 cm), the object must be placed away from the lens at a distance of
a) 0.5 cm b) 7.14 cm c) 7.20 cm d) 16.16 cm
132. The solar spectrum during a complete solar eclipse is
a) Continuous b) Emission line c) Dark line d) Dark band
133. It is necessary to illuminate the bottom of a well by reflected solar beam when the light is incident at an
angle of α = 40° to the vertical. At what angle β to the horizontal should a plane mirror be placed?
a) 70° b) 20° c) 50° d) 40°
134. Two thin lenses of focal length 20 cm and 25 cm are placed in contact .The effective power of the
combination is
a) 9 D b) 2 D c) 3 D d) 7 D
135. The relative luminosity of wavelength 600 𝑛𝑚 is 0.6. Find the radiant flux of 600 𝑛𝑚 needed to produce
the same brightness sensation as produced by 120 𝑊 of radiant flux at 555 𝑛𝑚
a) 50𝑊 b) 72𝑊 c) 120 × (0.6)2 𝑊 d) 200𝑊
136. If in a plano-convex lens, the radius of curvature of the convex surface is 10 𝑐𝑚 and the focal length of the
lens is 30 𝑐𝑚, then the refractive index of the material of lens will be
a) 1.5 b) 1.66 c) 1.33 d) 3
137. If light travels a distance 𝑥 in 𝑡1 𝑠𝑒𝑐 in air and 10 𝑥 distance in 𝑡2 in a medium, the critical angle of the
medium will be
𝑡1 𝑡1 10𝑡1 10𝑡1
a) tan−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) tan−1 ( )
𝑡2 𝑡2 𝑡2 𝑡2
138. A thin equiconvex lens is made of glass of refractive index 1.5 and its focal length is 0.2 𝑚, if it acts as a
concave lens of 0.5 𝑚 focal length when dipped in a liquid, the refractive index of the liquid is
17 15 13 9
a) b) c) d)
8 8 8 8
139. A point object is placed at a distance of 10 𝑐𝑚 and its real image is formed at a distance of 20 𝑐𝑚 from a
concave mirror. If the object is moved by 0.1 𝑐𝑚 towards the mirror, the image will shift by about

P a g e | 12
 a) 0.4 𝑐𝑚 away from the mirror b) 0.4 𝑐𝑚 towards the mirror
c) 0.8 𝑐𝑚 away from the mirror d) 0.8 𝑐𝑚 towards the mirror
140. When seen in green light, the saffron and green portions of our National Flag will appear to be
a) Black b) Black and green respectively
c) Green d) Green and yellow respectively
141. In the position of minimum deviation when a ray of yellow light passes through the prism, then its angle of
incidence is
a) Less than the emergent angle
b) Greater than the emergent angle
c) Sum of angle incidence and emergent angle is 90°
d) Equal to the emergent angle
142. A beam of monochromatic blue light of wavelength 4200 Å in air travels in water (𝜇 = 4/3). Its
wavelength in water will be
a) 2800 Å b) 5600 Å c) 3150 Å d) 4000 Å
143. The refractive index of a certain glass is 1.5 for light whose wavelength in vacuum is 6000 Å. The
wavelength of this light when it passes through glass is
a) 4000 Å b) 6000 Å c) 9000 Å d) 15000 Å
144. Why sun has elliptical shape on the time when rising and setting? It is due to
a) Refraction b) Reflection c) Scattering d) Dispersion
145. A cube of side 2 𝑚 is placed in front of a concave mirror focal length 1𝑚 with its face 𝑃 at a distance of 3 𝑚
and face 𝑄 at a distance of 5 𝑚 from the mirror. The distance between the images of face 𝑃 and 𝑄 and
height of images of 𝑃 and 𝑄 are

2m
P
2m

Q 3m

a) 1 𝑚, 0.5 𝑚, 0.25 𝑚 b) 0.5 𝑚, 1 𝑚, 0.25 𝑚 c) 0.5 𝑚, 0.25 𝑚, 1 𝑚 d) 0.25 𝑚, 1 𝑚, 0.5 𝑚

146. Two thin equiconvex lenses each of focal length 0.2 m are placed coaxially with their optic centers 0.5 m
apart. Then the focal length of the combination is
a) -0.4 m b) 0.4 m c) -0.1 m d) 0.1 m
147. A small lamp is hung at a height of 8 feet above the centre of a round table of diameter 16 𝑓𝑒𝑒𝑡. The ratio of
intensities of illumination at the centre and at points on the circumference of the table will be
a) 1 ∶ 1 b) 2 ∶ 1 c) 2√2 ∶ 1 d) 3 ∶ 2
148. One surface of a lens is convex and the other is concave. If the radii of curvature are 𝑟1 and 𝑟2 respectively,
the lens will be convex, if
a) 𝑟1 > 𝑟2 b) 𝑟1 = 𝑟2 c) 𝑟1 < 𝑟2 d) 𝑟1 = 1/𝑟2
149. Amount of light entering into the camera depends upon
a) Focal length of the objective lens
b) Product of focal length and diameter of the objective lens
c) Distance of the object from camera
d) Aperture setting of the camera
150. Material 𝐴has critical angle 𝑖𝐴 , and material 𝐵 has critical angle 𝑖𝐵 (𝑖𝑏 > 𝑖𝐴 ). Then which of the following is
true?
(i) Light can be totally internally reflected when it passes from 𝐵 to 𝐴
(ii) Light can be totally internally reflected when it passes from 𝐴 to 𝐵
(iii) Critical angle for total internal reflection is
𝑖𝐵 − 𝑖𝐴

P a g e | 13
 sin 𝑖𝐴
(iv) Critical angle between 𝐴 and 𝐵 is sin−1 ( )
sin 𝑖𝐵
a) (i) and (iii) b) (i) and (iv) c) (ii) and (iii) d) (ii) and (iv)
151. Monochromatic light is refracted from air into the glass of refractive index 𝜇. The ratio of the wavelength
of incident and refracted waves is
a) 1 ∶ 𝜇 b) 1 ∶ 𝜇2 c) 𝜇 ∶ 1 d) 1 ∶ 1
152. Sparking of diamond is due to
a) Reflection b) Dispersion
c) Total internal reflection d) High refractive index of diamond
153. A room (cubical) is made of mirrors. An insect is moving along the diagonal on the floor such that the
velocity of image of insect on two adjacent wall mirrors is 10 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1. The velocity of image of insect in
celling mirror is
10
a) 10 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1 b) 20 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1 c) 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1 d) 10√2 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1
√2
154. A ray of light strikes a material’s slab at an angle of incidence 60°.If the reflected and refracted rays are
perpendicular to each other, the refractive index of the materials is
1 1
a) b) c) √2 d) √3
√3 √2
155. The ratio of thickness of plates of two transparent mediums 𝐴 and 𝐵 is 6 ∶ 4. If light takes equal time in
passing through them, then refractive index of 𝐵 with respect to 𝐴 will be
a) 1.4 b) 1.5 c) 1.75 d) 1.33
156. An object of height 1.5 𝑐𝑚 is placed on the axis of a convex lens of focal length 25 𝑐𝑚. A real image is
formed at a distance of 75 𝑐𝑚 from the lens. The size of the image will be
a) 4.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 3.0 𝑐𝑚 c) 0.75 𝑐𝑚 d) 0.5 𝑐𝑚
157. A light wave has a frequency of 4 × 10 𝐻𝑧 and a wavelength of 5 × 10 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 in a medium. The
14 −7

refractive index of the medium is

a) 1.5 b) 1.33 c) 1.0 d) 0.66
158. A parallel beam of light is incident on a solid transparent sphere of a material of refractive index 𝑛.If a
point image is produced at the back of the sphere, the refractive index of the material of sphere is
a) 2.5 b) 1.5 c) 1.25 d) 2.0
159. A concave lens of focal length 20 cm product an image half in size of the real object. The distance of the
real object is
a) 20 cm b) 30cm c) 10cm d) 60cm
160. Sun subtends an angle of 0.5° at the centre of curvature of a concave mirror of radius of curvature 15 m.
The diameter of the image of the sum formed by the mirror is
a) 8.55 cm b) 7.55 cm c) 6.55 cm d) 5.55 cm
161. The focal length of convex lens is 30 𝑐𝑚 and the size of image is quarter of the object, then the object
distance is
a) 150 𝑐𝑚 b) 60 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) 40 𝑐𝑚
162. A parallel beam of monochromatic light is incident at one surface of an equilateral prism. Angle of
incidence is 55° and angle of emergence is 46°. The angle of minimum deviation will be
a) Less than 41° b) Equal to 41° c) More than 41° d) None of the above
163. If the critical angle for total internal reflection from a medium to vacuum is 30°, the velocity of light in the
medium is
a) 3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 b) 1.5 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 c) 6 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 d) √3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
164. Which of the following is a wrong statement?
a) 𝐷 = 1/𝑓where, 𝑓is the focal length and 𝐷 is called the refractive power of a lens
b) Power is expressed in a diopter when 𝑓is in metre
c) Power is expressed in diopter and does not depend on the system of unit used to measure 𝑓
d) 𝐷 is positive for convergent lens and negative for divergent lens

P a g e | 14
165. Convex lens made up of glass (μg = 1.5) and radius of curvature 𝑅is dipped into water. Its focal length
will be (Refractive index of water = 4/3)
𝑅
a) 4𝑅 b) 2𝑅 c) 𝑅 d)
2
166. A ray of light falls on a transparent glass slab with refractive index (relative to air) of 1.62. The angle of
incidence for which the reflected and refracted rays are mutually perpendicular is
a) tan−1 (1.62) b) sin−1(1.62) c) cos−1(1.62) d) None of these
167. A ray is incident at an angle of incidence 𝑖 on one surface of a prism of small angle 𝐴 and emerges normally
from the opposite surface. If the refractive index of the material of the prism is 𝜇, the angle of incidence 𝑖 is
nearly equal to
a) 𝐴/𝜇 b) 𝐴/2𝜇 c) 𝜇𝐴 d) 𝜇𝐴/2
168. A rod of glass (𝜇 = 1.5) and of square cross section is bent into the shape shown in the figure. A parallel
beam of light falls on the plane flat surface 𝐴 as shown in the figure. If 𝑑 is the width of a side and 𝑅 is the
𝑑
radius of circular arc then for what maximum value of 𝑅 light entering the glass slab through surface 𝐴
emerges from the glass through 𝐵
B

d
A
R

a) 1.5 b) 0.5 c) 1.3 d) None of these

169. The diameter of the objective lens of a telescope is 5.0 𝑚 and wavelength of light is 6000 Å. The limit of
resolution of this telescope will be
a) 0.03 𝑠𝑒𝑐 b) 3.03 𝑠𝑒𝑐 c) 0.06 𝑠𝑒𝑐 d) 0.15 𝑠𝑒𝑐
170. A point source of light is kept below the surfaces of water in a pond
a) Light emerges from every point of the surface of the pond
b) No light is transmitted from the surface of the pond
c) All the light emitted by the source emerges from a circular region of the pond
d) Some of the light emitted by the source emerges from a circular region of pond
171. A car is fitted with a convex mirror of focal length 20 cm. A second car 2 m broad and 1.6 m height is 6 cm
away from the first car. The position of the second car as seen in the mirror or the first car is
a) 19.35 cm b) 17.45 cm c) 21.48 cm d) 15.49 cm
172. A ray of light passes an equilateral prism such that an angle of incidence is equal to the angle of emergence
3
and the latter is equal to 4 th the angle of prism. The angle of deviation is
a) 45° b) 39° c) 20° d) 30°
173. The index of refraction of diamond is 2.0, velocity of light in diamond in cm/s is approximately
a) 6 × 1010 b) 3.0 × 1010 c) 2 × 1010 d) 1.5 × 1010
174. When diameter of the aperture of the objective of an astronomical telescope is increased, its
a) Magnifying power is increased and resolving power is decreased
b) Magnifying power and resolving power both are increased
c) Magnifying power remains the same but resolving power is increased
d) Magnifying power and resolving power both are decreased
175. A person cannot see distinctly at the distance less than one metre. Calculate the power of the lens that he
should use to read a book at a distance of 25 𝑐𝑚
a) +3.0 𝐷 b) +0.125 𝐷 c) −3.0 𝐷 d) +4.0 𝐷
P a g e | 15
176. It is desired to make a converging achromatic combination of mean focal length 50 cm by using two lenses
of materials 𝐴 and 𝐵. If the dispersive power of 𝐴 and 𝐵 are in ratio 1:2, the focal lengths of the convex and
the concave lenses are respectively
a) 25 cm and 50 cm b) 50 cm and 25 cm c) 50 cm and 100 cm d) 100 cm and 50 cm
177. A parallel beam of light is incident on a converging lens parallel to its principal axis. As one moves away
from the lens on the other side of the principal axis, the intensity of light
a) First decreases and then increases b) Continuously increases
c) Continuously decreases d) First increases and then decreases
178. A virtual image three times the size of the object is obtained with a concave mirror of curvature 36 𝑐𝑚.
The distance of the object from the mirror is
a) 5 𝑐𝑚 b) 12 𝑐𝑚 c) 10 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
179. The graph between object distance 𝑢and image distance 𝑣 for lens is given below. The focal length of the
lens is

a) 5 ± 0.1 b) 5 ± 0.05 c) 0.5 ± 0.1 d) 0.5 ± 0.05

180. The apparent depth of water in cylindrical water tank of diameter 2𝑅 𝑐𝑚 is reducing at the rate of
𝑥 𝑐𝑚/minute when water is being drained out at a constant rate. The amount of water drained in 𝑐. 𝑐. per
minute is (𝑛1 = refractive index of air, 𝑛2 = refractive index of water)
a) 𝑥 𝜋 𝑅 2 𝑛1 /𝑛2 b) 𝑥 𝜋 𝑅 2 𝑛2 /𝑛1 c) 2 𝜋 𝑅 𝑛1 /𝑛2 d) 𝜋 𝑅 2 𝑥
181. An object is placed infront of a convex mirror at a distance of 50 𝑐𝑚. A plane mirror is introduced covering
the lower half of the convex mirror. If the distance between the object and plane mirror is 30 𝑐𝑚, it is
found that there is no parallax between the images formed by two mirrors. Radius of curvature of mirror
will be
50
a) 12.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 25 𝑐𝑚 c) 𝑐𝑚 d) 18 𝑐𝑚
3
182. An object is immersed in a fluid. In order that the object becomes invisible, it should
a) Behave as a perfect reflector
b) Absorb all light falling on it
c) Have refractive index one
d) Have refractive index exactly matching with that of the surrounding fluid
183. To a fish under water, viewing obliquely a fisherman standing on the bank of the lake, the man looks
a) Taller than what he actually is
b) Shorter that what he actual is
c) The same height as he actually is
d) Depends on the obliquity
184. The instrument used by doctors for endoscopy works on the principle of
a) Total internal reflection b) Reflection
c) Refraction d) None of the above
185. In an equilateral prism if incident angle is 45° then minimum deviation is
a) 30° b) 60° c) 45° d) 90°

P a g e | 16
186. A biconvex lens of focal length 15 cm is in front of a plane mirror. The distance between the lens and the
mirror is 10 cm. A small object is kept at a distance of 30 cm from the lens. The final image is
a) Virtual and at a distance of 16 cm from the mirror
b) Real and at a distance of 16 cm from the mirror
c) Virtual and at a distance of 20 cm from the mirror
d) None of the above
187. Refractive index of glass is 3 and refractive index of water is 4. If the speed of light in glass is 2.00 ×
2 3
108 m/s, the speed in water will be
a) 2.67 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 b) 2.25 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 c) 1.78 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 d) 1.50 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
188. The far point of a myopia eye is at 40 𝑐𝑚. For removing this defect, the power of lens required will be
a) 40 𝐷 b) −4 𝐷 c) −2.5 𝐷 d) 0.25 𝐷
189. A rectangular glass slab 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷, of refractive index 𝑛1 , is immersed in water of refractive index 𝑛2 (𝑛1 > 𝑛2 ).
A ray of light in incident at the surface 𝐴𝐵 of the slab as shown. The maximum value of the angle of
incidence 𝛼𝑚𝑎𝑥 such that the ray comes out only from the other surface 𝐶𝐷 is given by
A D

max n1 n2

B C

𝑛1 𝑛2 1
a) sin−1 [ cos (sin−1 )] b) sin−1 [𝑛1 cos (sin−1 )]
𝑛2 𝑛1 𝑛2
𝑛1 𝑛 2
c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
𝑛2 𝑛1
190. If the speed of light in vacuum is 𝐶 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐, then the velocity of light in a medium of refractive index 1.5
a) Is 1.5 × 𝐶 b) Is 𝐶
c) Is
𝐶 d) Can have any velocity
1.5
191. Five 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛/𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 is the luminous efficiency of a lamp and its luminous intensity is 35 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎. The power
of the lamp is
a) 80 𝑊 b) 176 𝑊 c) 88 𝑊 d) 36 𝑊
192. A beam of light is converging towards a point 𝐼 on a screen. A plane glass plate whose thickness in the
direction of the beam = 𝑡, refractive index = 𝜇, is introduced in the path of the beam. The convergence
point is shifted by
1 1 1 1
a) 𝑡 (1 − 𝜇) away b) 𝑡 (1 + 𝜇) away c) 𝑡 (1 − 𝜇) nearer d) 𝑡 (1 + 𝜇) nearer
193. Two beams of red and violet colours are made to pass separately through a prism (angle of the prism
is 60°).In the position of minimum deviation, the angle of refraction will be
a) 30° for both the colours b) Greater for the violet colour
c) Greater for the red colour Equal but not 30° for both the
d) colours

194. A 60 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 bulb is hung over the center of a table 4 𝑚 × 4 𝑚 at height of 3 𝑚. The ratio of the intensities of
illumination at a point on the centre of the edge and on the corner of the table is
a) (17/13)3/2 b) 2/1 c) 17/13 d) 5/4
195. An eye specialist prescribes spectacles having a combination of convex lens of focal length 40 𝑐𝑚 in
contact with a concave lens of focal length 25 𝑐𝑚. The power of this lens combination in dioptres is
a) +1.5 b) −1.5 c) +6.67 d) −6.67
196. Focal length of objective and eyepiece of telescope are 200 cm and 4 cm respectively. What is length of
telescope for normal adjustment?
a) 196 cm b) 204 cm c) 250 cm d) 225 cm

P a g e | 17
197. The focal length of an objective of a telescope is 3 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑒 and diameter 15 𝑐𝑚. Assuming for a normal eye,
the diameter of the pupil is 3 𝑚𝑚 for its complete use, the focal length of eye piece must be
a) 6 𝑐𝑚 b) 6.3 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 60 𝑐𝑚
198. A person uses spectacles of power + 2 D. He is suffering from
a) Myopia b) Presbyopia c) Astigmatism d) Hypermetropia
199. In a grease spot photometer, light from a lamp with dirty chimney is exactly balanced by a point source
distance 10 cm from the grease spot. On clearing the dirty chimney, the point source is moved 2 cm to
obtain a balance again. Then the percentage of light absorbed by the dirty chimney is nearly
a) 64% b) 36% c) 44% d) 56%
200. If the refractive indices of a prism for red, yellow and violet colours be 1.61, 1.63 and 1.65 respectively,
then the dispersive power of the prism will be
1.65 − 1.62 1.62 − 1.61 1.65 − 1.61 1.65 − 1.63
a) b) c) d)
1.61 − 1 1.65 − 1 1.63 − 1 1.61 − 1
201. A source emits light of wavelength 4700Å, 5400Å and 6500Å. The light passes through red glass before
being tested by a spectrometer. Which wavelength in seen in the spectrum
a) 6500 Å b) 5400 Å c) 4700 Å d) All the above
202. Total flux produced by a source of 1 𝑐𝑑 is
a) 1/4𝜋 b) 8𝜋 c) 4𝜋 d) 1/8𝜋
203. A lens forms a virtual image 4 cm away from it when an object is placed 10 cm away from it. The lens is a….
lens of focal length..
a) Concave, 6.67 cm b) Concave, 2.86 cm
c) Convex, 2.86 cm d) May be concave or convex, 6.67 cm
204. The graph between 𝑢 and 𝑣 for a convex mirror is
a) v b) v c) v d) v
f f f f f f f f

u u u u

205. The angle of minimum deviation for a prism is 40° and the angle of the prism is 60°. The angle of incidence
in this position will be
a) 30° b) 60° c) 50° d) 100°
206. Light travels in two media 𝐴 and 𝐵 with speeds 1.8 × 108 𝑚𝑠 −1 and 2.4 × 108 𝑚𝑠 −1 respectively. Then the
critical angle between them is
2 3 2 3
a) sin−1 ( ) b) tan−1 ( ) c) tan−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
3 4 3 4
207. Under which of the following conditions will a convex mirror of focal length 𝑓 produce an image that is
erect, diminished and virtual
a) Only when 2𝑓 > 𝑢 > 𝑓 b) Only when 𝑢 = 𝑓
c) Only when 𝑢 < 𝑓 d) Always
208. In vacuum the speed of light depends upon
a) Frequency b) Wave length
c) Velocity of the source of light d) None of these
209. The sky would appear red instead of blue if
a) Atmospheric particles scatter blue light more than red light
b) Atmospheric particles scatter all colours equally
c) Atmospheric particles scatted red light more than the blue light
d) The sun was much hotter
210. Two beams of red and violet colours are made to pass separately through a prism of 𝐴 = 60°.In the
minimum deviation position, the angle of refraction inside the prism will be
a) Greater for red colour b) Equal but not 30°for both the colours
c) Greater for violet colour d) 30°for both the colours
P a g e | 18
211. A Galilean telescope has an objective of focal length 100 cm and magnifying power 50. The distance
between the two lenses in normal
a) 98 cm b) 100 cm c) 150 cm d) 200 cm
212. The plane faces of two identical plano-convex lenses each having focal length of 40 𝑐𝑚 are pressed against
each other to form a usual convex lens. The distance from this lens, at which an object must be placed to
obtain a real, inverted image with magnification one is
a) 80 𝑐𝑚 b) 40 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 162 𝑐𝑚
213. Two transparent slabs have the same thickness as shown. One is made of material 𝐴 of refractive index 1.5.
The other is made of two material 𝐵 and 𝐶 with thickness in the ratio 1 ∶ 2. The refractive index 𝐶 is 1.6. If
a monochromatic parallel beam passing through the slabs has the same number of waves inside both, the
refractive index of 𝐵 is
t t/3 2t/3

A B C

a) 1.1 b) 1.2 c) 1.3 d) 1.4

214. In a compound microscope cross-wires are fixed at the point
a) Where the image is formed by the objective
b) Where the image is formed by the eye-piece
c) Where the focal point of the objective lies
d) Where the focal point of the eye-piece lies
215. Spherical aberration in a lens
a) Is minimum when most of the deviation is at the first surface
b) Is minimum when most of the deviation is at the second surface
c) Is minimum when the total deviation is equally distributed over the two surfaces
d) Does not depend on the above considerations
216. A telescope using light having wavelength 5000 Å and using lenses of focal 2.5 and 30 𝑐𝑚. If the diameter
of the aperture of the objective is 10 𝑐𝑚, then the resolving limit and magnifying power of the telescope is
respectively
a) 6.1 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 and 12 b) 5.0 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 and 12
c) 6.1 × 10 𝑟𝑎𝑑 and 8.3 × 10
−6 −2 d) 5.0 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 and 8.3 × 10−2
217. White light is passed through a prism whose angle is 5°. If the refractive indices for rays of red and blue
colour are respectively 1.64 and 1.66, the angle of deviation between the two colours will be
a) 0.1 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 b) 0.2 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 c) 0.3 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 d) 0.4 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒
218. If the lower half of a concave mirror’s reflecting surface is made opaque, which of the following statements
describe the image of an object placed infront of the mirror
S1: Intensity of the image will increase
S2: The image will show only half of the object
S3: No change in the image
S4: Intensity of the image will be reduced to half
a) S1 only b) S2 only c) S2 and S3 d) S4 only
219. Blue colour of sea water is due to
a) Interference of sunlight reflected from the water surface
b) Scattering of sunlight by the water molecules
c) Image of sky in water
d) Refraction of sunlight
220. Emission spectrum of 𝐶𝑂2 gas
a) Is a line spectrum b) Is a band spectrum
c) Is a continuous spectrum d) Does not fall in the visible region

P a g e | 19
221. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror along the direction given by vector𝐴 = 2î − 3ĵ + 4𝐤 ̂ . Find the
unit vector along reflected ray. Take normal to mirror along the direction of vector 𝐵 = 3î − 6ĵ + 2𝐤 ̂.
−94î + 237ĵ + 68𝐤 ̂ −94î + 68ĵ − 273𝐤̂ ̂
3î + 6ĵ − 2𝐤 d) None of these
a) b) c)
49√29 49√29 7
222. When objects at different distances are seen by the eye, which of the following remains constant
a) The focal length of the eye lens b) The object distance from the eye lens
c) The radii of curvature of the eye lens d) The image distance from the eye lens
223. An astronomical telescope of ten-fold angular magnification has a length of 44 𝑐𝑚. The focal length of the
objective is
a) 4 𝑐𝑚 b) 40 𝑐𝑚 c) 44 𝑐𝑚 d) 440 𝑐𝑚
224. A plano convex lens fits exactly into a plano concave lens. Their plane surfaces are parallel to each other. If
the lenses are made of different materials of refractive indices μ1 and μ2 and 𝑅 is the radius of curvature of
the curved surface of the lenses, then focal length of the combination is
𝑅 𝑅 2𝑅
a) b) 𝑅 c) d)
2(μ1 + μ2 ) (μ1 − μ2 ) (μ2 − μ1 )
2(μ1 − μ2 )
225. The relation between 𝑛1 and 𝑛2 if the behavior of light ray is as shown in the figure

a) 𝑛2 > 𝑛1 b) 𝑛1 ≫ 𝑛2 c) 𝑛1 > 𝑛2 d) 𝑛1 = 𝑛2
226. A person wears glasses of power −2.0 𝐷. The defect of the eye and the far point of the person without the
glasses will be
a) Nearsighted, 50 𝑐𝑚 b) Farsighted, 50 𝑐𝑚 c) Nearsighted, 250 𝑐𝑚 d) Astigmatism, 50 𝑐𝑚
227. Which of the following is not a correct statement
a) The wavelength of red light is greater than the wavelength of green light
b) The wavelength of blue light is smaller than the wavelength of orange light
c) The frequency of green light is greater than the frequency of blue light
d) The frequency of violet light is greater than the frequency of blue light
228. A fish at a depth of 12 cm in water is viewed by an observer on the bank of a lake. To what height the
image of the fish is raised?
(Refractive index of like water=4/3)
a) 9 cm b) 12 cm c) 3.8 cm d) 3 cm
229. A boy 1.5 m tall with his eye level at 1.38 m stands before a mirror fixed on a wall. The minimum length of
mirror required to view the complete image of boy is
a) 0.75 m b) 0.06 m c) 0.69 m d) 0.12 m
230. A plane mirror produces a magnification of
a) Zero b) -1 c) +1 d) Between 0 and +1
231. The critical angle of a medium with respect to air is 45°. The refractive index of that medium will be
a) 1.72 b) 1.414 c) 2.12 d) 1.5
232. An object 2.5 𝑐𝑚 high is placed at a distance of 10 𝑐𝑚 from a concave mirror of radius of curvature 30 𝑐𝑚.
The size of the image is
a) 9.2 𝑐𝑚 b) 10.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 5.6 𝑐𝑚 d) 7.5 𝑐𝑚
233. A ray of light suffers minimum deviation when incident at 60° prism of refractive index√2.The angle of
incidence is
a) sin−1(0.8) b) 60° c) 45° d) 30°

P a g e | 20
234. The plano-convex lens of focal length 20 cm and 30 cm are placed together to form a double convex lens.
The final focal length will be
a) 12 cm b) 60 cm c) 20 cm d) 30 cm
235. For a convex mirror, the variation of 𝑢 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑠 𝑣 is given by

a) b) c) d)

236. The length of a telescope is 36 𝑐𝑚. The focal lengths of its lenses can be
a) 30 𝑐𝑚, 6 𝑐𝑚 b) −30 𝑐𝑚, −6 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚, −6 𝑐𝑚 d) −30 𝑐𝑚, 6 𝑐𝑚
237. A convex lens of crown glass (𝑛 = 1.525) will behave as a divergent lens if immersed in
a) Water (𝑛 = 1.33) b) In a medium of 𝑛 = 1.525
c) Carbon disulphide 𝑛 = 1.66 d) It cannot act as a divergent lens
238. A concave mirror and a converging lens (glass with 𝜇 = 1.5) both have a focal length of 3 𝑐𝑚 when in air.
4
When they are in water (𝜇 = 3), their new focal lengths are
a) 𝑓Lens = 12 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓Mirror = 3𝑐𝑚 b) 𝑓Lens = 3 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓Mirror = 12𝑐𝑚
c) 𝑓Lens = 3 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓Mirror = 3𝑐𝑚 d) 𝑓Lens = 12 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓Mirror = 12𝑐𝑚
239. A point source of light 𝐵 is placed at a distance 𝐿 in front of the centre of a mirror width 𝑑 hung vertically
on a wall. A man walks in front of the mirror along a line parallel to the mirror at a distance 2𝐿 from it as
shown. The greater distance over which he can see the image of the light source in the mirror is

d B

L A
2L
a) 𝑑/2 b) 𝑑 c) 2𝑑 d) 3𝑑
240. A concave mirror of focal length 100𝑐𝑚 is used to obtain the image of the sun which subtends an angle of
30′. The diameter of the image of the sun will be
a) 1.74𝑐𝑚 b) 0.87𝑐𝑚 c) 0.435𝑐𝑚 d) 100𝑐𝑚
241. Two point white does are 1 mm apart on a black paper. They are viewed by eye of pupil diameter 3 mm.
Approximately, what is the maximum distance at which these dots can be resolved by the eye?
[Take wavelength of light = 500 nm]
a) 5 m b) 1 m c) 6 m d) 3 m
242. Consider telecommunication through optical fibres. Which of the following statements is not true
a) Optical fibres may have homogeneous core with a suitable cladding
b) Optical fibres can be of graded refractive index
c) Optical fibres are subject to electromagnetic interference from outside
d) Optical fibres have extremely low transmission loss
243. A concave mirror of focal length ‘𝑓1’ is placed at a distance of ‘𝑑’ from a convex lens of focal length ‘𝑓2’. A
beam of light coming from infinity and falling on this convex lens-concave mirror combination returns to
infinity. The distance ‘𝑑’ must equal
a) 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 b) −𝑓2 + 𝑓2 c) 2𝑓1 + 𝑓2 d) −2𝑓1 + 𝑓2
244. The graph between the lateral magnification (𝑚) produced by a lens and the distance of the image (𝑣) is
given by
a) b) c) d)
m m m m

0 0 0 0
v v v v

P a g e | 21
245. A prism of a certain angle deviation the red and blue rays by 8° and 12° respectively. Another prism of the
same angle deviates the red and blue rays by 10° and 14° respectively. The prisms are small angled and
made of different materials. The dispersive powers of the materials of the prisms are in the ratio
a) 5 ∶ 6 b) 9 ∶ 11 c) 6 ∶ 5 d) 11 ∶ 9
246. The radius of the convex surface of plano-convex lens is 20 𝑐𝑚 and the refractive index of the material of
the lens is 1.5. The focal length of the lens is
a) 30 𝑐𝑚 b) 50 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 40 𝑐𝑚
247. A compound microscope has an objective and eye-piece as thin lenses of focal lengths 1 cm and 5 cm
respectively. The distance between the objective and the eye-piece is 20 cm. The distance at which the
object must be placed infront of the objective if the final image is located at 25 cm from the eye-piece, it
numerically
a) 95/6 cm b) 5 cm c) 95/89 cm d) 25/6 cm
248. An object of length 6 𝑐𝑚 is placed on the principal axis of a concave mirror of focal length 𝑓 at a distance of
4𝑓. The length of the image will be
a) 2 𝑐𝑚 b) 12 𝑐𝑚 c) 4 𝑐𝑚 d) 1.2 𝑐𝑚
249. If 𝜀0 and 𝜇0 are respectively, the electric permittivity and the magnetic permeability of free space, 𝜀 and 𝜇
the corresponding quantities in a medium, the refractive index of the medium is
𝜇𝜀 𝜇𝜀 𝜇0 𝜀0 𝜇𝜇0
a) √ b) c) √ d) √
𝜇0 𝜀0 𝜇0 𝜀0 𝜇𝜀 𝜀 𝜀0
250. The magnifying power of a telescope is 9. When it is adjusted for parallel rays, the distance between the
objective and the eye-piece is found to be 20 cm. The focal lengths of the lenses are
a) 18 cm, 2 cm b) 11 cm, 9 cm c) 10 cm, 10 cm d) 15 cm, 5 cm
251. A lamp is hanging along the axis of a circular table of radius 𝑟. At what height should the lamp be placed
1
above the table, so that the illuminance at the edge of the table is 8 of that at its center
𝑟 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟
a) b) c) d)
2 √2 3 √3
252. The radius of curvature for a convex lens is 40 𝑐𝑚, for each surface. Its refractive index is 1.5. The focal
length will be
a) 40 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚 c) 80 𝑐𝑚 d) 30 𝑐𝑚
253. The image of a small electric bulb fixed on the wall of a room is to be obtained on the opposite wall 4 m
away by means of a large convex lens. The maximum possible focal length of the lens required for this
purpose will be
a) 0.5 m b) 1.0 m c) 1.5 m d) 2.0 m
254. If the refractive angles of two prisms made of crown glass are 10° and 20° respectively, then the ratio of
their colour deviation powers will be
a) 1 ∶ 1 b) 2 ∶ 1 c) 4 ∶ 1 d) 1 ∶ 2
255. Brilliance of diamond is due to
a) Shape b) Cutting
c) Reflection d) Total internal reflection
256. A point object is placed at a distance of 25 cm from a convex lens of focal length 20 cm. If a glass slab of
thickness 𝑡 and refractive index 1.5 is inserted between the lens and the object, the image is formed at
infinity. The thickness 𝑡 is
a) 15 cm b) 5 cm c) 10 cm d) 20 cm
257. The ratio of angle of minimum deviation of a prism in air and when dipped in water will be ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = 3/2
and 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 = 4/3)
a) 1/8 b) 1/2 c) 3/4 d) 1/4
258. The number of lenses in a terrestrial telescope is
a) Two b) Three c) Four d) Six
259. When light is refracted from air into glass
P a g e | 22
 a) Its wavelength and frequency both increase
b) Its wavelength increases but frequency remains unchanged
c) Its wavelength decreases but frequency remains unchanged
d) Its wavelength and frequency both decrease
260. The ratio of the refractive index of red light to blue light in air is
a) Less than unity
b) Equal to unity
c) Greater than unity
d) Less as well as greater than unity depending upon the experimental arrangement
261. As shown in figure, the liquid, 𝐿1 , 𝐿2 and 𝐿3 have refractive indices 1.55, 1.50 and 1.20 respectively.
Therefore, the arrangement corresponds to

a) Biconvex lens b) Biconcave lens

c) Concave-convex lens d) Convexo-concave lens
262. A virtual image twice as long as the object is formed by a convex lens when the object is 10 cm away from
it. A real image twice as long as the object will be formed when it is placed at a distance…..from the length
a) 40 cm b) 30 cm c) 20 cm d) 15 cm
263. Colour of the sky is blue due to
a) Scattering of light b) Total internal reflection
c) Total emission d) None of the above
264. If the apertaure of a telescope is decreased the resolving power will
a) Increase b) Decrease c) Remain same d) Zero
265. The figures represent three cases of a ray passing through a prism of angle 𝐴. The case corresponding to
minimum deviation is

(1) (2) (3)

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) None of these
266. Two point light sources are 24 𝑐𝑚 apart. Where should a convex lens of focal length 9 𝑐𝑚 be put in
between them from one source so that the images of both the sources are formed at the same place
a) 6 𝑐𝑚 b) 9 𝑐𝑚 c) 12 𝑐𝑚 d) 15 𝑐𝑚
267. An object 5 cm tall is placed 1 m from a concave spherical mirror which has a radius of curvature of 20 cm.
The size of the image is
a) 0.11 cm b) 0.50 cm c) 0.55 cm d) 0.60 cm
268. By placing the prism in minimum deviation position, images of the spectrum
a) Becomes inverted b) Becomes broader c) Becomes distinct d) Becomes intensive
269. The principal section of a glass prism is an isosceles triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶 with 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐴𝐶. The face 𝐴𝐶 is silvered. A
ray of light is incident normally on the face 𝐴𝐵 and after tworeflections, it emerges from the base 𝐵𝐶
perpendicular to the base. Angle 𝐵𝐴𝐶 of the prism is
a) 30° b) 36° c) 60° d) 72°
270. A point object is moving on the principal axis of a concave mirror focal length 24 𝑐𝑚 towards the mirror.
When it is at a distance of 60𝑐𝑚 from the mirror, its velocity is 9𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐. What is the velocity of the image
at that instant
a) 5𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 towards the mirror b) 4𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 towards the mirror
P a g e | 23
 c) 4𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 away from the mirror d) 9𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 away from the mirror
271. A convergent beam of light is incident on a convex mirror so as to converge to a distance 12 𝑐𝑚 from the
pole of the mirror. An inverted image of the same size is formed coincident with the virtual object. What is
the focal length of the mirror
a) 24 𝑐𝑚 b) 12 𝑐𝑚 c) 6 𝑐𝑚 d) 3 𝑐𝑚
272. The refractive index of the material of a prism is √2 and the angle of prism is 30°. One of its refracting
faces is polished. The incident beam of lift will retrace back for angle of incidence
a) 0° b) 45° c) 60° d) 90°
273. The phenomenon utilised in an optical fibre is
a) Refraction b) Interference
c) Polarization d) Total internal reflection
274. A plano convex lens is made of glass of refractive index 1.5. The radius of curvature of its convex surface is
𝑅. Its focal length is
𝑅
a) b) 𝑅 c) 2𝑅 d) 1.5 𝑅
2
275. Critical angle for light going from medium (i) to (ii) is 𝜃. The speed of light in medium (i) is 𝑣 then speed in
medium (ii) is
a) 𝑣(1 − cos 𝜃) b) 𝑣/ sin 𝜃 c) 𝑣/ cos 𝜃 d) 𝑣(1 − sin 𝜃)
276. The ray diagram could be correct

ng
n1
n2
Lens

a) If 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 = 𝑛3 b) If 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 and 𝑛1 < 𝑛𝑔
c) If 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 and 𝑛1 > 𝑛𝑔 d) Under no circumstances
277. A concave lens with unequal radii a curvature made of glass (𝜇g = 1.5) has a focal length of 40 cm. If it is
immersed in a liquid of refractive index 𝜇𝑙 =2, then
a) It behave like a convex lens of 80 cm focal length
b) It behave like a concave lens of 20 cm focal length
c) Its focal length becomes 60 cm
d) Nothing can be said
278. A beaker contains water up to a height ℎ₁ and kerosene of height ℎ₂ above water so that the total height of
(water +kerosene) is (ℎ1 + ℎ2 ). Refractive index of water is u1 and that of kerosene is u2 . The apparent
shift in the position of the bottom of the beaker when viewed from above is
1 1 1 1
a) (1 − ) ℎ2 + (1 − ) ℎ1 b) (1 + u1 ) ℎ1 + (1 + u2 ) ℎ2
1u u 2
1 1 1 1
c) (1 − ) ℎ2 + (1 − )ℎ d) (1 + ) ℎ2 − (1 + ) ℎ1
u1 u2 2 u1 u2

279. Microscope is an optical instrument which

a) Enlarges the object
b) Increases the visual angle formed by the object at the eye
c) Decreases the visual angle formed by the object at the eye
d) Brings the object nearer
280. Near and far points of human eye are
a) 25 cm and infinite b) 50 cm and 100 cm c) 25 cm and 50 cm d) 0 cm and 25 cm
281. A plano-concave lens is made up of glass of refractive index 1.5 and the radius of the curvature of its
curved face is 100 cm. What is the power of the lens?

P a g e | 24
 a) + 0.5 D b) −0.5 D c) −2 D d) +2 D
282. The mean distance of sun from the earth is 1.5 × 10 𝐾𝑚 (nearly). The time taken by the light to reach
8

earth from the sun is

a) 0.12 𝑚𝑖𝑛 b) 8.33 𝑚𝑖𝑛 c) 12.5 𝑚𝑖𝑛 d) 6.25 𝑚𝑖𝑛
283. A convex mirror has a focal length 𝑓. A real object is placed at a distance 𝑓 in front of it from the pole
produces an image at
a) Infinity b) 𝑓 c) 𝑓/2 d) 2𝑓
284. If in compound microscope 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 be the linear magnification of the objective lens and eye lens
respectively, then magnifying power of the compound microscope will be
a) 𝑚1 − 𝑚2 b) √𝑚1 + 𝑚2 c) (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )/2 d) 𝑚1 × 𝑚2
285. A ray of light falls on a transparent glass slab of refractive index 1.62.If the reflected ray and the refracted
ray are mutually perpendicular, the angle of incidence is
1 1
a) tan−1 (1.62) b) tan−1 ( ) c) tan−1 (1.33) d) tan−1 ( )
1.62 1.33
286. Line spectra are due to
a) Hot solids b) Atoms in gaseous state
c) Molecules in gaseous state d) Liquid at low temperature
287. The image of point 𝑃 when viewed from top of the slabs will be

1.5 cm
=1.5
1.5 cm 1.5 cm
=1.5
2 cm
P

a) 2.0 𝑐𝑚 above 𝑃 b) 1.5 𝑐𝑚 above 𝑃 c) 2.0 𝑐𝑚 below 𝑃 d) 1 𝑐𝑚 above 𝑃

288. Two parallel pillars are 11 𝑘𝑚 away from an observer. The minimum distance between the pillars so that
they can be seen separately will be
a) 3.2 𝑚 b) 20.8 𝑚 c) 91.5 𝑚 d) 183 𝑚
289. Image of an object approaching a convex mirror of radius of curvature 20 m along its optical axis is
25 50
observed to move from 3
m to 7 m in 30 s. What is the speed of the object in kmh⁻¹?
a) 3 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
290. Wavelength of given light waves in air and in a medium are 6000 Å and 4000 Å respectively. The critical
angle is
3 2 3 2
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) tan−1 ( ) d) tan−1 ( )
2 3 2 3
291. Two parallel light rays are incident at one surface of a prism of refractive index 1.5 as shown in figure. The
angle between the emergent rays is nearly
a) 19° b) 37° c) 45° d) 49°
292. Image formed on retina of eye is proportional to
a) Size of object b) Area of object Size of object Size of image
c) d)
Size of image Size of object
293. If the focal length of objective and eye lens are 1.2 𝑐𝑚 and 3 𝑐𝑚 respectively and the object is put 1.25 𝑐𝑚
away from the objective lens and the final image is formed at infinity. The magnifying power of the
microscope is
a) 150 b) 200 c) 250 d) 400
294. To focal length of a concave mirror is 12 cm. Where should an object length 4 cm be placed so that an
image 1 cm long is formed?
a) 48 cm b) 3 cm c) 60 cm d) 15 cm
295. A person sees his virtual image by holding a mirror very close to the face. When he moves the mirror away
from his face, the image becomes inverted. What type of mirror he is using?
P a g e | 25
 a) Plane mirror b) Convex mirror c) Concave mirror d) None of these
296. Figure shows a glowing mercury tube. The illuminances at point 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶 are related as

C B
A
a) 𝐵 > 𝐶 > 𝐴 b) 𝐴 > 𝐶 > 𝐵 c) 𝐵 = 𝐶 > 𝐴 d) 𝐵 = 𝐶 < 𝐴
297. An achromatic convergent doublet of two lenses in contact has a power of +2D. The convex lens has
power +5 D. What is the ratio of the dispersive powers of the convergent and divergent lenses?
a) 2:5 b) 3:5 c) 5:2 d) 5:3
298. A biconvex lens has a radius of curvature of magnitude 20𝑐𝑚. Which one of the following options describe
best the image formed of an object of height 2 𝑐𝑚 placed 30 𝑐𝑚 from the lens
a) Real, inverted, height = 1 𝑐𝑚 b) Virtual, upright, height = 1 𝑐𝑚
c) Virtual, upright, height = 0.5 𝑐𝑚 d) Real, inverted, height = 4 𝑐𝑚
299. Two points, separated by a distance of 0.1 mm, can just be inspected on a microscope when light of
wavelength 6000 Å is used. If the light of wavelength 4800Å is used, the limit of resolution is
a) 0.8 mm b) 0.08 mm c) 0.1 mm d) 0.04 mm
300. A piece of plane glass is placed on a word with letters of different colours. The letters which appear
minimum raised are
a) Red b) Green c) Yellow d) Violet
301. A convex lens is in contact with concave lens. The magnitude of the ratio of their focal length is 2/3. Their
equivalent focal length is 30 cm. What are their individual focal lengths?
a) -75, 50 b) -10, 15 c) 75, 50 d) -15, 10
302. A diver inside water (μ = 1.33) should see the sun set at an angle of
a) 60° b) 90° c) 0° d) 49°
303. A plano convex lens of (𝑓 = 20 cm) is silvered at plane surface. New 𝑓 will be
a) 20 cm b) 40 cm c) 30 cm d) 10 cm
304. If 𝐼1 and 𝐼2 be the size of the images respectively for the two positions of lens in the displacement method,
then the size of the object is given by
a) 𝐼1 /𝐼2 b) 𝐼1 × 𝐼2 c) √𝐼1 × 𝐼2 d) √𝐼1 /𝐼2
305. The plane faces of two identical plano-convex lenses each having a focal length of 50 cm are placed against
each other to form a usual biconvex lens. The distance from this lens combination at which an object must
be placed to obtain a real, inverted image which has the same size as the object is
a) 50 cm b) 25 cm c) 100 cm d) 40 cm
306. Finger prints on a piece of paper may be detected by sprinkling fluorescent powder on the paper and then
looking it into
a) Mercury light b) Sunlight c) Infrared light d) Ultraviolet light
307. An astronomical telescope has objective and eye-piece lenses of powers 0.5 D and 20 D respectively. What
will be its magnifying power?
a) 30 b) 10 c) 40 d) 20
308. The focal lengths of the objective and eyelenses of a microscope are 1.6 cm and 2.5 cm respectively. The
distance between the two lenses is 21.7 cm. If the final image is formed at infinity, the distance between
the object and the objective lens is
a) 1.8 cm b) 1.70 cm c) 1.65 cm d) 1.75 cm
309. On which of the following does the magnifying power of a telescope depends
a) The focal length of the objective only
b) The diameter of aperture of the objective only
c) The focal length of the objective and that of the eye piece
d) The diameter of aperture of the objective and that of the eye piece

P a g e | 26
310. The minimum distance between an object and its real image formed by a convex lens is
a) 1.5 𝑓 b) 2 𝑓 c) 2.5 𝑓 d) 4 𝑓
311. A symmetric double convex lens is cut in two equal parts by a plane perpendicular to the principle axis. If
the power of the original lens is 4D, the power of a cut lens will be
a) 2D b) 3D c) 4D d) 5D
312. A light ray travelling in glass medium is incident on glass-air interface at an angle of incidenceθ. The
reflected (𝑅) and transmitted (𝑇) intensities, both as function of θ, are plotted. The correct sketch is

a) b) c) d)

313. An object is placed at 15 cm from a convex lens of focal length 10 cm. Where should another convex
mirror of radius 12 cm be placed such that image will coincide with the object.
a) 19.3 cm b) 18 cm c) 33 cm d) 22 cm
314. A lens made of glass whose index of refraction is 1.60 has a focal length of +20 cm in air. Its focal length in
water, whose refractive index is 1.33, will be
a) Three times longer than in air b) Two times longer than in air
c) Same as in air d) None of the above
315. The frequency of a light ray is 6 × 1014 𝐻𝑧. Its frequency when it propagates in a medium of refractive
index 1.5, will be
a) 1.67 × 1014 𝐻𝑧 b) 9.10 × 1014 𝐻𝑧 c) 6 × 1014 𝐻𝑧 d) 4 × 1014 𝐻𝑧
316. In the figure shown, for an angle of incidence 45°, at the top surface, what is the minimum refractive index
needed for total internal reflection at vertical face
45°
Air

√2 + 1 3 1
a) b) √ c) √ d) √2 + 1
2 2 2
317. A lens behaves as a converging lens in air and a diverging lens in water. The refractive index of the
material is
a) Equal to unity b) Equal to 1.33
c) Between unity and 1.33 d) Greater than 1.33
318. Which one of the following alternative is FALSE for a prism placed in a position of minimum deviation
a) 𝑖1 = 𝑖2 b) 𝑟1 = 𝑟2 c) 𝑖1 = 𝑟1 d) All of these
319. Lux is equal to
a) 1 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛/𝑚2 b) 1 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛/𝑐𝑚2 c) 1 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎/𝑚2 d) 1 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎/𝑐𝑚2
320. Which of the following is a correct relation
a) 𝑎 𝜇𝑟 = 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 × 𝑟 𝜇𝜔 b) 𝑎 𝜇𝑟 × 𝑟 𝜇𝜔 = 𝜔 𝜇𝑎 c) 𝑎 𝜇𝑟 × 𝑟 𝜇𝑎 = 0 d) 𝑎 𝜇𝑟 / 𝜔 𝜇𝑟 = 𝑎 𝜇𝜔
321. A point objects is placed at the centre of a glass sphere of radius 6 cm and refractive index 1.5. The
distance of the virtual image from the surface of the sphere is
a) 2 cm b) 4 cm c) 6 cm d) 12 cm
322. The angel of prism is 5° and its refractive indices for red and violet colours are 1.5 and 1.6 respectively.
The angular dispersion produced by the prism is
a) 7.75° b) 5° c) 0.5° d) 0.17°

P a g e | 27
323. Light takes 𝑡1 second to travel a distance 𝑥 in vaccum and the same light takes 𝑡2 second to travel 10 𝑥 cm
in a medium. Critical angle for corresponding medium will be
10𝑡2 10𝑡1 𝑡1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) −1
𝑡2 c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
𝑡1 sin ( ) 𝑡2 10𝑡2
10𝑡1
324. The focal length of a convex mirror is 20 𝑐𝑚 its radius of curvature will be
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) 40 𝑐𝑚
325. Which of the following is not correct regarding the ratio telescope
a) It can not work at night
b) It can detect a very faint radio signal
c) It can be operated even in cloudy weather
d) It is much cheaper than optical telescope
326. When a glass slab is placed on a cross made on a sheet, the cross appears raised by 1 cm. The thickness of
the glass is 3 cm. The critical angle for glass is
a) sin−1(0.33) b) sin−1(0.5) c) sin−1(0.67) d) sin−1(√3/2)
327. An object is placed at 15 𝑐𝑚 infront of a concave mirror whose focal length is 10 𝑐𝑚. The image formed
will be
a) Magnified and inverted b) Magnified and erect
c) Reduced in size and inverted d) Reduced in size and erect
328. A hollow double concave lens is made of very thin transparent material. It can be filled with air or either of
two liquids 𝐿1 and 𝐿2 having refractive indices 𝑛1 and 𝑛2 respectively (𝑛2 > 𝑛1 > 1). The lens will diverge
a parallel beam of light if it is filled with
a) Air and placed in air b) Air and immersed in 𝐿1
c) 𝐿1 and immersed in 𝐿2 d) 𝐿2 and immersed in 𝐿1
329. Which of the following is not the case with the image formed by a concave lens?
a) It may be erect or inverted
b) It may be magnified and diminished
c) It may be real or virtual
d) Real image may be between the pole and focus or beyond focus
330. A short sighted person can see distinctly only those objects which lie between 10 𝑐𝑚 and 100 𝑐𝑚 from
him. The power of the spectacle lens required to see a distant object is
a) +0.5 𝐷 b) −1.0 𝐷 c) −10 𝐷 d) +4.0 𝐷
331. A lens of refractive index 𝑛 is put in a liquid of refractive index 𝑛 . If focal length of lens in air is 𝑓, its focal
′

length in liquid will be

𝑓𝑛′ (𝑛 − 1) 𝑓(𝑛′ − 𝑛) 𝑛′ (𝑛 − 1) 𝑓𝑛′𝑛
a) b) ′ (𝑛 − 1)
c) ′ − 𝑛)
d)
′
𝑛 −𝑛 𝑛 𝑓(𝑛 𝑛 – 𝑛′
332. A concave lens of glass, refractive index 1.5, has both surfaces of same radius of curvature 𝑅. On
immersion in a medium of refractive index 1.75, it will behave as a
a) Convergent lens of focal length 3.5 𝑅 b) Convergent lens of focal length 3.0 𝑅
c) Divergent lens of focal length 3.5 𝑅 d) Divergent lens of focal length 3.0 𝑅
333. The light gathering power of a camera lens depends on
a) Its diameter only b) Ratio of diameter and focal length
c) Product of focal length and diameter d) Wavelength of light used
334. The plane faces of two identical plano convex lenses, each with focal length 𝑓 are pressed against each
other using an optical glue to form a usual convex lens. The distance from the optical centre at which an
object must be placed to obtain the image same as the size of object is
𝑓 𝑓
a) b) c) 𝑓 d) 2𝑓
4 2
335. Check the correct statements on scattering of light
S1 : Rayleigh scattering is responsible for the bluish appearance of sky

P a g e | 28
 S2 : Rayleigh scattering is proportional to 1/𝜆4 when the size of the scatter is much less than 𝜆
S3 : Clouds having droplets of water (large scattering objects) scatter all wavelengths are almost equal and
so are generally white
S4 : The sun looks reddish at sunset and sunrise due to Rayleigh scattering
a) S1 only b) S1 and S2 c) S2 and S3 d) S1, S2, S3 and S4
336. A ray of light travelling inside a rectangular glass block of refractive index √2 is incident on the glass-air
surface at an angle of incidence of 45°. The refractive index of air is 1. Under these conditions the ray
a) Will emerge into the air without any deviation
b) Will be reflected back into the glass
c) Will be absorbed
d) Will emerge into the air with angle of refraction equal to 90°
337. The spectrum obtained from a sodium vapour lamp is an example of
a) Absorption spectrum b) Emission spectrum c) Continuous spectrum d) Band spectrum
338. A short linear object of a length 𝑏 lies along the axis of a concave mirror of focal length 𝑓 at a distance 𝑢
from the pole of the mirror. The size of the image is equal to
𝑢−𝑓 1/2 𝑓 1/2 𝑢−𝑓 𝑓
a) 𝑏 ( ) b) 𝑏 ( ) c) 𝑏 ( ) d) 𝑏 ( )
𝑓 𝑢−𝑓 𝑓 𝑓−𝑢
339. Rising and setting sun appears to be reddish because
a) Diffraction sends red rays to earth at these times
b) Scattering due to dust particles and air molecules are responsible
c) Refraction is responsible
d) Polarization is responsible
340. An astronomical telescope has a magnifying power 10, the focal length of the eye-piece is 20 cm. The focal
length of the objective is
1 1 c) 200 cm d) 2 cm
a) cm b) cm
200 2
341. The two surfaces of a biconvex lens has same radii of curvatures. This lens is made of glass of refractive
index 1.5 and has a focal length 10 cm in air. The lens is cut into two equal halves along a plane
perpendicular to its principle axis to yield two plano-convex lenses. The two pieces are glued such that the
convex surfaces touch each other. If this combination lens is immersed in water (refractive index = 4/3),
its focal length (in cm) is
a) 5 b) 10 c) 20 d) 40
342. A fish is a little away below the surface of a lake. If the critical angle is 49° , then the fish could see things
above water surface within an angular range of θ° where

1
a) θ = 49° b) θ = 98° c) θ = 24 ° d) θ = 90°
4
343. A thin equiconvex lens of refractive index 3/2 and radius of curvature 30 m is put in water (refractive
4
index =3). Its focal length is
a) 0.15 m b) 0.30 m c) 0.45 m d) 1.20 m
344. A concave mirror of focal length 15 𝑐𝑚 forms an image having twice the linear dimensions of the object.
The position of the object when the image is virtual will be
a) 22.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 7.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) 45 𝑐𝑚
345. A planoconvex lens has a maximum thickness of 6 cm. When placed on a horizontal table with the curved
surface in contact with the table surface, the apparent depth of the bottommost point of the lens is found
to be 4 cm. If the lens is inverted such that the plane face of the lens is in contact with the surface of the
P a g e | 29
 17
table, the apparent depth of the centre of the plane face is found to be( 4 ) cm. The radius of curvature of
the lens is
a) 34 cm b) 128 cm c) 75 cm d) 68 cm
346. A ray of light strikes a plane mirror 𝑀 at an angle of 45° as shown in the figure. After reflection, the ray
passes through a prism of refractive index 1.5 whose apex angle is 4°. The total angle through which the
ray is deviated is

45°

4°

a) 90° b) 91° c) 92° d) 93°

347. The slab of a material of refractive index 2 shown in figure has curved surface 𝐴𝑃𝐵 of radius of curvature
10 𝑐𝑚 and a plane surface 𝐶𝐷. On the left of 𝐴𝑃𝐵 is air and on the right of 𝐶𝐷 is water with refractive
indices as given in figure. An object 𝑂 is placed at a distance of 15 𝑐𝑚 from pole 𝑃 as shown. The distance
of the final image of 𝑂 from 𝑃, as viewed from the left is
A C

P C O
'''''
 s= 2.0
B D
15 cm
20 cm

a) 20 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 40 𝑐𝑚 d) 50 𝑐𝑚
348. The diameter of the objective of a telescope is a, its magnifying power is 𝑚 and wavelength of light is 𝜆.
The resolving power of the telescope is
a) (1.22𝜆)/𝑎 b) (1.22𝑎)/𝜆 c) 𝜆𝑚/(1.22𝑎) d) 𝑎/(1.22𝜆)
349. A convex lens is made of 3 layers of glass of 3 different materials as in the figure. A point object is placed
on its axis. The number of images of the object are

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
350. Transmission of light to large distances through optical fibres is based on
a) Dispersion b) Refraction
c) Total internal reflection d) Interference
351. A ray of light is incident at an angle of 60° on one face of a prism of angle 30°. The ray emerging out of the
prism makes an angle of 30° with the incident ray. The emergent ray is
a) Normal to the face through which it emerges
b) Inclined at 30° to the face through which it emerges
c) Inclined at 60° to the face through which it emerges
d) None of these
352. The head lights of a jeep are 1.2 m apart. If the pupil of the eye of an observer has a diameter of 2mm and
light of wavelength 5896 Å is used, what should be the maximum distance of the jeep from the observer if
the two head lights are just separated?
a) 33.9 km b) 33.9 m c) 3.34 km d) 3.39 m

P a g e | 30
353. An under water swimmer is at a depth of 12 𝑚 below the surface of water. A bird is at a height of 18 𝑚
from the surface of water, directly above his eyes. For the swimmer the bird appears to be a distance from
4
the surface of water equal to (Refractive Index of water is 3)
a) 24 𝑚 b) 12 𝑚 c) 18 𝑚 d) 9 𝑚
354. When light rays from the sun fall on a convex lens along a direction parallel to its axis
a) Focal length for all colours is the same
b) Focal length for violet colour is the shortest
c) Focal length for yellow colour is the longest
d) Focal length red colour is the shortest
355. To an observer on the earth the starts appear to twinkle. This can be ascribed to
a) The fact that stars do not emit light continuously
b) Frequent absorption of star light by their own atmosphere
c) Frequent absorption of star light by the earth’s atmosphere
d) The refractive index fluctuations in the earth’s atmosphere
356. The path of a refracted ray of light in a prism is parallel to the base of the prism only when the
a) Light is of a particular wavelength b) Ray is incident normally at one face
c) Ray undergoes minimum deviation d) Prism is made of a minimum deviation
357. For a real object, which of the following can produced a real image?
a) Plane mirror b) Concave lens c) Convex mirror d) Concave mirror
358. A light ray of 5895Å wavelength travelling in vacuum enters a medium of refractive index 1.5. The speed of
light in the medium is
a) 3 × 108 ms −1 b) 2 × 10⁸ ms −1 c) 1.5 × 10⁸ ms−1 d) 6 × 10⁸ ms −1
359. Resolving power of a microscope depends upon
a) Wavelength of light used, directly b) Wavelength of light used, inversely
c) Frequency of light used d) Focal length of objective
360. 𝑓𝑣 and 𝑓𝑟 are the focal lengths of a convex lens for violet and red light respectively and 𝐹𝑣 and 𝐹𝑟 are the
focal lengths of a concave lens for violet and red light respectively, then
a) 𝑓𝑣 < 𝑓𝑟 and 𝐹𝑣 > 𝐹𝑟 b) 𝑓𝑣 < 𝑓𝑅 and 𝐹𝑣 < 𝐹𝑟 c) 𝑓𝑐 > 𝑓𝑟 and 𝐹𝑣 > 𝐹𝑟 d) 𝑓𝑣 > 𝑓𝑟 and 𝐹𝑣 < 𝐹𝑟
361. Line spectrum contains information about
a) The atoms of the prism b) The atoms of the source
c) The molecules of the source d) The atoms as well as molecules of the source
362. Convergence of concave mirror can be decreased by dipping in
a) Water b) Oil c) Both d) None of these
363. Two thin lenses, one of focal length +60 𝑐𝑚 and the other of focal length −20 𝑐𝑚 are put in contact. The
combined focal length is
a) + 15 𝑐𝑚 b) −15𝑐𝑚 c) + 30 𝑐𝑚 d) −30 𝑐𝑚
364. A spherical mirror forms an image of magnification 3. The object distance, if focal length of mirror is 24
cm, may be
a) 32 cm, 24 cm b) 32 cm, 16 cm c) 32 cm only d) 16 cm only
365. A candle is placed before a thick plane mirror. When looked obliquely in the mirror, a number of images
are seen from the surfaces of the plane mirror. Then
a) first image is brightest b) second image is brightest
c) third image is brightest d) all images beyond second are brightest
366. A square wire of side 1 cm is placed perpendicular to the principle axis of a concave mirror of focal length
15 cm at a distance of 20 cm. The area enclosed by the image of the wire is
a) 4 cm² b) 6 cm² c) 2 cm² d) 9 cm²
367. When an object is kept at a distance of 30 cm from a concave mirror, the image is formed at a distance of
10 cm. If the object is moved with a speed of 9 ms−1 , the speed with which images moved is
a) 0.1 ms −1 b) 1 ms −1 c) 3 ms −1 d) 9 ms −1

P a g e | 31
368. A convex mirror forms an image one-fourth the size of the object. If object is at a distance of 0.5 m from the
mirror, the focal length of mirror is
a) 0.17 m b) −1.5 m c) 0.4 m d) −0.4 m
369. The wavelength of light in two liquids ‘𝑥’ and ‘𝑦’ is 3500 Å and 7000 Å, then the critical angle of 𝑥 relative
to 𝑦 will be
a) 60° b) 45° c) 30° d) 15°
370. The graph shows how the magnification 𝑚 produced by a convex thin lens varies with image distance 𝑣.
What was the focal length of the used lines
m

a c
v

a) 𝑏/𝑐 b) 𝑏/𝑐𝑎 c) 𝑏𝑐/𝑎 d) 𝑐/𝑏

371. The aperture of the objective lens of a telescope is made large so as to
a) Increase the resolving power of the telescope
b) Increase the magnifying power of the telescope
c) To focus on distant objects
d) Make image aberrationless
372. In a movie hall, the distance between the projector and the screen is increased by 1% illuminates on the
screen is
a) Increased by 1% b) Decreased by 1% c) Increased by 2% d) Decreased by 2%
373. Pick the correct statement from the following
a) Primary rainbow is a virtual image and secondary rainbow is a real image
b) Primary rainbow is a real image and secondary rainbow is a virtual image
c) Both primary and secondary rainbows are virtual images
d) Both primary and secondary rainbows are real images
374. An electric lamp is fixed at the ceiling of a circular tunnel as shown is figure. What is the ratio the
intensities of light at base 𝐴 and a point 𝐵 on the wall
S
Lamp
Tunnel

B
O

a) 1 ∶ 2 b) 2 ∶ √3 c) √3 ∶ 1 d) 1 ∶ √2
375. Refractive index of air is 1.0003. The correct thickness of air column which will have one more wavelength
of yellow light (6000 Å) than in the same thickness in vacuum is
a) 2 𝑚𝑚 b) 2 𝑐𝑚 c) 2 𝑚 d) 2 𝑘𝑚
376. A camera objective has an aperture diameter 𝑑. If the aperture is reduced to diameter 𝑑/2, the exposure
time under identical conditions of light should be made
a) √2 fold b) 2 fold c) 2√2 fold d) 4 fold
377. A glass lens is placed in a medium in which it is found to behave like a glass plate. Refractive index of the
medium will be
a) Greater than the refractive index of glass
b) Smaller than the refractive index of glass
c) Equal to refractive index of glass
d) No case will be possible from above
378. A double convex lens (𝑅1 = 𝑅2 = 100 cm) having focal length equal to the focal length of a concave
mirror. The radius of the concave mirror is

P a g e | 32
 a) 10 cm b) 20 cm c) 40 cm d) 15 cm
379. A candle placed 25 𝑐𝑚 from a lens, forms an image on a screen placed 75 𝑐𝑚 on the other end of the lens.
The focal length and type of the lens should be
a) +18.75 𝑐𝑚 and convex lens b) −18.75 𝑐𝑚 and concave lens
c) +20.25 𝑐𝑚 and convex lens d) −20.25 𝑐𝑚 and concave lens
380. If sound travelling at 340 ms ̄¹ enters water where its speed becomes 1480 ms ̄¹, then critical angle for
total internal reflection is
a) 13.3° b) 89.7° c) 86.7° d) 10.3°
381. The power of two convex lenses 𝐴 and 𝐵 are 8 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 and 4 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 respectively. If they are to be used
as a simple microscope, the magnification of
a) 𝐵 will be greater than 𝐴 b) 𝐴 will be greater than 𝐵
c) The information is incomplete d) None of the above
382. The position of final image formed by the given lens combination from the third lens will be at a distance
of [𝑓1 = +10 cm, 𝑓2 = −10 cm, 𝑓3 = +30 cm]

a) 15 cm b) Infinity c) 45 cm d) 30 cm
383. A thin prism 𝑃1 with angle 4° made from a glass of refractive index 1.54 is combined with another thin
prism 𝑃2 made from glass of refractive index 1.72 to produce dispersion without deviation. The angle of
the prism 𝑃2 is
a) 5.33° b) 4° c) 3° d) 2.6°
384. The plane face of a planoconvex lens is silvered. If μ be the refractive index and 𝑅, the radius of curvature
of curved surface, then the system will behave like a concave mirror of radius of curvature
𝑅 𝑅2 (μ + 1)
a) μ 𝑅 b) c) d) [ ]𝑅
(μ − 1) μ (μ − 1)
385. The refractive index of water and glycerine are 1.33 and 1.47 respectively. What is the critical angle for a
light ray going from the latter to the former?
a) 60°48′ b) 64°48′ c) 74°48′ d) None of these
386. A layered lens as shown in figure is made of two types of transparent materials indicated by different
shades. A point object is placed on its axis. The object will form

a) 1 image b) 2 images c) 3 images d) 9 images

387. When the light enters from air to glass, for which colour the angle for deviation ismaximum?
a) Red b) Yellow c) Blue d) Violet
388. A neon sign does not produce
a) Line spectrum b) An emission spectrum
c) An absorption spectrum d) Photos
389. Image formed by a convex mirror is
a) Virtual b) Real c) Enlarged d) Inverted
390. Monochromatic light of frequency 5 × 10 Hz travelling in vaccum enters a medium of refractive index
14

1.5. It wavelength in the medium is

a) 4000Å b) 5000Å c) 6000Å d) 5500Å
P a g e | 33
391. If two +5 D, lenses are mounted at some distance apart, the equivalent power will always be negative, if
the distance is
a) Greater than 40 cm b) Equal to 10 cm c) Equal to 10 cm d) Less than 10 cm
392. When a ray of light emerges from a block of glass, the critical angle is
a) Equal to the angle of reflection
b) The angle between the refracted ray and the normal
c) The angle of incidence for which the refracted ray travels along the glass-air boundary
d) The angle of incidence
393. The magnifying power of a telescope is 𝑚. If the focal length of the eye-piece is halved, then its magnifying
power is
𝑚 1
a) 2𝑚 b) c) d) 4𝑚
2 2𝑚
394. A diverging beam of light from a point source 5 having divergence angle 𝛼, falls symmetrically on a glass
slab as shown. The angles of incidence of the two extreme rays are equal. If the thickness of the glass slab
is 𝑡 and the refractive index 𝑛, then the divergence angle of the emergent beam is
S

i i

n t

a) Zero b) 𝛼 c) sin−1(1/𝑛) d) 2 sin−1(1/𝑛)

395. When white light passes through a glass prism, one gets spectrum on the other side of the prism. In the
emergent beam, the ray which is deviating least is
or
Deviation by a prism is lowest for
a) Violet ray b) Green ray c) Red ray d) Yellow ray
396. A beam of parallel rays is brought to focus by a plano-convex lens. A then concave lens of the same focal
length is joined to the first lens. The effect of this is
a) The focus shifts to infinity
b) The focal point shifts towards the lens by a small distance
c) The focal point shifts away from the lens by a small distance
d) The focus remains undisturbed
397. In a compound microscope, if the objective produces an image 𝐼𝑜 and the eye piece produces an image 𝐼𝑒 ,
then
a) 𝐼𝑜 is virtual but 𝐼𝑒 is real b) 𝐼𝑜 is real but 𝐼𝑒 is virtual
c) 𝐼𝑜 and 𝐼𝑒 are both real d) 𝐼𝑜 and 𝐼𝑒 are both virtual
398. A person is suffering from myopic defect. He is able to see clear objects placed at 15 𝑐𝑚. What type and of
what focal length of lens he should use to see clearly the object placed 60 𝑐𝑚 away
a) Concave lens of 20 𝑐𝑚 focal length b) Convex lens of 20 𝑐𝑚 focal length
c) Concave lens of 12 𝑐𝑚 focal length d) Convex lens of 12 𝑐𝑚 focal length
399. A 2.0 cm tall object is placed 15 cm in front of a concave mirror of focal length 10 cm. What is the size and
nature of the image
a) 4 cm, real b) 4 cm, virtual c) 1.0 cm, real d) None of these
400. The numerical aperture for a human eye is of the order of
a) 1 b) 0.1 c) 0.01 d) 0.001
401. In compound microscope, magnifying power is 95 and the distance of object from objective lens is 1 cm.
3.8
1
The focal length of objective lens is 4
cm. What is the magnification of eye piece?
a) 5 b) 10 c) 100 d) 200

P a g e | 34
402. Electromagnetic radiation of frequency 𝑛, wavelength 𝜆, travelling with velocity 𝑣 in air, enters a glass slab
of refractive index 𝜇. The frequency, wavelength and velocity of light in the glass slab will be respectively
𝑛 𝜆 𝑣 𝜆 𝑣 𝑣 𝑛 𝜆
a) , , b) 𝑛, , c) 𝑛, 𝜆, d) , , 𝑣
𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 𝜇
403. In a plano-convex lens the radius of curvature of the convex lens is 10 𝑐𝑚. If the plane side is polished,
then the focal length will be (Refractive index = 1.5)
a) 10.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 5.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 5 𝑐𝑚
404. A thin convex lens of focal length 10 𝑐𝑚 is placed in contact with a concave lens of same material and of
same focal length. The focal length of combination will be
a) Zero b) Infinity c) 10 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
405. Consider an equiconvex lens of radius of curvature 𝑅 and focal length 𝑓. If 𝑓 > 𝑅, the refractive index 𝜇 of
the material of the lens
a) Is greater than zero but less than 1.5 b) Is greater than 1.5 but less than 2.0
c) Is greater than one but less than 1.5 d) None of the above
406. A convex lens of focal length 𝑓 produces a virtual image 𝑛 times the size of the object. Then the distance of
the object from the lens is
𝑛−1 𝑛+1
a) (𝑛 − 1)𝑓 b) (𝑛 + 1)𝑓 c) ( )𝑓 d) ( )𝑓
𝑛 𝑛
407. An object moving at a speed of 5 m/s towards a concave mirror of focal length 𝑓 = 1 mis at a distance of 9
m. The average speed of the image is

1 1 5 4
a) m/s b) m/s c) m/s d) m/s
5 10 9 10
408. A man can see the objects upto a distance of one metre from his eyes. For correcting his eye sight so that
he can see an object at infinity, he requires a lens whose power is
Or
A man can see upto 100 𝑐𝑚 of the distant object. The power of the lens required to see far objects will be
a) +0.5 𝐷 b) +1.0 𝐷 c) +2.0 𝐷 d) −1.0 𝐷
409. The refracting angle of a prism is 𝐴and the refractive index of the material of the prism is cot(𝐴/2).The
angle of minimum deviation of the prism is
π π
a) π + 2𝐴 b) π − 2𝐴 c) + 𝐴 d) − 𝐴
2 2
410. The wavelength of red light from He-Ne laser is 633nm in air but 474 nm in the aqueous humor inside the
eye ball. Then the speed of red light through the aqueous humor is
a) 3 × 108 ms−1 b) 1.34 × 108 ms−1 c) 2.25 × 108 ms −1 d) 2.5 × 108 ms−1
411. The magnifying power of an astronomical telescope is 10 and the focal length of its eye-piece is 20 cm. The
focal length of its object will be
a) 200 cm b) 2 cm c) 0.5 cm d) 0.5× 10−2cm
412. The distance between a point source of light and a screen which is 60 𝑐𝑚 is increased to 180 𝑐𝑚. The
intensity on the screen as compared with the original intensity will be
a) (1/9) times b) (1/3) times c) 3 times d) 9 times
413. If a ray of light in a denser medium enters into a rarer medium at an angle of incidence 𝑖, the angle of
reflection and reflection are respectively 𝑟 and 𝑟′.If the reflected and refracted rays are at right angles to
each other, the critical angle for the given pair of media is
a) sin−1(tan 𝑟′) b) sin−1(tan 𝑟) c) tan−1 ( sin 𝑖) d) cot(tan 𝑖)
414. The objective lens of a compound microscope produces magnification of 10. In order to get an overall
magnification of 100 when image is formed at 25 𝑐𝑚 from the eye, the focal length of the eye lens should
be
25
a) 4 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 𝑐𝑚 d) 9 𝑐𝑚
9

P a g e | 35
415. An object is placed asymmetrically between two plane mirrors inclined at an angle of 72°. The number of
images formed is
a) 5 b) 4 c) 2 d) Infinite
416. A convex mirror of radius of curvature 1.6 m has an object placed at a distance of 1 m from it. The image is
formed at a distance of
a) 8/13 m in front of the mirror b) 8/13 m behind the mirror
c) 4/9 m in front of the mirror d) 4/9 m behind the mirror
417. A thin glass (refractive index 1.5) lens has optical power of -5 D in air. Its optical power in a liquid medium
with refractive index 1.6 will be
a) 1 D b) -1 D c) 25 D d) -25 D
418. The refractive index of a prism for a monochromatic wave is √2 and its refracting angle is 60°. For
minimum deviation, the angle of incidence will be
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 75°
419. A ray of light travelling in glass (μ = ) is incident on a horizontal glass air surface at the critical angle θ𝑐 .
3
2
4
If thin layer of water (μ = 3
) is now poured on the glass air surface, the angle at which the ray emerges
into air the water-air surface is

a) 60° b) 45° c) 90° d) 180°

420. A convex lens is placed between object and a screen. The size of object is 3 cm and an image of height 9 cm
is obtained on the screen. When the lens is displaced to a new position, what will be the size of image on
the screen?
a) 2 cm b) 6 cm c) 4 cm d) 1 cm
421. An object is viewed through a compound microscope and appears in focus when it is 5 mm away from the
objective lens. When a sheet of transparent material 3 mm thick is placed between the objective and the
microscope, the objective lens has to be moved 1 mm to bring the object back into the focus. The refractive
index of the transparent material is
a) 1.5 b) 1.6 c) 1.8 d) 2.0
422. An achromatic prism is made by combining two prisms 𝑃1 (𝜇𝑣 = 1.523, 𝜇𝑟 = 1.515) and 𝑃2 (𝜇𝑣 =
1.666, 𝜇𝑟 = 1.650); where 𝜇 represents the refractive index. If the angle of the prism 𝑃1 is 10°, then the
angle of the prism P2 will be
a) 5° b) 7.8° c) 10.6° d) 20°
423. Two thin lenses of focal length 20 cm and 25 cm are in contact. The effective power of the combination is
a) 4.5 D b) 18 D c) 45 D d) 9 D
424. A lens is made of flint glass (refractive index = 1.5). When the lens is immersed in a liquid of refractive
index 1.25, the focal length
a) Increase by a factor of 1.25 b) Increases by a factor of 2.5
c) Increases by a factor of 1.2 d) Decreases by a factor of 1.2
425. A student can distinctly see the object upto a distance 15 𝑐𝑚. He wants to see the black board at a distance
of 3 𝑚. Focal length and power of lens used respectively will be
a) −4.8 𝑐𝑚, −3.3 𝐷 b) −5.8 𝑐𝑚, −4.3 𝐷 c) −7.5 𝑐𝑚, −6.3 𝐷 d) −15.8 𝑐𝑚, −6.3 𝐷
426. A source is at 4m height above the centre of a circular table of a circular table of radius 3m. The ratio of
illuminance at 𝑂 and 𝑃 will be

P a g e | 36
 64 125 c) 1 16
a) b) d)
125 64 25
427. At the time of total solar eclipse, the spectrum of solar radiation would be
a) A large number of dark Fraunhoffer lines
b) A less number of dark Fraunhoffer lines
c) No lines at all
d) All Fraunhoffer lines changed into brilliant colours
428. Sir C.V. Raman was awarded Nobel Prize for his work connected with which of the following phenomenon
of radiation
a) Scattering b) Diffraction c) Interference d) Polarization
429. A rectangular tank of depth 8 meter is full of water (𝜇 = 4/3), the bottom is seen at the depth
a) 6 𝑚 b) 8/3 𝑐𝑚 c) 8 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
430. A ray of light passes through four transparent medium with refractive indices μ1 , μ2 , μ3 and μ4 as shown in
the figure. The surfaces of all media are parallel. If the emergent ray 𝐶𝐷 is parallel to the incident ray AB.
We must have

a) μ1 = μ2 b) μ2 = μ3 c) μ3 = μ4 d) μ3 = μ1
431. A lamp is hanging at a height of 40 cm from the centre of the table. If its height is increased y 10 cm, the
illuminance of the lamp will decreased by
a) 10% b) 20% c) 27% d) 36%
432. For a optical arrangement shown in the figure. Find the position and nature of images

a) 32 cm b) 0.6 cm c) 6 cm d) 0.5 cm
433. In a compound microscope, the intermediate image is
a) Virtual erect and magnified b) Real, erect and magnified
c) Real, inverted and magnified d) Virtual, erect and reduced
434. The index of refraction of diamond is 2.0. The velocity of light in diamond is approximately
a) 1.5 × 1010 cms−1 b) 2 × 1010 cms−1 c) 3.0 × 1010 cms−1 d) 6 × 1010 cms−1
435. The speed of light in media 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 is 1.5 × 108 m/s and 2.0 × 108 m/s respectively. A ray of light
enters from medium 𝑀1 to 𝑀2 at an incidence angle 𝑖. If the ray suffers total internal reflection, the value of
𝑖 is
2 3
a) Equal to sin−1 (3) b) Equal to or less than sin−1 (5)
3 2
c) Equal to or greater than sin−1 (4) d) Less than sin−1 (3)
436. An air bubble in sphere having 4 𝑐𝑚 diameter appears 1 𝑐𝑚 from surface nearest to eye when looked
along diameter. If 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = 1.5, the distance of bubble from refracting surface is

P a g e | 37
 a) 1.2 𝑐𝑚 b) 3.2 𝑐𝑚 c) 2.8 𝑐𝑚 d) 1.6 𝑐𝑚
437. The refractive index of a material of a planoconcave lens is 5/3, the radius of curvature is 0.3 m. The focal
length of the lens in air is
a) -0.45m b) -0.6m c) -0.75m d) -1.0m
438. The angle of minimum deviation for an incident light ray on an equilateral prism is equal to its refracting
angle. The refractive index of its material is
1 √3 3
a) b) √3 c) d)
√2 2 2
439. When a white light passes through a hollow prism, then
a) There is no dispersion and no deviation
b) Dispersion but no deviation
c) Deviation but no dispersion
d) There is dispersion and deviation both
440. A point source of light moves in a straight line parallel to a plane table. Consider a small portion of the
table directly below the line of movement of the source. The illuminance at this portion varies with this
distance 𝑟 from the source as
1 1 1 1
a) ∝ b) ∝ 2 c) ∝ 3 d) ∝ 4
𝑟 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟
441. A container is filled with water(μ = 1.33) up to a height of 33.25 cm. A concave mirror is placed 15 cm
above the water level and the image of an object placed at the bottom is formed 25 cm below the water
level. The focal length of the mirror is

a) 10 cm b) 15 cm c) 20 cm d) 25 cm
442. 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶are the parallel sided transparent media of refractive indices 𝑛1 , 𝑛2 and𝑛3 respectively. They are
arranged as shown in the figure. A ray is incident at an angle 𝑖 on the surface of separation of 𝐴 and 𝐵
which is as shown in the figure. After the refraction into the medium 𝐵, the ray grazes the surface of
separation of the media 𝐵 and 𝐶. Then, sin 𝑖 equal to

𝑛3 𝑛1 𝑛2 𝑛1
a) b) c) d)
𝑛1 𝑛3 𝑛3 𝑛2
443. An object is placed 30 cm to the left of a diverging lens whose focal length is of magnitude 20 cm. Which
one of the following correctly states the nature and position of the virtual image formed?
Nature of image Distance from lens
a) Inverted, enlarged b) Erect, diminished c) Inverted, enlarged d) Erect, diminished
60 cm to the right 12 cm to the left 60 cm to the left 12 cm to the right
444. The focal lengths of the objective and the eye piece of telescope are 100 cm and 10 cm respectively. The
magnification of the telescope when final image is formed at infinity is
a) 0.1 b) 10 c) 100 d) ∞
445. Chromatic aberration of lens can be corrected by
P a g e | 38
 a) Reducing its aperature
b) Proper polishing of its two surfaces
c) Suitably combining it with another lens
d) Providing different suitable curvature to its two surfaces
446. A person using a lens as a simple microscope sees an
a) Inverted virtual image b) Inverted real magnified image
c) Upright virtual image d) Upright real magnified image
447. In order to obtain a real image of magnification 2 using a converging lens of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚, where
should an object be placed
a) 50 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) −50 𝑐𝑚 d) −30 𝑐𝑚
448. A biconvex lens form a real image of an object placed perpendicular to its principal axis. Suppose the radii
of curvature of the lens tend to infinity. Then the image would
a) Disappear
b) Remain as real image still
c) Be virtual and of the same size as the object
d) Suffer from aberrations
449. An object 1𝑐𝑚 tall is placed 4 𝑐𝑚 infront of a mirror. In order to produce an upright image of 3 𝑐𝑚 height
one needs a
a) Convex mirror of radius of curvature 12 𝑐𝑚
b) Concave mirror of radius of curvature 12 𝑐𝑚
c) Concave mirror of radius of curvature 4 𝑐𝑚
d) Plane mirror of height 12 𝑐𝑚
450. A man runs towards mirror at a speed of 15𝑚/𝑠. What is the speed of his image
a) 7.5 𝑚/𝑠 b) 15 𝑚/𝑠 c) 30 𝑚/𝑠 d) 45 𝑚/𝑠
451. A beaker containing liquid is placed on a table, underneath a microscope which can be moved along a
vertical scale. The microscope is focussed, through the liquid onto a mark on the table when the reading on
the scale is 𝑎. It is next focused on the upper surface of the liquid and the reading is 𝑏. More liquid is added
and the observations are repeated, the corresponding readings are 𝑐 and 𝑑. The refractive index of the
liquid is
𝑑−𝑏 𝑏−𝑑 𝑑−𝑐−𝑏+𝑎 𝑑−𝑏
a) b) c) d)
𝑑−𝑐−𝑏+𝑎 𝑑−𝑐−𝑏+𝑎 𝑑−𝑏 𝑎+𝑏−𝑐−𝑑
452. In absorption spectrum of 𝑁𝑎 the missing wavelength (𝑠) are
a) 589 𝑛𝑚 b) 589.6 𝑛𝑚 c) Both d) None of these
453. The optical path a monochromatic light is same if it goes through 4.0 cm of glass of 4.5 cm of water. If the
refractive index of glass is 1.53, the refractive index of the water is
a) 1.30 b) 1.36 c) 1.42 d) 1.46
454. A square card of side length 1mm is being seen through a magnifying lens of focal length 10 cm. The card is
placed at a distance of9 cm from the lens. The apparent area of the card through the lens is
a) 1 cm2 b) 0.81 cm2 c) 0.27 cm2 d) 0.60 cm2
455. The focal length of objective and eye-piece of a microscope are 1 cm and 5 cm respectively. If the
magnifying power for relaxed eye is 45, then length of the tube is
a) 9 cm b) 15 cm c) 12 cm d) 6 cm
456. Two plane mirrors are inclined to each other at an angle θ. A ray of light is reflected first at one mirror and
then at the other. The total deviation of the ray is
a) 2θ b) 240° − 2θ c) 360° − 2θ d) 180° − θ
457. How should people wearing spectacles work with a microscope
a) They cannot use the microscope at all
b) They should keep on wearing their spectacles
c) They should take off spectacles
d) (b) and (c) is both way

P a g e | 39
458. Two thin lenses of focal lengths 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 are placed in contact with each other. The focal length of the
combination is
𝑓 + 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
a) 1 b) √𝑓1 𝑓2 c) d)
2 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 𝑓1 − 𝑓2
459. In an astronomical telescope in normal adjustment, a straight black line of length 𝐿 is drawn on the
objective lens. The eyepiece forms a real image of this line. The length of this image is 𝑙. The magnification
of the telescope is
𝐿 𝐿 𝐿 𝐿+𝑙
a) b) + 1 c) − 1 d)
𝑙 𝑙 𝑙 𝐿−𝑙
460. An object 15 cm high is placed 10 cm from the optical centre of a thin lens. Its image is formed 25 cm from
the optical centre on the same side of the lens as the object. The height of the image is
a) 2.5 cm b) 0.2 cm c) 16.7 cm d) 37.5 cm
461. Light takes 8 𝑚𝑖𝑛 20 𝑠 to reach from sun on the earth. If the whole atmosphere is filled with water, the
light will take the time (𝑎 𝜇𝜔 = 4/3)
a) 8 min 20 𝑠 b) 8 𝑚𝑖𝑛 c) 6 𝑚𝑖𝑛 11 𝑠 d) 11 𝑚𝑖𝑛 6 𝑠
462. The wavelength of a certain colour in air is 600 nm. What is the wavelength and speed of this colour in
glass of refractive index 1.5?
a) 500 nm and 2 × 1010 cms −1 b) 400 nm and 2 × 108 ms−1
c) 300 nm and 3 × 109 cms−1 d) 700 nm and 1.5 × 109 ms−1
463. The combination of a convex lens (𝑓 = 18 𝑐𝑚) and a thin concave lens (𝑓 = 9 𝑐𝑚) is
a) A concave lens (𝑓 = 18 𝑐𝑚) b) A convex lens (𝑓 = 18 𝑐𝑚)
c) A convex lens (𝑓 = 6 𝑐𝑚) d) A concave lens (𝑓 = 6 𝑐𝑚)
464. Under minimum deviation condition in a prism, if a ray is incident at an angle 30°, the angle between the
emergent ray and the second refracting surface of the prism is
a) 0° b) 30° c) 45° d) 60°
465. A normally incident ray reflected at an angle of 90°. The value of critical angle is
a) 45° b) 90° c) 65° d) 43.2°
466. Red colour is used for danger signals because
a) It causes fear b) It undergoes least scattering
c) It undergoes maximum scattering d) It is in accordance with international convention
467. A convex mirror and a concave mirror has radii of curvature 10 cm each are placed 15 cm apart facing
each other. An object is placed midway between them. If the reflection first takes place in the concave
mirror and then in convex mirror, the position of the final image is
a) on the pole of the convex mirror b) on the pole of the concave mirror
c) at a distance of 10 cm from convex mirror d) at a distance of 5 cm from concave mirror
468. An optical fibre consists of core of 𝜇1 surrounded by a cladding of 𝜇2 < 𝜇1 . A beam of light enters form air
at an angle 𝛼 with axis of fibre. The highest 𝛼 for which ray can be travelled through fibre is
2

 1

a) cos−1 √𝜇22 − 𝜇12 b) sin−1 √𝜇12 − 𝜇22 c) tan−1 √𝜇12 − 𝜇22 d) sec −1 √𝜇12 − 𝜇22
469. The sun (diameter 𝑑) subtends an angle θ radian at the pole of a concave mirror of focal length 𝑓. The
diameter of the image of sun formed by mirror is
θ θ
a) θ 𝑓 b) 𝑓 c) 2θ 𝑓 d) 𝑓
2 𝜋
470. The diameter of the objective of the telescope is 0.1 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑒 and wavelength of light is 6000 Å. Its resolving
power would be approximately
a) 7.32 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 b) 1.36 × 106 𝑟𝑎𝑑 c) 7.32 × 10−5 𝑟𝑎𝑑 d) 1.36 × 105 𝑟𝑎𝑑

P a g e | 40
471. A ray of light is incident at the glass-water interface at an angle 𝑖it emerges finally parallel to the surface of
water, then the value of μg would be

a) (4/3) 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑖 b) 1/ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑖 c) 4/3 d) 1

472. Angle of deviation (𝛿) by a prism (refractive index = 𝜇 and supposing the angle of prism 𝐴 to be small) can
be given by
𝐴+𝛿
sin 2 𝜇−1
a) 𝛿 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 b) 𝛿 = (𝜇 + 1)𝐴 c) 𝛿 = 𝐴 d) 𝛿 = 𝐴
sin 2 𝜇+1
473. A compound microscope is used to enlarge an object kept at a distance 0.03𝑚 from it’s objective which
consists of several convex lenses in contact and has focal length 0.02𝑚. If a lens of focal length 0.1𝑚 is
removed from the objective, then by what distance the eye-piece of the microscope must be moved to
refocus the image
a) 2.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 6 𝑐𝑚 c) 15 𝑐𝑚 d) 9 𝑐𝑚
474. A cut diamond sparkles because of its
a) Hardness b) High refractive index
c) Emission of light by the diamond d) Absorption of light by the diamond
475. In an optics experiments, with the position of the object fixed, a student varies the position of a convex
lens and for each position, the screen is adjusted to get a clear image of the object. A graph between the
object distance 𝑢 and the image distance 𝑣, from the lens, is plotted using the same scale for the two axes.
A straight line passing through the origin and making an angle of 45° with the 𝑥-axis meets the
experimental curve at 𝑃. The coordinates of 𝑃will be
𝑓 𝑓
a) (2𝑓, 2𝑓) b) ( , ) c) (𝑓, 𝑓) d) (4𝑓, 4𝑓)
2 2
476. A compound microscope has an eyepiece of focal length 10 cm and an objective of focal length 4 cm.
Calculate the magnification, if an object is kept at a distance of 5 cm from the objective, so that final image
is formed at the least distance of distinct vision 20 cm.
a) 12 b) 11 c) 10 d) 13
477. A lamp is hanging at a height of 4𝑚 above a table. The lamp is lowered by 1𝑚. The percentage increase in
illuminance will be
a) 40% b) 64% c) 78% d) 92%
478. A person who can see things most clearly at a distance of 10 𝑐𝑚. Requires spectacles to enable to him to
see clearly things at a distance of 30 𝑐𝑚. What should be the focal length of the spectacles
a) 15 𝑐𝑚 (Concave) b) 15 𝑐𝑚 (Convex) c) 10 𝑐𝑚 d) 0
479. The spectrum of an oil flame is an example for
a) Line emission spectrum b) Continuous emission spectrum
c) Line absorption spectrum d) Band emission spectrum
480. A biconvex lens of focal length 𝑓forms a circular image of radius 𝑟of sun in focal plane. Then which option
is correct?
a) π𝑟 2 ∝ 𝑓
b) π𝑟² ∝ 𝑓 2
c) If lower half part is covered by black sheet, then area of the image is equal to π𝑟² / 2
d) If 𝑓is doubled, intensity will increase
481. Focal length of a convex lens of refractive index 1.5 in 2 𝑐𝑚. Focal length of lens when immersed in a liquid
of refractive index of 1.25 will be
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 b) 2.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 5 𝑐𝑚 d) 7.5 𝑐𝑚
P a g e | 41
482. When a plane electromagnetic wave enters a glass slab, then which of the following will not change?
a) Wavelength b) Frequency c) Speed d) Amplitude
483. A thick plane mirror shows a number of images of the filament of an electric bulb. Of these, the brightest
image is the
a) First b) Second c) Fourth d) Last
484. To get three images of a single object, one should have two plane mirrors at an angel of
a) 60° b) 90° c) 120° d) 30°
485. When the length of a microscope tube increases, its magnifying power
a) Decreases b) Increases
c) Does not change d) May decrease or increase
486. Focal length of a convex lens will be maximum for
a) Blue light b) Yellow light c) Green light d) Red light
487. The focal lengths of the objective and of the eye-piece of a compound microscope are 𝑓0 and 𝑓𝑒
respectively. If 𝐿 is the tube length and D, the least distance of distinct vision, then its angular
magnification, when the image is formed at infinity, is
𝐿 𝐷 𝐿 𝐷 𝐿 𝐷 𝐿 𝐷
a) (1 − ) ( ) b) (1 + ) ( ) c) (1 − ) d) ( )
𝑓0 𝑓𝑒 𝑓0 𝑓𝑒 𝑓0 𝑓𝑒 𝑓0 𝑓𝑒
488. Given the width of aperture = 3 mm and 𝜆 = 500 nm. For what distance ray optics is good approximation?
a) 18 m b) 18 mm c) 18 Å d) 18 light years
489. A fish in water (refractive index 𝑛) looks at a bird vertically above in the air.If 𝑦 is the height of the bird
and 𝑥 is the depth of the fish from the surface, then the distance of the bird as estimated by the fish is
1 1 1
a) 𝑥 + 𝑦 (1 – ) b) 𝑥 + 𝑛𝑦 c) 𝑥 + 𝑦 (1 + ) d) 𝑦 + 𝑥 (1 − )
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
490. A man standing in a swimming pool looks at a stone lying at the bottom. The depth of the swimming pool
is ℎ. At what distance from the surface of water is the image of the stone formed (Line of vision is normal;
Refractive index of water is 𝑛)
a) ℎ/𝑛 b) 𝑛/ℎ c) ℎ d) ℎ𝑛
491. A thin prism 𝑃 of refracting angle 3° and refractive index 1.5 is combined with another thin prism 𝑄of
refractive index 1.6 to produce dispersion without deviation. Then the angle of prism 𝑄 is
a) 3° b) 4° c) 3.5° d) 2.5°
492. The communication using optical fibres is based on the principle of
a) Total internal reflection b) Brewster angle
c) Polarization d) Resonance
493. The light ray is incidence at angle of 60° on a prism of angle 45°. When the light ray falls on the other
surface at 90°, the refractive index of the material of prism 𝜇 and the angle of deviation 𝛿 are given by

√3 3
a) 𝜇 = √2, 𝛿 = 30° b) 𝜇 = 1.5, 𝛿 = 15° c) 𝜇 = , 𝛿 = 30° d) 𝜇 = √ , 𝛿 = 15°
2 2
494. A ray 𝑃𝑄 incident on the refracting face 𝐵𝐴is refracted in the prism 𝐵𝐴𝐶as shown in the figure and
emerges from the other refracting face 𝐴𝐶as 𝑅𝑆,such that 𝐴𝑄 = 𝐴𝑅.If the angle of prism 𝐴 = 60° and the
refractive index of the material of prism is √3, then the angle of deviation of the ray is
A
(
60 R
o

Q
S

P B C

a) 60° b) 45° c) 30° d) None of these

P a g e | 42
495. The distance 𝜈 of the real image formed by a convex lens is measured for various object distance 𝑢. A
graph is plotted between 𝜈 and 𝑢. Which one of the following graphs is correct?

a) b) c) d)

496. The focal length of the field lens (which is an achromatic combination of two lenses) of telescope is 90 𝑐𝑚.
The dispersive powers of the two lenses in the combination are 0.024 and 0.036. The focal lengths of two
lenses are
a) 30 𝑐𝑚 and 60 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 and −45 𝑐𝑚 c) 45 𝑐𝑚 and 90 𝑐𝑚 d) 15 𝑐𝑚 and 45 𝑐𝑚
497. 𝐹1 and𝐹2 are focal lengths of objective and eyepiece respectively of the telescope. The angular
magnification for the given telescope is equal to
𝐹1 𝐹2 𝐹1 𝐹2 𝐹1 + 𝐹2
a) b) c) d)
𝐹2 𝐹1 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 𝐹1 𝐹2
498. Continuous emission spectrum is produced by
a) Incandescent electric lamp b) Mercury vapour lamp
c) Sodium vapour lamp d) The sun
499. A ray of light falls on the surface of a spherical glass paper weight making an angle 𝛼 with the normal and
is refracted in the medium at an angle 𝛽. The angle of deviation of the emergent ray from the direction of
the incident ray
a) (𝛼 − 𝛽) b) 2(𝛼 − 𝛽) c) (𝛼 − 𝛽)/2 d) (𝛽 − 𝛼)
500. A convex lens
a) Converges light rays b) Diverges light rays
c) Form real images always d) Always forms virtual images
501. The resolving limit of healthy eye is about
1 o 1
a) 1’ or ( ) b) 1′′ c) 1° d) ′′
60 60
502. When a biconvex lens of glass having refractive index 1.47 is dipped in a liquid, it acts as a plane sheet of
glass. This implies that the liquid must have refractive index
a) Equal to that of glass b) Less than one
c) Greater than that of glass d) Less than that of glass
503. The focal length of the objective lens of a compound microscope is
a) Equal to the focal length of its eye piece b) Less than the focal length of eye piece
c) Greater than the focal length of eye piece d) Any of the above three
504. The focal length of a convex lens depends upon
a) Frequency of the light ray b) Wavelength of the light ray
c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of these
505. The power of a biconvex lens is 10 dioptre and the radius of curvature of each surface is 10 cm. Then the
refractive index of the material of the lens is
a) 3/2 b) 4/3 c) 9/8 d) 5/3
506. The working of which of the following is similar to that of a slide projector
a) Electron microscope b) Scanning electron microscope
c) Transmission electron microscope d) Atomic force microscope
507. If the focal length of the eye piece of a telescope is double, its magnifying power 𝑚₁ will be
𝑚
a) 2𝑚 b) 3𝑚 c) d) 4𝑚
2
508. A ray of light is incident at 60° on one face of a prism which has angle 30°. The angle between the
emergent ray and incident ray is 30°. What is the angle between the ray and the face from which its
emerg?
a) 0° b) 30° c) 60° d) 90°
P a g e | 43
509. Critical angle of light passing from glass of water is minimum for
a) Red colour b) Green colour c) Yellow colour d) Violet colour
510. Which of the following element was discovered by study of Fraunhoffer line
a) Hydrogen b) Oxygen c) Helium d) Ozone
511. One face of a rectangular glass plate 6 𝑐𝑚 thick is silvered. An object held 8 𝑐𝑚 in front of the first face,
forms an image 12 𝑐𝑚 behind the silvered face. The refractive index of the glass is
a) 0.4 b) 0.8 c) 1.2 d) 1.6
512. Pick out the correct statements about optical fibres from the following
S1 : Optical fibres are used for the transmission of optical signals only
S2 : Optical fibres are used for transmitting and receiving electrical signals
S3 : The intensity of light signals sent through optical fibres suffer very small loss
S4 : Optical fibres effectively employ the principle of multiple total internal reflections
S5 : Optical fibres are glass fibres coated with a thin layer of a material with lower refractive index
a) S1 and S2 b) S2 and S3 c) S3 and S4 d) S2, S3, S4 and S5
513. The least angle of deviation for a glass prism is equal to its refracting angle. The refractive index of glass is
1.5. Then the angle of prism is
3 3 3 3
a) 2 cos−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) 2 sin−1 ( ) d) cot −1 ( )
4 4 2 2
514. In an experiment to determine the focal length (𝑓) of a concave mirror by the 𝑢 − 𝑣 method, a student
places the object pin 𝐴on the principle axis at a distance 𝑥 from the pole 𝑃. The student looks at the pin
and its inverted image from a distance keeping his/her eye in line with 𝑃𝐴. When the student shifts
his/her eye towards left, the image appears to the right of the object pin. Then
a) 𝑥 < 𝑓 b) 𝑓 < 𝑥 < 2𝑓 c) 𝑥 = 2𝑓 d) 𝑥 > 2𝑓
515. Two convex lenses of focal lengths 0.03 m and 0.05 m are used to make a telescope. The distance kept
between the two in order to obtain an image at infinity is
a) 0.35 cm b) 0.25 cm c) 0.175 m d) 0.15 m
516. A thin lens made of glass of refractive index 1.5 has a front surface +11 𝐷 power and back surface −6 𝐷. If
this lens is submerged in a liquid of refractive index 1.6, the resulting power of the lens is
a) −0.5 𝐷 b) +0.5 𝐷 c) −0.625 𝐷 d) +0.625 𝐷
517. For unit magnification, the distance of an object from a concave mirror of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚 will be
a) 20 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 40 𝑐𝑚 d) 60 𝑐𝑚
518. The critical angle of the medium with respect to vacuum is 30°. If the velocity of light in vacuum is 3 ×
108 ms ̄¹, the velocity of light in medium is
a) 2 × 10⁸ ms ̄¹ b) 1.5 × 10⁸ ms ̄¹ c) 3 × 10⁸ ms ̄¹ d) √2 × 10⁸ ms ̄¹
519. Large aperture of telescope are used for
a) Large image b) Greater resolution
c) Reducing lens aberration d) Ease of manufacture
520. If the focal length of the objective lens is increased then
a) Magnifying power of microscope will increase but that of telescope will decrease
b) Magnifying power of microscope and telescope both will increase
c) Magnifying power of microscope and telescope both will decrease
d) Magnifying power of microscope will decrease but that of telescope will increase
521. A lens of power +2 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 is placed in contact with a lens of power −1 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒. The combination will
behave like
a) A divergent lens of focal length 50 𝑐𝑚
b) A convergent lens of focal length 50 𝑐𝑚
c) A convergent lens of focal length 100 𝑐𝑚
d) A divergent lens of focal length 100 𝑐𝑚
522. The sensation of vision in the retina is carried to the brain by
a) Ciliary muscles b) Blind spot c) Cylindrical lens d) Optic nerve

P a g e | 44
523. A ray of light is incident at an angle of incidence 𝑖, on one face of a prism of angle 𝐴 (assumed to be small)
and emerges normally from the opposite face. If the refractive index of the prism is 𝜇, the angle of
incidence 𝑖, is nearly equal to
𝜇𝐴
a) 𝜇 𝐴 b) c) 𝐴/𝜇 d) 𝐴/2𝜇
2
524. The dispersive powers of glasses of lenses used in an achromatic pair are in the ratio 5 ∶ 3. If the focal length
of the concave lens is 15 𝑐𝑚, then the nature and focal length of the other lens would be
a) Convex, 9 𝑐𝑚 b) Concave, 9 𝑐𝑚 c) Convex, 25 𝑐𝑚 d) Concave, 25 𝑐𝑚
525. Monochromatic light of wavelength 589 𝑛𝑚 is incident from air on a water surface. The refractive index of
water is 1.33. The wavelength of the refracted light is
a) 589 𝑛𝑚 b) 443 𝑛𝑚 c) 333 𝑛𝑚 d) 221 𝑛𝑚
526. The Cauchy’s dispersion formula is
a) 𝑛 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝜆−2 + 𝐶𝜆−4 b) 𝑛 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝜆2 + 𝐶𝜆−4 c) 𝑛 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝜆−2 + 𝐶𝜆4 d) 𝑛 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝜆2 + 𝐶𝜆4
527. Which source is associated with a line emission spectrum
a) Electric fire b) Neon street sign c) Red traffic light d) Sun
528. Dark lines on solar spectrum are due to
a) Lack of certain elements
b) Black body radiation
c) Absorption of certain wavelengths by outer layers
d) Scattering
529. A convex lens of focal length 10 cm and image formed by it, is at least distance of distinct vision then the
magnifying power is
a) 3.5 b) 2.5 c) 1.5 d) 1.4
530. Given a point source of light, which of the following can produce a parallel beam of light
a) Convex mirror b) Concave mirror
c) Concave lens d) Two plane mirrors inclined at an angle of 90°
531. Missing lines in a continuous spectrum reveal
a) Defects of the observing instrument
b) Absence of some elements in the light source
c) Presence in the light source of hot vapours of some elements
d) Presence of cool vapours of some elements around the light source
532. Where should a person stand straight from the pole of a convex mirror of focal length 2.0 m on its axis so
that the image formed become half of his original height?
a) -2.60m b) -4.0m c) -0.5m d) -
2.0m

533. An infinitely long rod lies along the axis of concave mirror of focal length 𝑓. The near end of the rod is at a
distance 𝑥 > 𝑓 from the mirror. Then the length of the image of the rod is
𝑓2 𝑓2 𝑥𝑓 𝑓2
a) b) c) d)
𝑥+𝑓 𝑥 𝑥−𝑓 𝑥−𝑓
534. The bottom of a container filled with liquid appear slightly raised because of
a) Refraction b) Interference c) Diffraction d) Reflection
535. If the focal length of a double convex lens for red light is 𝑓𝑅 , its focal length for the violet light is
a) 𝑓𝑅 b) Greater than 𝑓𝑅 c) Less than 𝑓𝑅 d) 2 𝑓𝑅
536. A beam of light propagating in medium 𝐴 with index of refraction 𝑛 (𝐴) passes across an interface into
medium 𝐵 with index of refraction 𝑛(𝐵). The angle of incidence is greater than the angle of refraction;
𝑣(𝐴) and 𝑣(𝐵) denote the speed of light in 𝐴 and 𝐵. Then which of the following is true
a) 𝑣(𝐴) > 𝑣(𝐵) and 𝑛(𝐴) > 𝑛(𝐵) b) 𝑣(𝐴) > 𝑣(𝐵) and 𝑛(𝐴) < 𝑛(𝐵)
c) 𝑣(𝐴) < 𝑣(𝐵) and 𝑛(𝐴) > 𝑛(𝐵) d) 𝑣(𝐴) < 𝑣(𝐵) and 𝑛(𝐴) < 𝑛(𝐵)

P a g e | 45
537. For compound microscope 𝑓0 = 1 cm, 𝑓𝑒 = 2.5 cm. An object is placed at distance 1.2 cm from object lens.
What should be length of microscope for normal adjustment?
a) 8.5 cm b) 8.3 cm c) 6.5 cm d) 6.3 cm
538. A person’s near point is 50 𝑐𝑚 and his far point is 3 𝑚. Power of the lenses he requires for
(i) reading and
(ii) for seeing distant stars are
a) −2 𝐷 and 0.33 𝐷 b) 2 𝐷 and −0.33 𝐷 c) −2 𝐷 and 3 𝐷 d) 2 𝐷 and −3 𝐷
539. If the refractive indices of crown glass for red, yellow and violet colours are 1.5140, 1.5170 and 1.5318
respectively and for flint glass these are 1.6434, 1.6499 and 1.6852 respectively, then the dispersive
powers for crown and flint glass are respectively
a) 0.034 and 0.064 b) 0.064 and 0.034 c) 1.00 and 0.064 d) 0.034 and 1.0
540. The respective angles of the flint and crown glass prisms are 𝐴’ and 𝐴. They are to be used for dispersion
without deviation, then the ratio of their angles 𝐴′ /𝐴 will be
(𝜇𝑦 − 1) (𝜇𝑦 ′ − 1)
a) − b) c) (𝜇𝑦 ′ − 1) d) (𝜇𝑦 − 1)
(𝜇𝑦 ′ − 1) (𝜇𝑦 − 1)
541. Venus looks brighter than other stars because
a) It has higher density than other stars b) It is closer to the earth than other stars
c) It has no atmosphere d) Atomic fission takes place on its surface
542. In Gallilean telescope, if the powers of an objective and eye lens are respectively +1.25 𝐷 and −20 𝐷, then
for relaxed vision, the length and magnification will be
a) 21.25 𝑐𝑚 and 16 b) 75 𝑐𝑚 and 20 c) 75 𝑐𝑚 and 16 d) 8.5 𝑐𝑚 and 21.25
543. The angular resolution of a 10 𝑐𝑚 diameter telescope at a wavelength of 5000 Å is of the order
a) 106 𝑟𝑎𝑑 b) 10−2 𝑟𝑎𝑑 c) 10−4 𝑟𝑎𝑑 d) 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑
544. Refractive index of the material of a prism is 1.5. If δ𝑚 = 𝐴, what will be a value of angle of the given
prism?
(whereδ𝑚 = minimum deviation; 𝐴 = angle of prism)
a) 82.8° b) 41.4° c) 48.6° d) 90°
545. The minimum temperature of a body at which it emits light is
a) 1200℃ b) 1000℃ c) 500℃ d) 200℃
546. A point object is placed at distance of 20 cm from a thin planoconvex lens of focal length 15 cm. The plane
surface of the lens is now silvered. The image created by the system is at

a) 60 cm to the left of the system

b) 60 cm to the right of the system
c) 12 cm to the left of the system
d) 12 cm to the right of the system
547. A circular disc of which 2/3 part is coated with yellow and 1/3 part is with blue. It is rotated about its
central axis with high velocity, then it will be seen as
a) Green b) Brown c) White d) Violet
548. The maximum magnification that can be obtained with a convex lens of focal length 2.5 𝑐𝑚 is (the least
distance of distinct vision is 25 𝑐𝑚)
a) 10 b) 0.1 c) 62.5 d) 11
549. The spectrum of light emitted by a glowing solid is
a) Continuous spectrum b) Line spectrum
c) Band spectrum d) Absorption spectrum
550. Resolving power of a microscope depends upon
a) The focal length and aperture of the eye lens
P a g e | 46
 b) The focal lengths of the objective and the eye lens
c) The apertures of the objective and the eye lens
d) The wavelength of light illuminating the object
551. A lens when placed on a plane mirror then object needle and its image coincide at 15 𝑐𝑚. The focal length
of the lens is

a) 15 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) ∞
552. A point source of light is placed 4 m below the surface of water of refractive index 5/3. The minimum
diameter of a disc, which should be placed over the source, on the surface of water to cut-off all light
coming out of water
a) Infinite b) 6 m c) 4 m d) 3m
553. A vessel of depth 2d 𝑐𝑚 is half filled with a liquid of refractive index 𝜇1 and the upper half with a liquid of
refractive index 𝜇2 . The apparent depth of the vessel seen perpendicularly is
𝜇1 𝜇2 1 1 1 1 1
a) 𝑑 ( ) b) 𝑑 ( + ) c) 2𝑑 ( + ) d) 2𝑑 ( )
𝜇1 + 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2
554. A man is suffering from colour blindness for green colour. To remove this defect, he should use goggles of
a) Green colour glasses b) Red colour glasses c) Smoky colour glasses d) none of the above
555. A point object 𝑂 is placed on the principal axis of a convex lens of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚 at a distance of 40 cm
to the left of it. The diameter of the lens is 10 𝑐𝑚. If the eye is placed 60 𝑐𝑚 to the right of the lens at a
distance ℎ below the principal axis, then the maximum value of ℎ to see the image will be
a) 0 b) 5 𝑐𝑚 c) 2.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
556. An endoscope is employed by a physician to view the internal parts of a body organ. It is based on the
principle of
a) Refraction b) Reflection
c) Total internal reflection d) Dispersion
557. Which of the following is true for rays coming from infinity?

a) Two images are formed

b) Continuous image is formed between focal points of upper and lower lens
c) One image is formed
d) None of the above
558. Ability of the eye to see objects at all distances is called
a) Binocular vision b) Myopia c) Hypermetropia d) Accommodation
559. The length of the compound microscope is 14 𝑐𝑚. The magnifying power for relaxed eye is 25. If the focal
length of eye lens is 5 𝑐𝑚, then the object distance for objective lens will be
a) 1.8 𝑐𝑚 b) 1.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 2.1 𝑐𝑚 d) 2.4 𝑐𝑚
560. A Gallilean telescope has objective and eye-piece of focal lengths 200 𝑐𝑚 and 2 𝑐𝑚 respectively. The
magnifying power of the telescope for normal vision is
a) 90 b) 100 c) 108 d) 198
561. For a concave mirror, if virtual image is formed, the graph between 𝑚 and 𝑢 is of the form
P a g e | 47
 a) b) c) d)
m m m m

1 1

u f u u u

562. A bi-convex lens made of glass (refractive index 1.5) is put in a liquid of refractive index 1.7. Its focal
length will
a) Decrease and change sign b) Increase and change sign
c) Decrease and remain of the same sign d) Increase and remain of the same sign
563. An object is puts at a distance of 5 cm from the first focus of a convex lens of focal length 10 cm. If a real
image is formed, its distance from the lens will be
a) 15 cm b) 20 cm c) 25 cm d) 30 cm
564. A simple magnifying lens is used in such a way that an image is formed at 25 𝑐𝑚 away from the eye. In
order to have 10 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 magnification, the focal length of the lens should be
a) 5 𝑐𝑚 b) 2 𝑐𝑚 c) 25 𝑚𝑚 d) 0.1 𝑚𝑚
565. A combination of two thin convex lenses of focal length 0.3 m and 0.1 m will have minimum spherical and
chromatic aberrations if the distance between them is
a) 0.1 m b) 0.2 m c) 0.3 m d) 0.4 m
566. A man with defective eyes cannot see distinctly object at the distance more than 60 𝑐𝑚 from his eyes. The
power of the lens to be used will be
1
a) +60 𝐷 b) −60 𝐷 c) −1.66 𝐷 d) 𝐷
1.66
567. A concave and convex lens have the same focal length of 20 cm and are put into contact to form a lens
combination. The combination is used to view an object of 5 𝑐𝑚 length kept at 20 cm from the lens
combination. As compared to the object, the image will be
a) Magnified and inverted
b) Reduced and erect
c) Of the same size as the object and erect
d) Of the same size as the object but inverted
568. The fine powder of a coloured glass is seen as
a) Coloured b) White
c) That of the glass colour d) Black
569. The frequency of a light wave in a material is 2 × 10¹⁴ Hz and wavelength is 5000Å. The refractive index
of material will be
a) 1.40 b) 1.50 c) 3.00 d) 1.33
570. In human eye the focussing is done by
a) To and fro movement of eye lens
b) To and fro movement of the retina
c) Change in the convexity of the lens surface
d) Change the refractive index of the eye fluids
571. What is the time taken (in 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠) to cross a glass of thickness 4 𝑚𝑚 and 𝜇 = 3 by light
a) 4 × 10−11 b) 2 × 10−11 c) 16 × 10−11 d) 8 × 10−10
572. A terrestrial telescope is made by introducing an erecting lens of focal length 𝑓 between the objective and
eye piece lenses of an astronomical telescope. This causes the length of the telescope tube to increase by
an amount equal to
a) 𝑓 b) 2𝑓 c) 3𝑓 d) 4𝑓
573. The critical angle for diamond (refractive index = 2) is
a) About 20° b) 60° c) 45° d) 30°

P a g e | 48
574. A convex lens of focal length 𝑓 is placed some where in between an object and a screen. The distance
between object and screen is 𝑥. If numerical value of magnification produced by lens is 𝑚, focal length of
lens is
𝑚𝑥 𝑚𝑥 (𝑚 + 1)2 (𝑚 − 1)2
a) 2 b) 2 c) 𝑥 d) 𝑥
(𝑚 + 1) (𝑚 − 1) 𝑚 𝑚
575. If aperture of lens is halved then image will be
a) No effect on size b) Intensity of image decreases
c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of these
576. A lamp rated at 100 𝑐𝑑 hangs over the middle of a round table with diameter 3 𝑚 at a height of 2 𝑚. It is
replaced by a lamp of 25 𝑐𝑑 and the distance to the table is changed so that theillumination at the centre of
the table remains as before. The illumination at edge of the table becomes 𝑋 times the original. Then 𝑋 is
a) 1/3 b) 16/27 c) 1/4 d) 1/9
577. A plane mirror produces a magnification of
a) -1 b) +1 c) Zero d) Infinite
578. A diver in a swimming pool wants to signal his distress to a person lying on the edge of the pool by flashing
his water proof flash light
a) He must direct the beam vertically upwards
b) He has to direct the beam horizontally
c) He has to direct the beam at an angle to the vertical which is slightly less than the critical angle of
incidence for total internal reflection
d) He has to direction the beam at an angle to the vertical which is slightly more than the critical angle of
incidence for the total internal reflection
579. In order to increase the angular magnification of a simple microscope, one should increase
a) The object size b) The aperture of the lens
c) The focal length of the lens d) The power of the lens
580. A ray of light is incident normally on one of the face of a prism of angle 30° and refractive index √2. The
angle of deviation will be
a) 26° b) 0° c) 23° d) 15°
581. Inverse square law for illuminance is valid for
a) Isotropic point source b) Cylindrical source
c) Search light d) All type of sources
582. The refractive index and the permeability of a medium are respectively 1.5 and 5 × 10−7 𝐻𝑚−1. The
relative permittivity of the medium is nearly
a) 25 b) 15 c) 81 d) 6
583. Deviation of 5° is observed from a prism whose angle is small and whose refractive index is 1.5. The angle
of prism is
a) 7.5° b) 10° c) 5° d) 3.3°
584. An object is placed at a distance of 10𝑐𝑚 from a convex lens of power 5𝐷. Find the position of the image
a) −20 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) −30 𝑐𝑚
585. Three right angled prisms of refractive indices 𝑛1 , 𝑛2 and 𝑛3 are fixed together using an optical glue as
shown in figure. If a ray passes through the prisms without suffering any deviation, then

n2
n1 n3

a) 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 = 𝑛3 b) 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 ≠ 𝑛3 c) 1 + 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 + 𝑛3 d) 1 + 𝑛22 = 𝑛12 = 𝑛32

586. A double convex lens made out of glass (refractive index μ = 1.5) has both radii of curvature of
magnitudes 20 cm. Incident light rays parallel to the axis of this lens will converge at a distance 𝑑 such that
20
a) 𝑑 = 10 cm b) 𝑑 = cm c) 𝑑 = 40 cm d) 𝑑 = 20 cm
3

P a g e | 49
587. A dentist has a small mirror of focal length 16 mm. He views the cavity in the tooth of a patient by holding
the mirror at a distance of 8 mm from the cavity. The magnification is
a) 1 b) 1.5 c) 2 d) 3
588. A thin lens of glass (μ = 1.5) of focal length +10 cm is immersed in water (μ = 1.33).The new focal
length is
a) 20 cm b) 40 cm c) 48 cm d) 12 cm
589. When a ray of light is incident normally on one refracting surface of an equilateral prism (Refractive index
of the material of the prism = 1.5)
a) Emerging ray is deviated by 30°
b) Emerging ray is deviated by 45°
c) Emerging ray just grazes the second refracting surface
d) The ray undergoes total internal reflection at the second refracting surface
590. Which has more luminous efficiency
a) A 40 𝑊 bulb b) A 40 𝑊 fluorescent tube
c) Both have same d) Cannot say
591. For total internal reflection to take place, the angle of incidence 𝑖 and the refractive index 𝜇 of the medium
must satisfy the inequality
1 1
a) <𝜇 b) >𝜇 c) sin 𝑖 < 𝜇 d) sin 𝑖 > 𝜇
sin 𝑖 sin 𝑖
592. The focal length of a convex lens is 10 𝑐𝑚 and its refractive index is 1.5. If the radius of curvature of one
surface is 7.5 𝑐𝑚, the radius of curvature of the second surface will be
a) 7.5 𝑐𝑚 b) 15.0 𝑐𝑚 c) 75 𝑐𝑚 d) 5.0 𝑐𝑚
593. A convex lens is placed with a mirror as shown in figure. If the space between them is filled with water is
power will

a) Decrease
b) Increase
c) Remain unchanged
d) Increase or decrease depending on the focal length
594. Two plane mirrors are at right angles to each other. A man stands between them and combs his hair with
his right hand. In how many of the images will he be seen using his right hand
a) None b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
595. For a given lens, the magnification was found to be twice as large as when the object was 0.15 m distant
from it as when the distance was 0.2 m. The focal length of the lens is
a) 1.5 m b) 0.20 m c) 0.10 m d) 0.05 m
596. Dispersion of light is due to
a) Wavelength b) Intensity of light c) Density of medium d) None of these
597. A point object is placed mid-way between two plane mirrors distance ‘𝑎’ apart. The plane mirror forms an
infinite number of images due to multiple reflection. The distance between the 𝑛th order image formed in
the two mirrors is
a) 𝑛𝑎 b) 2𝑛𝑎 c) 𝑛𝑎/2 d) 𝑛2 𝑎
598. If luminous efficiency of a lamp is 2 lumen/watt and its luminous intensity is 42 candela, then power of the
lamp is
a) 62 𝑊 b) 76 𝑊 c) 1.38 𝑊 d) 264 𝑊
599. A plane mirror reflects a pencil of light to form a real image. Then the pencil of light incident on the mirror
is
a) parallel b) convergent c) divergent d) Any of these
600. A ray of light incident normally on one face of a right angled isosceles prism. It them grazes the
hypotenuse. The refractive index of the material of the prism is
P a g e | 50
 a) 1.33 b) 1.414 c) 1.5 d) 1.732
601. A glass slab of thickness 3 𝑐𝑚 and refractive index 3/2 of placed on ink mark on a piece of paper. For a
person looking at the mark at a distance 5.0 𝑐𝑚 above it, the distance of the mark will appear to be
a) 3.0 𝑐𝑚 b) 4.0 𝑐𝑚 c) 4.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 5.0 𝑐𝑚
602. A source of light emits a continuous stream of light energy which falls on a given area. Luminous intensity
is defined as
a) Luminous energy emitted by the source per second
b) Luminous flux emitted by source per unit solid angle
c) Luminous flux falling per unit area of a given surface
d) Luminous flux coming per unit area of an illuminated surface
603. Two plane mirrors are inclined to each other such that a ray of light incident on the first mirror and
parallel to the second is reflected from the second mirror parallel to the first mirror. The angel between
the two mirrors is
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 75°
604. A defective eye cannot see close objects clearly because their image is formed
a) On the eye lens b) Between eye lens and retina
c) On the retina d) Beyond retina
605. If the red light is replaced by blue light illuminating object in a microscope the resolving power of the
microscope
a) Decreases b) Increases c) Gets halved d) Remains unchanged
606. For a concave mirror, if real image is formed the graph between and is of the form
1 1
𝑢 𝑣
a) 1/v b) 1/v c) 1/v d) 1/v

1/u 1/u 1/u 1/u

607. In the adjoining diagram, a wavefront 𝐴𝐵, moving in air is incident on a plane glass surface 𝑋𝑌. Its position
𝐶𝐷 after refraction through a glass slab is shown also along with the normal drawn at 𝐴 and 𝐷. The
refractive index of glass with respect to air (𝜇 = 1) will be equal to

sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜙′ 𝐴𝐵

a) b) c) d)
sin 𝜃 ′ sin 𝜙 ′ sin 𝜃 𝐶𝐷
608. Consider the situation shown in figure. Water (𝜇𝑤 = 4) is filled in a beaker upto a height of 10 𝑐𝑚. A plane
3
mirror fixed at a height of 5 𝑐𝑚 from the surface of water. Distance of image from the mirror after
reflection from it of an object 𝑂 at the bottom of the beaker is
5 cm

O'' 10 cm
cm
'''''
O
a) 15 𝑐𝑚 b) 12.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 7.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
609. A sitting sun appears to be at an altitude higher than it really is. This is because of
a) Absorption of light b) Refection of light c) Refraction of light d) Dispersion of light
P a g e | 51
610. The minimum magnifying power of a telescope is 𝑀, If the focal length of its eye lens is halved, the
magnifying power will become
a) 𝑀/2 b) 2 𝑀 c) 3 𝑀 d) 4 𝑀
611. The time required for the light to pass through a glass slab (refractive index =1.5) of thickness 4mm
is…(𝑐 = 3 × 10⁸ ms−1 ,speed of light in free space).
a) 2 × 10−5 s b) 2 × 1011 s c) 2 × 10−11 s d) 10−11 s
612. Find the luminous intensity of the sun if it produces the same illuminance on the earth as produced by a
bulb of 10000 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎 at a distance 0.3 𝑚. The distance between the sun and the earth is 1.5 × 1011 𝑚
a) 25 × 1022 𝑐𝑑 b) 25 × 1018 𝑐𝑑 c) 25 × 1026 𝑐𝑑 d) 25 × 1036 𝑐𝑑
613. A ray of light passes through an equilateral prism such that the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of
3
emergence and the latter is equal to 4the angle of prism. The angle of deviation is
a) 25° b) 30° c) 45° d) 35°
614. Solar spectrum is an example for
a) Band absorption spectrum b) Line absorption spectrum
c) Line emission spectrum d) Continuous emission spectrum
615. If there had been one eye of the man, then
a) Image of the object would have been inverted
b) Visible region would have decreased
c) Image would have not been seen three dimensional
d) (b) and (c) both
616. The focal lengths for violet, green and red light rays are 𝑓𝑉 , 𝑓𝐺 and 𝑓𝑅 respectively. Which of the following is
the true relationship
a) 𝑓𝑅 < 𝑓𝐺 < 𝑓𝑉 b) 𝑓𝑉 < 𝑓𝐺 < 𝑓𝑅 c) 𝑓𝐺 < 𝑓𝑅 < 𝑓𝑉 d) 𝑓𝐺 < 𝑓𝑉 < 𝑓𝑅
617. A thin lens has focal length 𝑓1 and its aperture has diameter 𝑑. It forms an image of intensity 𝐼. Now the
𝑑
central part of the aperture upto diameter 2 is blocked by an opaque paper. The focal length and image
intensity will change to
𝑓 𝐼 𝐼 3𝑓 𝐼 3𝐼
a) 2 and 2 b) 𝑓 and 4 c) 4
and 2 d) 𝑓 and 4
618. In a laboratory four convex lenses 𝐿1 , 𝐿2 , 𝐿3 and𝐿4 of focal length 2, 4, 6 and 8 cm respectively are
available. Two of these lenses from a telescope of length 10 cm and magnifying power 4. The objective and
eye lenses are respectively
a) 𝐿2 , 𝐿3 b) 𝐿1 , 𝐿4 c) 𝐿1 , 𝐿2 d) 𝐿4 , 𝐿1
619. A ray of light passes from vacuum into a medium of refractive indexμ, the angle of incidence is found to be
twice the angle of refraction. The angle of incidence is
μ μ μ
a) cos−1 ( ) b) 2 cos−1 ( ) c) 2sin−1 (μ) d) 2 sin−1 ( )
2 2 2
620. The sun’s diameter is 1.4 × 109 𝑚 and its distance from the earth is 1011 𝑚. The diameter of its image,
formed by a convex lens of focal length 2𝑚 will be
a) 0.7 𝑐𝑚 b) 1.4 𝑐𝑚
c) 2.8 𝑐𝑚 d) Zero (𝑖. 𝑒. point image)
621. The human eye has a lens which has a
a) Soft portion at its centre b) Hard surface
c) Varying refractive index d) Constant refractive index
622. There is an equiconvex glass lens with radius of each face as 𝑅 and 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = 3/2 and 𝑎 𝜇𝑤 = 4/3. If there is
water in object space and air in image space, then the focal length is
a) 2𝑅 b) 𝑅 c) 3𝑅/2 d) 𝑅 2
623. A convex and a concave lens separated by distance 𝑑are then put in contact. The focal length of the
combination
a) Decreases b) Increases c) Becomes zero d) Remains the same
624. A convex mirror is used to form the image of an object. Then which of the following statements is wrong
P a g e | 52
 a) The image lies between the pole and the focus
b) The image is diminished in size
c) The image is erect
d) The image is real
625. What will be the colour of sky as seen from the earth, if there were no atmosphere
a) Black b) Blue c) Orange d) Red
626. A prism having refractive index 1.414 and refractive angle 30°has one of the refracting surfaces silvered. A
beam of light incident on the other refracting surface will retrace its path, if the angle of incidence is
a) 45° b) 60° c) 30° d) 0°
627. Three prisms of crown glass, each have angle of prism 9° and two prisms of flint glass are used to make
direct vision spectroscope. What will be the angle of flint glass prisms if 𝜇 for flint is 1.60 and 𝜇 for crown
glass is 1.53
a) 11.9° b) 16.0° c) 15.3° d) 9.11°
628. The velocity of light in a medium is half its velocity in air. If ray of light emerges from such a medium into
air, the angle of incidence, at which it will be totally internally reflected, is
a) 15° b) 30° c) 45° d) 60o
629. Following figure shows the multiple reflections of a light ray along a glass corridor where the walls are
either parallel or perpendicular to one another. If the angle of incidence at point 𝑃 is 30°, what are the
angles of reflection of the light ray at points 𝑄, 𝑅, 𝑆 and 𝑇 respectively
R

T
Q
P S

a) 30°, 30°, 30°, 30° b) 30°, 60°, 30°, 60° c) 30°, 60°, 60°, 30° d) 60°, 60°, 60°, 60°
630. The focal lengths of the objective and the eye-piece of a compound microscope are 2.0 𝑐𝑚 and 3.0 𝑐𝑚
respectively. The distance between the objective and the eye-piece is 15.0 𝑐𝑚. The final image formed by
the eye-piece is at infinity. The two lenses are thin. The distances in 𝑐𝑚 of the object and the image
produced by the objective measured from the objective lens are respectively
a) 2.4 and 12.0 b) 2.4 and 15.0 c) 2.3 and 12.0 d) 2.3 and 3.0
631. An object is at a distance of 0.5 𝑚 in front of a plane mirror. Distance between the object and image is
a) 0.5 𝑚 b) 1 𝑚 c) 0.25 𝑚 d) 1.5 𝑚
632. Glass has refractive index 𝜇 with respect to air and the critical angle for a ray of light going from glass to
air is 𝜃. If a ray of light is incident from air on the glass with angle of incidence 𝜃, the corresponding angle
of refraction is
1 1 1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) 90° c) sin−1 ( 2 ) d) sin−1 ( )
√𝜇 𝜇 𝜇
633. A light ray from air is incident (as shown in figure) at one end of a glass fibre (refractive index 𝜇 = 1.5)
making an incidence angle of 60° on the lateral surface, so that it undergoes a total internal reflection. How
much time would it take to traverse the straight fibre of length 1 𝑘𝑚
Air

Air
60o
Glass

a) 3.33 𝜇 s b) 6.67 𝜇 s c) 5.77 𝜇 s d) 3.85 𝜇 s

634. The refractive index of the material of a double convex lens is 1.5 and its focal length is 5 cm. If the radii of
curvature are equal, the value of the radius of curvature (in cm) is
a) 5.0 b) 6.5 c) 8.0 d) 9.5
635. In a compound microscope the objective of 𝑓𝑜 and eyepiece of 𝑓𝑒 are placed at distance 𝐿 such that 𝐿 equals

P a g e | 53
 a) 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 b) 𝑓𝑜 − 𝑓𝑒
c) Much greater than 𝑓𝑜 or 𝑓𝑒 d) Much less than 𝑓𝑜 or 𝑓𝑒
636. A point object𝑂is placed in front of a glass rod having spherical end of radius of curvature 30cm. The
image would be formed at

a) 30 cm left b) Infinity c) 1 cm to the right d) 18 cm to the left

637. A thin plano-convex lens of focal 𝑓 is split into two halves. One of the halves is shifted along the optical
axis. The separation between object and image plane is 1.8 m. The magnification of the image formed by
one of the half lens is 2. Find the focal-length of the lens and separation between the two halves

a) 0.1 m b) 0.4 m c) 0.9 m d) 1 m

638. The earth radiates in the infra-red region of the spectrum. The spectrum is correctly given by
a) Rayleigh Jeans law b) Planck’s of law of radiation
c) Stefan’s law of radiation d) Wien’s law
639. A plane convex lens is made of refractive index 1.6. The radius of curvature of the curved surface is 60 𝑐𝑚.
The focal length of the lens is
a) 50 𝑐𝑚 b) 100 𝑐𝑚 c) 200 𝑐𝑚 d) 400 𝑐𝑚
640. The radius of curvature of the convex face of a planoconvex lens is 15 cm and the refractive index of the
material is 1.4. Then the power of the lens in diopter is
a) 1.6 b) 1.66 c) 2.6 d) 2.66
641. Wavelength of light used in an optical instrument are λ1 = 4000 Å and λ2 = 5000Å, then ratio of their
respective resolving powers (corresponding to λ1 and λ2 ) is
a) 16 : 25 b) 9 : 1 c) 4 : 5 d) 5 : 4
642. On heating a liquid, the refractive index generally
a) Decreases
b) Increases or decreases depending on the rate of heating
c) Does not change
d) Increases
643. Two mirrors at an angle 𝜃 produce 5 images of a point. The number of images produced when 𝜃 is
decreased to 30° is
a) 9 b) 10 c) 11 d) 12
644. Total internal reflection of a ray of light is possible when the (𝑖𝑐 = critical angle, 𝑖 = angle of incidence)
a) Ray goes from denser medium to rarer medium and 𝑖 < 𝑖𝑐
b) Ray goes from denser medium to rarer medium and 𝑖 > 𝑖𝑐
c) Ray goes from rarer medium to denser medium and 𝑖 > 𝑖𝑐
d) Ray goes from rarer medium to denser medium and 𝑖 < 𝑖𝑐
645. Beams of red, green and violet light are falling on the refracting face of a prism, all at the same angle of
incidence, if their angles of deviation are 𝜃1 , 𝜃2 and 𝜃3 respectively, then
a) 𝜃1 = 𝜃2 = 𝜃3 b) 𝜃1 < 𝜃2 < 𝜃3 c) 𝜃1 > 𝜃2 > 𝜃3 d) 𝜃2 > 𝜃1 > 𝜃3
646. The deviation caused in red, yellow and violet colours for crown glass prism are 2.84°, 3.28° and 3.72°
respectively. The dispersive power of prism material is
a) 0.268 b) 0.368 c) 0.468 d) 0.568
647. The refractive index of a material of a prism of angles 45° − 45° − 90° is 1.5. The path of the ray of light
incident normally on the hypotenuse side is shown in

P a g e | 54
 a) A b) A
90° 90°

45° 45° 45° 45°

B C B C

c) A d) A
90° 90°

45° 45° 45° 45°

B C B C

648. A ray incident at 15° on one refracting surface of a prism of angle 60°, suffers a deviation of 55°. What is
the angle of emergence
a) 95° b) 45° c) 30° d) None of these
649. A transparent plastic bag filled with air forms a concave lens. Now, if this bag is completely immersed in
water, then it behaves as
a) Divergent lens b) Convergent lens c) Equilateral prism d) Rectangular slab
650. A graph is plotted between angle of deviation (𝛿) and angle of incidence (𝑖) for a prism. The nearly correct
graph is
a) y b) y c) y d) y

   

O x O x O x O x
i i i i

651. At Kavalur in India, the astronomers using a telescope whose objective had a diameter of one metre
started using telescope of diameter 2.54 m. This resulted in
a) The increase in the resolving power by 2.54 times for the sameλ
b) The increase in the limiting angle by 2.54 times for the sameλ
c) Decrease in the resolving power
d) No effect on the limiting angle
652. In a pond of water, a flame is held 2 m above the surface of water. A fish is at depth of 4 m from water
4
surface. Refractive index of water is . The apparent height of the flame from the eyes of fish is
3
a) 5.5 m b) 6 m 8 20
c) m d) m
3 3
653. In the visible region the dispersive powers and the mean angular deviations for crown and flint glass
prisms are 𝜔, 𝜔′ and 𝑑, 𝑑′ respectively. The condition for getting deviation without dispersion when the
two prisms are combined is
a) √𝜔𝑑 + √𝜔′𝑑′ = 0 b) 𝜔′ 𝑑 + 𝜔𝑑′ = 0 c) 𝜔𝑑 + 𝜔′ 𝑑′ = 0 d) (𝜔𝑑)2 = (𝜔′ 𝑑′ )2 = 0
654. The twinkling effect of star light is due to
a) Total internal reflection
b) High dense matter of star
c) Constant burning of hydrogen in the star
d) The fluctuating apparent position of the star being slightly different from of the star being different
from the actual position of the star
655. Which of the following is not due to total internal reflection
a) Brilliance of diamond
b) Working of optical fibre
c) Difference between apparent and real depth of a pond
d) Mirage on hot summer days

P a g e | 55
656. A convex lens 𝐴 of focal length 20 cm and a concave lens 𝐵 of focal length 56 cm are kept along the same
axis with the distance 𝑑 between them. If a parallel beam of light falling on 𝐴 leaves 𝐵 as a parallel beam,
then distances 𝑑 in cm will be
a) 25 b) 36 c) 30 d) 50
657. A man can see the object between 15 𝑐𝑚 and 30 𝑐𝑚. He uses the lens to see the far objects. Then due to the
lens used, the near point will be at
10 100
a) 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 15 𝑐𝑚 d) 𝑐𝑚
3 3
658. Image formed by a convex lens is virtual and erect when the object is placed
a) At 𝐹 b) Between 𝐹 and the lens
c) At 2𝐹 d) Beyond 2𝐹
659. A combination of two thin lenses with focal lengths 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 respectively forms an image of distant object
at distance 60 𝑐𝑚 when lenses are in contact. The position of this image shift by 30 𝑐𝑚 towards the
combination when two lenses are separated by 10 𝑐𝑚. The corresponding values of 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 are
a) 30 𝑐𝑚, −60 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚, −30 𝑐𝑚 c) 15 𝑐𝑚, −20 𝑐𝑚 d) 12 𝑐𝑚, −15 𝑐𝑚
660. If 𝜇0 be the relative permeability and 𝐾0 the dielectric constant of a medium, its refractive index is given by
1 1
a) b) c) √𝜇0 𝐾0 d) 𝜇0 𝐾0
√𝜇0 𝐾0 𝜇0 𝐾0
661. In the figure, an air lens of radii of curvature 10 𝑐𝑚 (𝑅1 = 𝑅2 = 10 𝑐𝑚) is cut in a cylinder of glass (𝜇 =
1.5). The focal length and the nature of the lens is

Air Glass

a) 15 𝑐𝑚, concave b) 15 𝑐𝑚, convex

c) ∞, neither concave nor convex d) 0, concave
662. Two plane mirrors inclined to each other at an angle 72°, what is the number of image formed?
a) 3 b) 5 c) 9 d) 7
663. A light beam is being reflected by using two mirrors, as in a periscope used in submarines. If one of the
mirrors rotates by an angle 𝜃, the reflected light will deviate from its original path by the angle
a) 2𝜃 b) 0° c) 𝜃 d) 4𝜃
664. With diaphragm of the camera lens set at 𝑓/2, the correct exposure time is 1/100s. Then with diaphragm
set at 𝑓/8, the correct exposure time is
a) 1/100 s b) 1/400 s c) 1/200 s d) 16/100 s
665. Identify the wrong description of the below figures

P a g e | 56
 a) 1 represents far-sightedness b) 2 correction for short-sightedness
c) 3 represents far-sightedness d) 4 correction for far-sightedness
666. If a lens is cut into two pieces perpendicular to the principal axis and only one part is used, the intensity of
the image
a) Remains same 1
b) times c) 2 times d) Infinite
2
667. A ray of light travelling from glass to air (refractive index of glass=1.5). The angle of incidence is 50°.The
deviation of the ray is
a) 0° b) 80°
sin 50° sin 50°
c) 50° − sin−1 [ ] d) sin−1 [ ] − 50°
1.5 1.5
668. Relation between critical angles of water and glass is
a) 𝐶𝜔 > 𝐶𝑔 b) 𝐶𝜔 < 𝐶𝑔 c) 𝐶𝜔 = 𝐶𝑔 d) 𝐶𝜔 = 𝐶𝑔 = 0
669. Dispersive power depends on the following
a) Material of the prism b) Shape of the prism
c) Size of the prism d) Size, shape and material of the prism
670. The focal length of a concave mirror is 𝑓 and the distance from the object to the principle focus is 𝑥. The
ratio of the size of the image to the size of the object is
𝑓+𝑥 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓2
a) b) c) √ d)
𝑓 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥2
671. What cause chromatic aberration?
a) Non-paraxial rays
b) Paraxial rays
c) Variation of focal length with colour
d) Difference in radii of curvature of the bounding surface of the lens
672. While light is incident on the interface of glass and air as shown in the figure. If green light is just totally
internally reflected then the emerging ray in air contains

Air Green
Glass

White

a) Yellow, orange, red b) Violet,indigo,blue

c) All colours d) All colours except green
673. The distance between an object and the screen is 100 𝑐𝑚. A lens produces an image on the screen when
placed at either of the position 40 𝑐𝑚 apart. The power of the lens is
a) ≈ 3 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 b) ≈ 5 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 c) ≈ 7 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 d) ≈ 9 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠
674. A fish, looking up through the water sees the outside world contained in a circular horizon. If the refractive
index of water is 4/3 and the fish is 12 cm below the surface of water, the radius of the circle in centimetre
is
12 × 3 12 × 3
a) b) 12 × 3 × √5 c) d) 12 × 3 × √7
√5 √7
675. Diameter of a plano-convex lens is 6 𝑐𝑚 and thickness at the centre is 3 𝑚𝑚. If the speed of light in the
material of the lens is 2 × 108 𝑚/𝑠, the focal length of the lens is

P a g e | 57
 a) 15 𝑐𝑚 b) 20 𝑐𝑚 c) 30 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
676. A light source is located at 𝑃1 as shown in the figure. All sides of the polygon are equal. The intensity of
illumination at 𝑃2 is 𝐼0 . What will be the intensity of illumination at 𝑃3
P1

P2 P3

3√3 𝐼 3 √3
a) 𝐼0 b) 0 c) 𝐼0 d) 𝐼
8 8 8 8 0
677. A diminished image of an object is to be obtained on a screen 1.0 m away from it. This can be achieved by
approximately placing
a) A convex mirror of suitable focal length b) A concave mirror of suitable focal length
c) A convex lens of focal length less than 0.25 m d) A concave lens of suitable focal length
678. A ball is dropped from a height of 20m above the surface of water in a lake. The refractive index of water
4
is . A fish inside the lake, in the line of fall of the ball, is looking at the ball. At an instant, when the ball is
3
12.8 m above the water surface, the fish sees the speed of ball as
a) 9 ms −1 b) 12 ms−1 c) 16 ms−1 d) 21.33 ms −1
679. A vessel of height 2𝑑 is half-filled with a liquid of refractive index √2 and the other half with a liquid of
refractive index 𝑛 (the given liquids are immiscible). Then the apparent depth of the inner surface of the
bottom of the vessel (neglecting the thickness of the bottom of the vessel) will be
𝑛 𝑑(𝑛 + √2) √2𝑛 𝑛𝑑
a) b) c) d)
𝑑(𝑛 + √2) 𝑛√2 𝑑(𝑛 + √2) (𝑑 + √2𝑛)
680. A point source of 3000 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 is located at the center of a cube of side length 2𝑚. The flux through one side
is
a) 500 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 b) 600 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 c) 750 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 d) 1500 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
681. Which one of the following statements is true
a) An object situated at the principle focus of a concave lens will have its image formed at infinity
b) Concave mirror can give diminished virtual image
c) Given a point source of light, a convex mirror can produce a parallel beam of light
d) The virtual image formed in a plane mirror can be photographed
682. Two plane mirrors 𝐴 and 𝐵 are aligned parallel to each other, as shown in the figure. A light ray is incident
at an angle of 30° at a point just inside one end of 𝐴. The plane of incidence coincides with the plane of the
figure. The maximum number of times the ray undergoes reflection (including the first one) before it
emerges out is

B
0.2m
30o

A
a) 28 b) 30 c) 32 d) 34
683. Minimum deviation is observed with a prism having angle of prism 𝐴, angle of deviation 𝛿, angle of
incidence 𝑖 and angle of emergence 𝑒. We then have generally
a) 𝑖 > 𝑒 b) 𝑖 < 𝑒 c) 𝑖 = 𝑒 d) 𝑖 = 𝑒 = 𝛿
684. A beam of monochromatic blue light of wavelength 4200 Å in air travels in water of refractive index 4/3.
Its wavelength in water will be
a) 4200 Å b) 5800 Å c) 4150 Å d) 3150 Å
685. We combined a convex lens of focal length 𝑓1 and concave lens of focal lengths 𝑓2 and their combined focal
length was 𝐹. The combination of these lenses will behave like a concave lens, if
P a g e | 58
 a) 𝑓1 > 𝑓2 b) 𝑓1 < 𝑓2 c) 𝑓1 = 𝑓2 d) 𝑓1 ≤ 𝑓2
686. A ray of light is incident on a surface of glass slab at an angle 45°.If the lateral shift produced per unit
1
thickness is m, the angle of refraction produced is
√3

√3 2 2 2
a) tan−1 ( ) b) tan−1 (1 − √ ) c) sin−1 (1 − √ ) d) tan−1 (√ )
2 3 3 √3 − 1
687. Which one of the following is not associated with total internal reflection
a) The mirage formation b) Optical fiber communication
c) The glittering of diamond d) Dispersion of light
688. The radius of curvature of concave mirror is 24 cm and the image is magnified by 1.5 times. The object
distance is
a) 20 cm b) 8 cm c) 16 cm d) 24 cm
689. A telescope consists of two thin lenses of focal lengths 0.3 m and 3 cm respectively. It is focused on moon
which subtends on angle of 0.5° at the objective. Then, the angle subtended at the eye by the final image
will be
a) 5° b) 0.25° c) 0.5° d) 0.35°
690. Magnifying power of a simple microscope is (when final image is formed at 𝐷 = 25 𝑐𝑚 from eye)
𝐷 𝐷 𝑓 𝐷
a) b) 1 + c) 1 + d) 1 −
𝑓 𝑓 𝐷 𝑓
691. A magnifying glass is to be used at the fixed object distance of 1 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ. If it is to produce an erect image
magnified 5 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 its focal length should be
a) 0.2 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ b) 0.8 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ c) 1.25 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ d) 5 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ
692. The maximum illumination on a screen at a distance of 2 𝑚 from a lamp is 25 𝑙𝑢𝑥. The value of total
luminous flux emitted by the lamp is
a) 1256 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 b) 1600 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 c) 100 𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑎 d) 400 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
693. Retina of eye acts like …….. of camera
a) Shutter b) Film c) Lens d) None of these
694. The field of view is maximum for
a) Plane mirror b) Concave mirror c) Convex mirror d) Cylindrical mirror
695. A person can see objects clearly only upto a maximum distance of 50 cm. His eye defect, nature of the
corrective lens and its focal length are respectively
a) Myopia, concave, 50 cm b) Myopia, convex, 50 cm
c) Hypermetropia, concave, 50 cm d) Catract, convex, 50 cm
696. When white light passes through the achromatic combination of prisms, then what is observed
a) Only deviation b) Only dispersion
c) Deviation and dispersion d) None of the above
697. A ray of light incident normally on an isosceles right angled prism travels as shown in the figure. The least
value of the refractive index of the prism must be
A

90°
C B
a) √2 b) √3 c) 1.5 d) 2.0
698. A thin double convex lens has radii of curvature each of magnitude 40 cm and is made of glass with 𝜇 =
1.65. The focal length of the lens in nearly
a) 30 cm b) 31 cm c) 40 cm d) 41 cm

P a g e | 59
699. A transparent cube of 2.1 m edge contains a small air bubble. Its apparent distance when viewed through
one face of the cube is 0.10 m and when viewed from the opposite face is 0.04 m. The actual distance of the
bubble from the second face of the cube is
a) 0.06 m b) 0.17 m c) 0.05 m d) 0.04 m
700. A 16 cm long image of an object is formed by a convex lens on a screen. On moving the lens towards the
screen, without changing the positions of the object and the screen, a 9 cm long image is formed again on
the screen. The size of the object is
a) 9 cm b) 11 cm c) 12 cm d) 13 cm
701. An astronomical telescope has an angular magnification of magnitude 5 for distant objects. The separation
between the objective and the eye-piece is 36 cm and the final image is formed at infinity. The focal length
𝑓0 of the objective and the focal length 𝑓𝑒 of the eye-piece are
a) 𝑓 = 45 cm and 𝑓 = −9 cm
0 𝑒 b) 𝑓0 = −7.2 cm and 𝑓𝑒 = 5 cm

c) 𝑓0 = 50 cm and 𝑓𝑒 = 10 cm d) 𝑓0 = 30 cm and 𝑓𝑒 = 6 cm
702. A lens (focal length 50 𝑐𝑚) forms the image of a distant object which subtends an angle of 1 𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛 at
the lens. What is the size of the image
a) 5 𝑚𝑚 b) 1 𝑚𝑚 c) 0.5 𝑚𝑚 d) 0.1 𝑚𝑚
703. When sunlight is scattered by atmospheric atoms and molecules, the amount of scattering of light of
wavelength 440 nm is 𝐴. The amount of scattering for the light of wavelength 660 nm is approximately
4 𝐴
a) 𝐴 b) 2.25 𝐴 c) 1.5 𝐴 d)
9 5
704. Focal length of a converging lens in air is 𝑅. If it is dipped in water of refractive index 1.33, then its focal
length will be around (Refractive index of lens material is 1.5)
a) 𝑅 b) 2𝑅 c) 4𝑅 d) 𝑅/2
705. The size of the image of an object, which is at infinity, as formed by a convex lens of focal length 30 cm is 2
cm. If a concave lens of focal length 20 cm is placed between the convex lens and the image at a distance of
26 cm from the convex lens, calculate the new size of the image
a) 1.25 cm b) 2.5 cm c) 1.05 cm d) 2 cm
706. Astigmatism (for a human eye) can be removed by using
a) Concave lens b) Convex lens c) Cylindrical lens d) Prismatic lens
707. When light emitted by a white hot solid is passed through a sodium flame, the spectrum of the emergent
light will show
a) The 𝐷1 and 𝐷2 bright yellow lines of sodium
b) Two dark lines in the yellow region
c) All colours from violet to red
d) No colours at all
708. Velocity of light in a medium is 1.5 × 108 𝑚/𝑠. Its refractive index will be
a) 8 b) 6 c) 4 d) 2
709. A focal length of a thin biconvex lens is 20 cm. When an object is moved from a distance of 25cm in front
𝑚
of it to 50cm, the magnification of its image changes from 𝑚25 to 𝑚50 .The ration 𝑚25 is
50
a) 6 b) 7 c) 8 d) 9
710. Absolute refractive indices of glass and water are 3 and 4. The ratio of velocity of light in glass and water
2 3
will be
a) 4 ∶ 3 b) 8 ∶ 7 c) 8 ∶ 9 d) 3 ∶ 4
711. If 𝑖 μ𝑗 represents refractive index when a light ray goes from medium 𝑖 to medium 𝑗, then the product
2 μ1 × 3 μ2 × 4 μ3 is equal to
1
a) 3 μ1 b) 3 μ2 c) d) 4 μ2
1 μ4

P a g e | 60
712. A parallel beam of white light falls on a convex lens. Images of blue, yellow and red light are formed on
other side of the lens at a distance of 0.20 𝑚, 0.205 𝑚 and 0.214 𝑚 respectively. The dispersive power of
the material of the lens will be
a) 619/1000 b) 9/200 c) 14/205 d) 5/214
713. Two point sources 𝐴 and 𝐵 of luminous intensities 1 cd and 16 cd respectively are placed 100 cm apart. A
grease spot screen is placed between the two sources. For the grease spot to become indistinguishable
from both the sides, it should be placed at
a) 80 cm from 16 cd lamp and 20 cm from 1 cd b) 20 cm from the 16 cd and 80 cm from 1 cd
400 100 100 400
c) 3
cm from 16 cd and 3
cm from 1 cd d) 3
cm from 16 cd and 3
cm from 1 cd
714. A photograph of the moon was taken with telescope. Later on, it was found that a housefly was sitting on
the objective lens of the telescope. In photograph
a) The image of housefly will be reduced
b) There is a reduction in the intensity of the image
c) There is an increase in the intensity of the image
d) The image of the housefly will be enlarged
715. Consider the following two statements A and B and identify the correct choice in the given answers
A: Line spectra is due to atoms in gaseous state
B: Band spectra is due to molecules
a) Both A and B are false b) A is true and B is false
c) A is false and B is true d) Both A and B are true
716. The intensity of direct sunlight on a surface normal to the rays is 𝐼0 . What is the intensity of direct sunlight
on a surface, whose normal makes an angle of 60° with the rays of the sun
√3 𝐼
a) 𝐼0 b) 𝐼0 ( ) c) 0 d) 2𝐼0
2 2
717. We wish to see inside an atom. Assuming the atom to have a diameter of 100 𝑝𝑚, this means that one must
be able to resolved a width of say 10 𝑝𝑚. If an electron microscope is used, the minimum electron energy
required is about
a) 1.5 𝑘𝑒𝑉 b) 15 𝑘𝑒𝑉 c) 150 𝑘𝑒𝑉 d) 1.5 𝑘𝑒𝑉
718. A plano-convex lens of refractive index 1.5 and radius of curvature 30 cm is silvered at the curved surface.
Now, this lens has been used to from the image of an object. At what distance from this lens, an object be
placed in order to have a real image of the size of the object?
a) 20 cm b) 30 cm c) 60 cm d) 80 cm
719. Two media having speeds of light 2 × 10⁸ ms ̄¹ and 2.4 × 108 ms −1 , are separated by a plane surface. What
is the angle for a ray going from medium I to medium II?
5 5 1 1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
6 12 √2 2
720. A ray of light passes through an equilateral prism such that the angle of incidence and the angle of
emergence are both equal to 3/4th of the angle of prism. The angle of minimum deviation is
a) 15° b) 30° c) 45° d) 60°
721. A beam of light consisting of red, green and blue colours is incident on a right-angled prism 𝐴𝐵𝐶.The
refractive indices of the material of the prism for the above red, green and blue wavelengths are 1.39, 1.44
and 1.47 respectively. The colour/colours transmitted through the face 𝐴𝐶 of the prism will be

P a g e | 61
 A

45 o (
B C

a) Red only b) Red and green c) All the three d) None of these
722. A lens of focal power 0.5 𝐷 is
a) A convex lens of focal length 0.5 𝑚 b) A concave lens of focal length 0.5 𝑚
c) A convex lens of focal length 2 𝑚 d) A concave lens of focal length 2 𝑚
723. A ray of light is incident at 50° on the middle of one of the two mirrors arranged at an angle of 60° between
them. The ray then touches the second mirror, gets reflected back to the first mirror, making an angle of
incidence
a) 50° b) 60° c) 70° d) 80°
724. In a given direction, the intensities of the scattered light by a scattering substance for two beams of light
are in the ratio of 256 ∶ 81. The ratio of the frequency of the first beam to the frequency of the second
beam is
a) 64 ∶ 127 b) 4 ∶ 3 c) 64 ∶ 27 d) 2 ∶ 1
725. A object is placed at a distance of 𝑓/2 from a convex lens of focal length 𝑓. The image will be
a) At one of the foci, virtual and double its size b) Is greater than 1.5 but less than 2.0
c) At 2𝑓,virtual and erect d) None of the above
726. The dispersive power of the material of lens of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚 is 0.08. The longitudinal chromatic
aberration of the lens is
a) 0.08 𝑐𝑚 b) 0.08/20 𝑐𝑚 c) 1.6 𝑐𝑚 d) 0.16 𝑐𝑚
727. Maximum lateral displacement of a ray of light incident on a slab of thickness 𝑡 is
𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 d) t
a) b) c)
2 3 4
728. A medium shows relation between 𝑖 and 𝑟 as shown. If speed of light in the medium is 𝑛𝑐 then value of 𝑛 is
sin r

30°
sin i

a) 1.5 b) 2 c) 2−1 d) 3−1/2

729. Ray optics is valid, when characteristic dimensions are
a) Of the same order as the wavelength of light
b) Much smaller than the wavelength of light
c) Of the order of one millimeter
d) Much larger than the wavelength of light
730. A thin rod of length 𝑓/3 lies along the axis of a concave mirror of focal length 𝑓. One end of its magnified
image touches an end of the rod. The length of the image is
1 1
a) 𝑓 b) 𝑓 c) 2𝑓 d) 𝑓
2 4
731. As shown in figure position of an images 𝐼 of an object 𝑂 formed by lens. This is possible if

a) A convex lens is placed to the left of 𝑂 b) A concave lens is placed to the left of 𝑂

P a g e | 62
 c) A convex lens is placed between 𝑂 and 𝐼 d) A concave lens is placed to the right of 𝐼
732. A man has a concave shaving mirror of focal length 0.2 m. How far should the mirror be held from his face
in order to give an image of two fold magnification?
a) 0.1 m b) 0.2 m c) 0.3 m d) 0.4 m
733. In a thin prism of glass (refractive index 1.5), which of the following relations between the angle of
minimum deviations 𝛿𝑚 and angle of refraction 𝑟 will be correct
𝑟
a) 𝛿𝑚 = 𝑟 b) 𝛿𝑚 = 1.5𝑟 c) 𝛿𝑚 = 2𝑟 d) 𝛿𝑚 =
2
734. A substance is behaving as convex lens in air and concave in water, then its refractive index is
a) Smaller than air b) Greater than both air and water
c) Greater than air but less than water d) Almost equal to water
735. A man’s near point is 0.5 m and far point is 3 m. Power spectacle lenses repaired for
(i) reading purposes
(ii) seeing distant objects, respectively
a) −2 D and + 3 D b) +2 D and −3 D
c) +2 D and – 0.33 D d) −2 D and + 0.33D
736. An astronaut in a spaceship see the outer space as
a) White b) Black c) Blue d) Red
737. When a lens of refractive index 𝑛1 is placed in a liquid of refractive index 𝑛2 , the lens looks to be
disappeared only, if
a) 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 /2 b) 𝑛1 = 3𝑛2 /4 c) 𝑛1 = 𝑛2 d) 𝑛1 = 5𝑛2 /4
738. A triangular prism of glass is shown in the figure. A ray incident normally to one face is totally reflected, if
𝜃 = 5°. The index of refraction of glass is

45o

a) Less than 1.41 b) Equal to 1.41 c) Greater than 1.41 d) None of the above
739. In a thin spherical fish bowl of radius 10 𝑐𝑚 filled with water of refractive index 4/3 there is a small fish at
a distance of 4 𝑐𝑚 from the centre 𝐶 as shown in figure. Where will the image of fish appear, if seen from 𝐸

C E

4 cm

a) 5.2 𝑐𝑚 b) 7.2 𝑐𝑚 c) 4.2 𝑐𝑚 d) 3.2 𝑐𝑚

740. An achromatic combination of lenses is formed by joining
a) 2 convex lenses b) 2 concave lenses
c) 1 convex lens and 1 concave lens d) Convex lens and plane mirror
741. The wavelength of light in air and some other medium are respectively 𝜆𝑎 and 𝜆𝑚 . The refractive index of
medium is
a) 𝜆𝑎 /𝜆𝑚 b) 𝜆𝑚 /𝜆𝑎 c) 𝜆𝑎 × 𝜆𝑚 d) None of these
742. If an object is placed 10 𝑐𝑚 infront of a concave mirror of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚, the image will be
a) Diminished, upright, virtual b) Enlarged, upright, virtual
c) Diminished, inverted, real d) Enlarged, upright, real
743. If the wavelength of light in vacuum be 𝜆, the wavelength in a medium of refractive index 𝑛 will be
𝜆 𝜆
a) 𝑛𝜆 b) c) 2 d) 𝑛2 𝜆
𝑛 𝑛

P a g e | 63
744. An observer can see through a pin-hole the top end of a thin rod of height ℎ, placed as shown in the figure.
The beaker height is 3ℎ and its radius ℎ. When the beaker is filled with a liquid up to a height 2ℎ, he can
see the lower end of the rod. Then the refractive index of the liquid is

3h
h

2h
a) 5/2 b) √(5/2) c) √(3/2) d) 3/2
745. Light rays from a source are incident on a glass prism of index of refraction 𝜇 and angle of prism 𝑎. At near
normal incidence, the angle of deviation of the emerging rays is
a) (𝜇 − 2)𝛼 b) (𝜇 − 1)𝛼 c) (𝜇 + 1)𝛼 d) (𝜇 + 2)𝛼
746. A concave mirror is placed on a horizontal table with its axis directed vertically upwards. Let 𝑂 be the pole
of the mirror and 𝐶 its centre of curvature. A point object is placed at 𝐶. It has a real image, also located at
𝐶. If the mirror is now filled with water, the image will be
a) Real and will remain at 𝐶
b) Real, and located at a point between 𝐶 and ∞
c) Virtual and located at a point between 𝐶 and 𝑂
d) Real, and located at a point between 𝐶 and 𝑂
747. For which of the following colour, the magnifying power of a microscope will be maximum
a) White colour b) Red colour c) Violet colour d) Yellow colour
748. An opera glass (Gallilean telescope) measures 9 𝑐𝑚 from the objective to the eyepiece. The focal length of
the objective is 15 𝑐𝑚. Its magnifying power is
a) 2.5 b) 2/5 c) 5/3 d) 0.4
749. If 𝑖̂ denotes a unit vector along incident light ray, 𝑟̂ a unit vector along refracted ray into a medium of
refractive index 𝜇 and 𝑛̂ unit vector normal to boundary of medium directed towards incident medium,
then law of refraction is
a) 𝑖̂. 𝑛̂ = 𝜇(𝑟̂ . 𝑛̂) b) 𝑖̂ × 𝑛̂ = 𝜇(𝑛̂ × 𝑟̂ ) c) 𝑖̂ × 𝑛̂ = 𝜇(𝑟̂ × 𝑛̂) d) 𝜇(𝑖̂ × 𝑛̂) = 𝑟̂ × 𝑛̂
750. An object is placed 12 𝑐𝑚 to the left of a converging lens of focal length 8 𝑐𝑚. Another converging of 6 𝑐𝑚
focal length is placed at a distance of 30 𝑐𝑚 to the right of the first lens. The second lens will produce
a) No image b) A virtual enlarged image
c) A real enlarged image d) A real smaller image
751. As the position of an object (𝑢) reflected from a concave mirror is varied, the position of the image (𝑣) also
varies. By letting the 𝑢 changes from 0 to +∞ the graph between 𝑣 versus 𝑢 will be
a) v b) v c) v d) v

u u u u

752. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror at an angle of 60°.The angle of deviation produced by the
mirror is
a) 120° b) 30° c) 60° d) 90°
753. A combination of two thin lenses of the same material with focal length 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 , arranged on a common
axis minimizes chromatic aberration. If the distance between them is
(𝑓 + 𝑓2 ) (𝑓 + 𝑓2 )
a) 1 b) 1 c) (𝑓1 + 𝑓2 ) d) 2(𝑓1 + 𝑓2 )
4 2

P a g e | 64
754. A boat has green light of wavelength λ = 500 nm on the mast. What wavelength would be measured and
what colour would be observed for this light as seen by a diver submerged in water by the side of the
boat?
4
Given, 𝑛𝑤 = .
3
a) Green of wavelength 376 nm b) Red of wavelength 665 nm
c) Green of wavelength 500 nm d) Blue of wavelength 376 nm
755. A leaf which contains only green pigments, is illuminated by a laser light of wavelength 0.632 𝜇𝑚. It would
appear to be
a) Brown b) Black c) Red d) Green
756. For a convex lens, if real image is formed the graph between (𝑢 + 𝑣) and 𝑢 or 𝑣 is as follows
a) u+v b) u+v c) u+v d) u+v

4f 4f 4f

2f u or v 2f u or v u or v 2f u or v

757. A thin prism of angle 15° made of glass of refractive index 𝜇1 = 1.5 is combined with another prism of
glass of refractive index 𝜇2 = 1.75. The combination of the prisms produces dispersion without deviation.
The angle of the second prism should be
a) 12° b) 5° c) 7° d) 10°
758. Two vertical plane mirrors are inclined at an angle of 60° with each other. A ray of light travelling
horizontally is reflected first from one mirror and then from the other. The resultant deviation is
a) 60° b) 120° c) 180° d) 240°
759. A point object is placed at a distance of 30 cm from a convex mirror of a focal length 30 cm. The image will
form at
a) Infinity b) Pole
c) 15 cm behind the mirror d) No image will be formed
760. When a ray of light enters a glass slab from air
a) Its wavelength decreases
b) Its wavelength increases
c) Its frequency increases
d) Neither its wavelength nor its frequency changes
761. If eye is kept at a depth ℎ inside water of refractive index and viewed outside, then the diameter of the
circle through which the outer objects become visible, will be
ℎ ℎ 2ℎ ℎ
a) b) c) d)
√μ2 − 1 √μ2 + 1 √μ2 − 1 √μ2
762. The distance between an object and a divergent lens is 𝑚 times the focal length of the lens. The linear
magnification produced by the lens is
1
a) 𝑚 b) 1/𝑚 c) 𝑚 + 1 d)
𝑚+1
763. Four lenses of focal length +15 𝑐𝑚, +20 𝑐𝑚, +150 𝑐𝑚 and +250 𝑐𝑚 are available for making an
astronomical telescope. To produce the largest magnification, the focal length of the eye-piece should be
a) +15 𝑐𝑚 b) +20 𝑐𝑚 c) +150 𝑐𝑚 d) +250 𝑐𝑚
764. A convex lens, a glass slab, a glass prism and a solid sphere all are made of the same glass, the dispersive
power will be
a) In the glass slab and prism b) In the lens and solid sphere
c) Only in prism d) In all the four
765. Which of the following spectrum have all the frequencies from high to low frequency range
a) Band spectrum b) Continuous spectrum
c) Line spectrum d) Discontinuous spectrum

P a g e | 65
766. A car is fitted with a convex side view mirror of focal length 20 cm. A second car 2.8 m behind the first car
is overtaking the first car is a relative speed of 15 m/s. The speed of the image of the second car as seen in
the mirror of the first one is
1 b) 10 m/s c) 15 m/s 1
a) m/s d) m/s
15 10
767. A ray of light is incident on an equilateral glass prism placed on a horizontal table. For minimum deviation
which of the following is true?

Q R

S
P

a) 𝑃𝑄 is horizontal b) 𝑄𝑅 is horizontal
c) 𝑅𝑆 is horizontal d) Either 𝑃𝑄 or 𝑅𝑆 is horizontal
768. A beam of light is travelling from region II to region III (see the figure). The refractive index in region I, II
𝑛 𝑛
and III are𝑛0 , 20 , and 20respectively. The angle of incidence θ for which the beam just misses entering
√
region III is
Region I Region II Region III
(
θ

n0 n0 /√2 n0 /2

a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) sin−1(√2)

769. The refractive indices of the crown glass for blue and red light are 1.51 and 1.49 respectively and those of
the flint glass area 1.77 and 1.73 respectively. An isosceles prism of angle 6° is made of crown glass. A
beam of white light is incident at a small angle on this prism. The other flint glass isosceles prism is
combined with the crown glass prism such that there is no deviation of the incident light
(i)Determine the angle of the flint glass prism
(ii)Calculate the net dispersion of the combined system
a) −4°, 0.04°, b) 4°, 0.04 c) 5°, 0.04 d) −5,0.04°
770. A light beam is travelling from Region I to Region IV (refer figure). The refractive index in Region I, II, III
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
and IV are 𝑛0 , 20 , 60 and 80 , respectively. The angle of incidence θ for which the beam just misses entering
Region IV is

3 1 1 1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
4 8 4 3
771. An isosceles prism of angle 120° has a refractive index of 1.44. Two parallel monochromatic rays enter the
prism parallel to each other in air as shown. The rays emerging from the opposite faces

120°

P a g e | 66
 a) Are parallel to each other b) Are diverging
Make an angle 2{sin−1 (0.72) − 30°} with each
c) Make an angle 2 sin−1 (0.72) with each other d)
other
772. A person suffering from ‘presbyopia’ (myopia and hyper metropia both defects) should use
a) A concave lens
b) A convex lens
c) A bifocal lens whose lower portion is convex
d) A bifocal lens whose upper portion is convex
773. The sun makes 0.5° angle of earth surface. Its image is made by convex lens of 50 𝑐𝑚 focal length. The
diameter of the image will be
a) 5 𝑚𝑚 b) 4.36 𝑚𝑚 c) 7 𝑚𝑚 d) None of these
774. A hypermetropic person having near point at a distance of 0.75 m puts on spectacles of power 2.5 D. The
near point now is at
a) 0.75 m b) 0.83 m c) 0.26 cm d) 0.26 m
775. Focal length of a plane mirror is
a) Zero b) Infinite c) Very less d) Indefinite
776. A prism 𝐴𝐵𝐶 of angle 30° has its face 𝐴𝐶 silvered. A ray of light incident at an angle of 45° at the face 𝐴𝐵
retraces its path after refraction at face 𝐴𝐵 and reflection at face 𝐴𝐶. The refractive index of the material of
the prism is

a) 1.5 b) 3/√2 c) √2 d) 4/3

777. A convex lens makes a real image 4 𝑐𝑚 long on a screen. When the lens is shifted to a new position without
disturbing the object, we again get a real image on the screen which is 16 𝑐𝑚 tall. The length of the object
must be
a) 1/4 𝑐𝑚 b) 8 𝑐𝑚 c) 12 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
778. From which source a continuous emission spectrum and a line absorption spectrum are simultaneously
obtained
a) Bunsen burner flame b) The sun
c) Tube light d) Hot filament of an electric bulb
779. Given figures show the arrangements of two lenses, The radii of curvature of all the curved surfaces are
same. The ratio of the equivalent focal length of combinations 𝑃, 𝑄 and 𝑅 is

a) 1 ∶ 1 ∶ 1 b) 1 ∶ 1 ∶ −1 c) 2 ∶ 1 ∶ 1 d) 2 ∶ 1 ∶ 2
780. A light ray is incident perpendicular to one face of a 90° prism and is totally internally reflected at the
glass-air interface. If the angle of reflection is 45°, we conclude that the refractive index 𝑛

P a g e | 67
 1 1
a) 𝑛 < b) 𝑛 > √2 c) 𝑛 > d) 𝑛 < √2
√2 √2
781. What should be the angle between two plane mirrors so that whatever be the angle of incidence, the
incident ray and the reflected ray from the two mirrors be parallel to each other
a) 60° b) 90° c) 120° d) 175°
782. A convex lens has a focal length 𝑓. If is cut into two parts along the dotted line as shown in the figure. The
focal length of each part will be

𝑓 3
a) b) 𝑓 c) 𝑓 d) 2𝑓
2 2
783. The chromatic aberration in lenses becomes due to
a) Disimilarity of main axis of rays
b) Disimilarity of radii of curvature
c) Variation of focal length of lenses with wavelength
d) None of these
784. A simple telescope, consisting of an objective of focal length 60 𝑐𝑚 and a single eye lens of focal length
5 𝑐𝑚 is focussed on a distant object is such a way that parallel rays come out from the eye lens. If the
object subtends an angle 2° at the objective, the angular width of the image
a) 10° b) 24° c) 50° d) 1/6°
785. An electric bulb illuminates a plane surface. The intensity of illumination on the surface at a point 2 m
away from the bulb 5 × 10−4 phot (lumen cm−2 ). The line joining the bulb to the point makes an angle of
60° with the normal to the surface. The intensity of the bulb in candela (candle power) is
a) 40 × 10−4 b) 40 c) 40√3 d) 20
786. Magnification at least distance of distinct vision of a simple microscope having its focal length 5 cm is
a) 2 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
787. Two lenses of power – 15D and +5 D are in contact with each other. The focal length of the combination is
a) -20 cm b) -10 cm c) +20 cm d) +10 cm
788. In an experiment to find the focal length of a concave mirror a graph is drawn between the magnitudes of
𝑢 and 𝑣. The graph looks like
a) v b) v c) v d) v

u u u u

789. A person is in a room whose ceiling and two adjacent walls are mirrors. How many images are formed
a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8
790. All of the following statements are correct except
a) The total length of an astronomical telescope is the sum of the focal lengths of its two lenses
P a g e | 68
 b) The image formed by the astronomical telescope is always erect because the effect of the combination
of the two lenses is divergent
c) The magnification of an astronomical telescope can be increased by decreasing the focal length of the
eye-piece
d) The magnifying power of the refracting type of astronomical telescope is the ratio of the focal length of
the objective to that of the eye-piece
791. A film projector magnifies a 100 𝑐𝑚2 film strip on a screen. If the linear magnification is 4, the area of
magnified film on the screen is
a) 1600 𝑐𝑚2 b) 400 𝑐𝑚2 c) 800 𝑐𝑚2 d) 200 𝑐𝑚2
792. When light travels from one medium to the other of which the refractive index is different, then which of
the following will change
a) Frequency, wavelength and velocity b) Frequency and wavelength
c) Frequency and velocity d) Wavelength and velocity
793. At sun rise or sunset, the sun looks more red than at mid-day because
a) The sun is hottest at these times b) Of the scattering of light
c) Of the effect of refraction d) Of the effect of diffraction
794. White light is incident on one of the refracting surfaces of a prism of angle 5°. If the refractive indices for
red and blue colours are 1.641 and 1.659 respectively, the angular separation between these two colours
when they emerge out of the prism is
a) 0.9° b) 0.09° c) 1.8° d) 1.2°
795. The focal length of objective and eye lens of an astronomical telescope are respectively 2 m and 5 cm. Final
image is format at (1) least distance of distinct vision (2) infinity. Magnifying powers in two cases will be
a) −48, −40 b) −40, 48 c) −40, +48 d) −48 + 40
796. A luminous object is placed at a distance of 30 𝑐𝑚 from the convex lens of focal length 20 𝑐𝑚. On the other
side of the lens, at what distance from the lens a convex mirror of radius of curvature 10 𝑐𝑚 be placed in
order to have an upright image of the object coincident with it
a) 12 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 50 𝑐𝑚 d) 60 𝑐𝑚
797. Optical fibres are related with
a) Communication b) Light c) Computer d) None of these
798. When light enters water from the vacuum, then the wavelength of light
a) Decreases b) Increases c) Remain constant d) Becomes zero
799. Light travels with a speed of 2 × 10 ms in crown glass of refractive index 1.5. Whatis the speed of light
8 −1

in dense flint glass of refractive index 1.8?

a) 1.33 × 108 ms−1 b) 1.67 × 10⁸ ms−1 c) 2.0 × 108 ms−1 d) 3.0 × 10⁸ ms −1
800. Which one of the following spherical lenses does not exhibit dispersion? The radii of curvature of the
surfaces of the lenses are as given in the diagrams
a) b) c) d)
R1 R2 R  R R R 

R1  R2

801. Two plane mirrors are perpendicular to each other. A ray after suffering reflection from the two mirrors
will be
a) Perpendicular to the original ray b) Parallel to the original ray
c) Parallel to the first mirror d) At 45° to the original ray
802. In a photometer, two sources of light when placed at 30 cm and 50 cm respectively produce shadows of
equal intensities. Their candle powers are in the ratio of
9 16 3 5
a) b) c) d)
25 25 5 3
803. A diver at a depth of 12m in water(μ = 4) sees the sky in a cone of semivertical angle
3

P a g e | 69
 4 4 3
a) sin−1 ( ) b) tan−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) 90°
3 3 4
804. A point object 𝑂 is kept at a distance of 𝑂𝑃 = 𝑢. The radius of curvature of the spherical surface 𝐴𝑃𝐵 is
𝐶𝑃 = 𝑅. The refractive index of the media are 𝑛1 and 𝑛2 which are as shown in diagram. Then,

(1) If 𝑛1 > 𝑛2 , image is virtual for all values of 𝑢

(2) If 𝑛2 = 2𝑛1 , image is virtual when 𝑅 > 𝑢
(3) The image is real for all values of 𝑢, 𝑛1 and 𝑛2 . Here, the correct statements is/are
a) Only (2) b) Both (1) and (2) c) Only (1) d) (1), (2) and (3)
805. When sunlight is scattered by minute particles of atmosphere, the intensity of light scattered away is
proportional to
a) (wavelength of light)4 b) (frequency of light)4 c) (wavelength of light)2 d) (frequency of light)2
806. A ray of light from a denser medium strikes a rarer medium at angle of incidence 𝑖. The reflected and
refracted rays make an angle of 90° with each other. The angles of reflection and refraction are 𝑟 and 𝑟’
respectively. The critical angle is
a) sin−1(tan 𝑟′) b) sin−1(tan 𝑟) c) tan−1 (tan 𝑟′) d) tan−1 (tan 𝑖)
807. How many images are formed by the lens shown, if an object is kept on its axis?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
808. Rainbow is formed due to
a) Total internal reflection b) Scattering
c) Refraction d) Dispersion and total internal reflection
809. A concave mirror is placed at the bottom of an empty tank with face upwards and axis vertical. When
sunlight falls normally on the mirror, it is focussed at distance of 32 𝑐𝑚 from the mirror. If the tank filled
4
with water (𝜇 = 3) upto a height of 20 𝑐𝑚, then the sunlight will now get focussed at
a) 16 𝑐𝑚 above water level b) 9 𝑐𝑚 above water level
c) 24 𝑐𝑚 below water level d) 9 𝑐𝑚 below water level
810. A person cannot see properly beyond 2 m. Power of the lens is
a) 0.5 D b) 1.5 D c) -2.5 D d) -0.5 D
811. A telescope of diameter 2𝑚 uses light of wavelength 5000 Å for viewing stars. The minimum angular
separation between two stars whose image is just resolved by this telescope is
a) 4 × 10−4 𝑟𝑎𝑑 b) 0.25 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 c) 0.31 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 d) 5.0 × 10−3 𝑟𝑎𝑑
812. The phenomena of total internal reflection is seen when angle of incidence is
a) 90° b) Greater than critical angle
c) Equal to critical angle d) 0°
813. To increase both the resolving power and magnifying power of a telescope
a) Both the focal length and aperture of the objective has to be increased
b) To focal length of the objective has to be increased
c) The aperture of the objective has to be increased
d) The wavelength of light has to be decreased
P a g e | 70
814. When a plane mirror is placed horizontally on a level ground at a distance of 60𝑚 from the foot of a tower,
the top of the tower and its image in the mirror subtend an angle of 90° at the 𝑒𝑦𝑒. The height of the tower
will be
a) 30𝑚 b) 60𝑚 c) 90𝑚 d) 120𝑚
815. Formula for dispersive power is (where symbols have their usual meanings)
or
If the refractive indices of crown glass for red, yellow and violet colours are respectively 𝜇𝑟 , 𝜇𝑦 and 𝜇𝑣 ,
then the dispersive power of this glass would be
𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑣 𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 𝜇𝑟 − 𝜇𝑣 𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟
a) b) c) d) −1
𝜇𝑟 − 1 𝜇𝑣 − 1 𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 𝜇𝑣
816. A diminished virtual image can be formed only in
a) Plane mirror b) A concave mirror
c) A convex mirror d) Concave-parabolic mirror
817. A converging lens is to project the image of a lamp 4 times the size of the lamp on a wall at a distance of 10
m from the lamp. The focal length of the lens is
a) 1.6 m b) 2.67 m c) 4.4 m d) -1.6 m
818. An object has image thrice of its original size when kept at 8 𝑐𝑚 and 16 𝑐𝑚 from a convex lens. Focal
length of the lens is
a) 8 𝑐𝑚 b) 16 𝑐𝑚
c) Between 8 𝑐𝑚 and 16 𝑐𝑚 d) Less than 8 𝑐𝑚
819. A monochromatic light is passed through a prism………..colours shows minimum deviation
a) Red b) Violet c) Yellow d) Green
820. The refractive index of a piece of transparent quartz is the greatest for
a) Red light b) Violet light c) Green light d) Yellow light
821. From a spherical mirror, the graph of 1/𝑣 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑠 1/𝑢 is

a) b) c) d)

822. A medium is said to be dispersive, if

a) Light of different wavelengths propagate at different speeds
b) Light of different wavelengths propagate at same speed but has different frequencies
c) Light is gradually bent rather than sharply refracted at an interface between the medium and air
d) Light is never totally internally reflected
823. The refractive index of a material of a planoconcave lens is 5/3, the radius of curvature is 0.3 m. The focal
length of the lens in air is
a) -0.45 m b) -0.6 m c) -0.75 m d) -1.0 m
824. The focal lengths of the objective and eye lenses of a telescope are respectively 200 𝑐𝑚 and 5 𝑐𝑚. The
minimum magnifying power of the telescope will be
a) −40 b) −48 c) −60 d) −100
825. When monochromatic red right is used instead of blue light in a convex lens, its focal length will
a) Does not depend on colour of light b) Increase
c) Decrease d) Remain same
826. The nature of sun’s spectrum is
a) Continuous spectrum with absorption lines b) Line spectrum
c) The spectrum of the helium atom d) Band spectrum
827. Dispersive power depends upon
a) The shape of prism b) Material of prism c) Angle of prism d) Height of the prism
828. A lens of focal 𝑓 projects 𝑚 times magnified image of an object on a screen. The distance of the screen from
the lens is
P a g e | 71
 𝑓 𝑓
a) b) c) 𝑓(𝑚 − 1) d) 𝑓(𝑚 + 1)
(𝑚 − 1) (𝑚 + 1)
829. A bucket contains some transparent liquid and its depth is 40 cm. On looking from above, the bottom
appears to be raised up by 8 cm. The refractive index of the liquid is
a) 5/4 b) 5 c) 4/5 d) 8/5
830. An object is placed at a distance of 10 cm from a concave mirror of radius of curvature 0.6 m. Which of the
following statements is incorrect?
a) The image is formed at a distance for 15 cm from the mirror
b) The image formed is real
c) The image is 0.5 times the size of the object
d) The image is 1.5 times the size of the object
831. A lamp of 250 candela power is hanging at a distance of 6 m from a wall. The illuminance at a point on the
wall at a minimum distance from lamp will be
a) 9.64 lux b) 4.69 lux c) 6.94 lux d) None of these
832. A glass slab (μ = 1.5) of thickness 6 m is placed over a paper. What is the shift in the shift in the letters?
a) 4 cm b) 2 cm c) 1 cm d) None of the above
833. A glass prism of refractive index 1.5 is immersed in water(μ = ).Refer figure.
4
3

B A
θ(

A light beam incident normally on the face 𝐴𝐵is totally reflected to reach the face 𝐵𝐶if
a) 2/3 < sin θ < 8/9 b) sin θ ≤ 2/3 c) cos θ ≥ 8/9 d) sin θ > 8/9
834. A simple microscope consists of a concave lens of power −10D and a convex lens of power +20D in
contact. If the image is formed at infinity, then the magnifying power
𝐶𝐷 = 25 cm is
a) 2.5 b) 3.5 c) 2.0 d) 3.0
835. Fraunhoffer lines are obtained in
a) Solar spectrum
b) The spectrum obtained from neon lamp
c) Spectrum from a discharge tube
d) None of the above
836. The exposure time of a camera lens at the 𝑓 setting is 1 second. The correct time of exposure at 𝑓 is
2.8 200 5.6
a) 0.4 𝑠 b) 0.02 𝑠 c) 0.002 𝑠 d) 0.04 𝑠
837. A light ray is incident by grazing one of the face of a prism and after refraction ray does not emerge out,
what should be the angle of prism while critical angle is 𝐶
a) Equal to 2𝐶 b) Less than 2𝐶 c) More than 2𝐶 d) None of the above
838. Stars are not visible in the day time because
a) Stars hide behind the sun
b) Stars do not reflect sun rays during day
c) Stars vanish during the day

P a g e | 72
 d) Atmosphere scatters sunlight into a blanket of extreme brightness through which faint stars cannot be
visible
839. In order to increase the magnifying power of a compound microscope
a) The focal lengths of the objective and the eye piece should be small
b) Objective should have small focal length and the eye piece large
c) Both should have large focal lengths
d) The objective should have large focal length and eye piece should have small
840. A small source of light is to be suspended directly above the centre of a circular table of radius 𝑅. What
should be the height of the light source above the table so that the intensity of light is maximum at the
edges of the table compared to any other height of the source
𝑅 𝑅
a) b) c) 𝑅 d) √2𝑅
2 √2
841. The light takes in travelling a distance of 500 m in water. Given that μ for water is 4/3 and the velocity of
light in vacuum is 3 × 1010 cms−1 . Calculate equivalent optical path
a) 566.64 m b) 666.64 m c) 586.45 m d) 576.64 m
842. In refraction, light waves are bent on passing from one medium to the second medium, because, in the
second medium
a) The frequency is different b) The coefficient of elasticity is different
c) The speed is different d) The amplitude is smaller
843. The dispersion for a medium of wavelength 𝜆 is 𝐷, then the dispersion for the wavelength 2𝜆 will be
a) 𝐷/8 b) 𝐷/4 c) 𝐷/2 d) 𝐷
844. Figure given below shows a beam of light converging at point 𝑃. When a concave lens of focal length 16 𝑐𝑚
is introduced in the path of the beam at a place 𝑂 shown by dotted line such that 𝑂𝑃 becomes the axis of
the lens, the beam converges at a distance 𝑥 from the lens. The value 𝑥 will be value to

P
O

12cm
cm cm
a) 12 𝑐𝑚 b) 24 𝑐𝑚 c) 36 𝑐𝑚 d) 48 𝑐𝑚
845. A thin lens made of glass of refractive index μ = 1.5 has a focal length equals is 12 cm in air. It is now
4
immersed in water (μ = 3). Its new focal length is
a) 48 cm b) 36 cm c) 24 cm d) 12 cm
846. If the ratio of amounts of scattering of two light waves is 1:4, the ratio of their wavelength is
a) 1 ∶ 2 b) √2 ∶ 1 c) 1 ∶ √2 d) 1 ∶ 1
847. In a simple microscope, if the final image is located at infinity then its magnifying power is
25 𝐷 𝑓 𝑓
a) b) c) d)
𝑓 26 25 𝐷+1
848. The focal length of an equi-convex lens is greater than the radius of curvature of any of the surfaces. Then
the refractive index of the material of the lens is
a) Greater than zero but less than 1.5 b) Greater than 1.5 but less than 2.0
c) Greater than 2.0 but less than 2.5 d) Greater than 2.5 but less than 2.0
849. With respect to air critical angle in a medium for light of red colour (𝜆1 ) is 𝜃. Other facts remaining same,
critical angle for light of yellow colour [𝜆2 ] will be
𝜃𝜆1
a) 𝜃 b) More than 𝜃 c) Less than 𝜃 d)
𝜆2
850. A satisfactory photographic print is obtained when the exposure time is 10 𝑠 at a distance of 2 𝑚 from a 60
𝑐𝑑 lamp. The time of exposure required for the same quality print at a distance of 4 𝑚 from a 120 𝑐𝑑 lamp
is
a) 5 𝑠 b) 10 𝑠 c) 15 𝑠 d) 20 𝑠

P a g e | 73
851. Angle of prism is A and its one surface is silvered. Light rays falling at an angle of incidence 2A on first
surface return back through the same path after suffering reflection at second silvered surface. Refractive
index of the material of prism is
1
a) 2 sin 𝐴 b) 2 cos 𝐴 c) cos 𝐴 d) tan 𝐴
2
852. The astronomical telescope consists of objective and eye-piece. The focal length of the objective is
a) Equal to that of the eye-piece
b) Greater than that of the eye-piece
c) Shorter than that of the eye-piece
d) Five times shorter than that of the eye-piece
853. A watch shows time as 3 ∶ 25 when seen through a mirror, time appeared will be
a) 8 ∶ 35 b) 9 ∶ 35 c) 7 ∶ 35 d) 8 ∶ 25
854. When a convergent beam of light is incident on a plane mirror, the image formed is
a) upright and real b) upright and virtual
c) inverted and virtual d) inverted and real
855. An achromatic combination of lenses produces
a) Images in black and white
b) Coloured images
c) Images unaffected by variation of refractive index with wavelength
d) Highly enlarged images are formed
856. A light moves from denser to rarer medium. Which of the following is correct?
a) Energy increases b) Frequency increases
c) Phase changes by 90° d) Velocity increases
857. A man is 180𝑐𝑚 tall and his eyes are 10𝑐𝑚 below the top of his head. In order to see his entire height right
from toe to head, he uses a plane mirror kept at a distance of 1𝑚 from him. The minimum length of the
plane mirror required is
a) 180𝑐𝑚 b) 90𝑐𝑚 c) 85𝑐𝑚 d) 170𝑐𝑚
858. In an eye-piece, field lens and eye lens have focal lengths 7.5 𝑐𝑚 and 7.3 𝑐𝑚. To eliminate spherical
aberration, distance between them would be
a) 0.2 𝑐𝑚 b) 0.4 𝑐𝑚 c) 0.1 𝑐𝑚 d) 0.5 𝑐𝑚
859. A ray of monochromatic light is incident on one refracting face of a prism of angle 75°. It passes through
the prism and is incident on the other face at the critical angle. If the refractive index of the material of the
prism is √2, the angle of incidence on the first face of the prism is
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 0°
860. A point source of light 𝑆 is placed at the bottom of a vessel containing a liquid of refractive index 5/3. A
person is viewing the source from above the surface. There is an opaque disc 𝐷 of radius 1 𝑐𝑚 floating on
the surface of the liquid. The centre of the disc lies vertically above the source 𝑆. The liquid from the vessel
is gradually drained out through a tap. The maximum height of the liquid for which the source cannot be
seen at all from above is

S
a) 1.50 𝑐𝑚 b) 1.64 𝑐𝑚 c) 1.33 𝑐𝑚 d) 1.86 𝑐𝑚
861. Two lenses having 𝑓1 : 𝑓2 = 2 ∶ 3 has combination to make no dispersion. Find the ratio of dispersive power
of glasses used
a) 2 ∶ 3 b) 3 ∶ 2 c) 4 ∶ 9 d) 9 ∶ 4

P a g e | 74
862. A spherical surface of radius of curvature 𝑅 separates air (refractive index 1.0) from glass (refractive
index 1.5). The centre of curvature is in the glass. A point object 𝑃 placed in air is found to have a real
image 𝑄 in the glass. The line 𝑃𝑄 cuts the surface at a point 𝑂, and PO = OQ. The distance 𝑃𝑂 is equal to
a) 5 𝑅 b) 3 𝑅 c) 2 𝑅 d) 1.5 𝑅
863. Fraunhoffer spectrum is
a) Line absorption spectrum b) Band absorption spectrum
c) Line emission spectrum d) Band emission spectrum
864. The maximum refractive index of a prism which permits the passage of light through it, when the
refracting angle of the prism is 90°,is
√3 3
a) √3 b) √2 c) d)
2 2
865. A thin rod of 5𝑐𝑚 length is kept along the axis of a concave mirror of 10𝑐𝑛 focal length such that its image
is real and magnified and one end touches the rod. Its magnification
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
866. When a glass lens with 𝑛 = 1.47 is immersed in a trough of liquid, it looks to be disappeared. The liquid in
the trough could be
a) Water b) Kerosene c) Glycerin d) Alcohol
867. If 𝐹𝑜 and 𝐹𝑒 are the focal length of the objective and eye piece respectively of a telescope, then its
magnifying power will be
1
a) 𝐹𝑜 + 𝐹𝑒 b) 𝐹𝑜 × 𝐹𝑒 c) 𝐹𝑜 /𝐹𝑒 d) (𝐹𝑜 + 𝐹𝑒 )
2
868. Three glass prisms 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶 of same refractive index are placed in contact with each other as shown in
figure, with no air gap between the prisms. Monochromatic ray of light 𝑂𝑃 passes through the prism
assembly and emerges as 𝑄𝑅. The conditions of minimum deviation is satisfied in the prisms

P
B
A
C
O Q
R
a) 𝐴 and 𝐶 b) 𝐵 and 𝐶
c) 𝐴 and 𝐵 d) In all prisms 𝐴, 𝐵 and C
869. Circular part in the centre of retina is called
a) Blind spot b) Yellow spot c) Red spot d) None of the above
870. A concave mirror of focal length 𝑓 (in air) is immersed in water (𝜇 = 4/3). The focal length of the mirror
in water will be
4 3 7
a) 𝑓 b) 𝑓 c) 𝑓 d) 𝑓
3 4 3
871. The resolving power of a telescope depends on
a) Focal length of eye lens b) Focal length of objective lens
c) Length of the telescope d) Diameter of the objective lens
872. In a compound microscope, the focal lengths of two lenses are 1.5 𝑐𝑚 and 6.25 𝑐𝑚 An object is placed at
2 𝑐𝑚 form objective and the final image is formed is 25 𝑐𝑚 from eye lens. The distance between the two
lenses is
a) 6.00 𝑐𝑚 b) 7.75 𝑐𝑚 c) 9.25 𝑐𝑚 d) 11.00 𝑐𝑚
873. Which mirror is to be used to obtain a parallel beam of light from a small lamp?
a) Plane mirror b) Convex mirror c) Concave mirror d) Any one of these
874. If the space between the lenses in the lens combination shows were filled with water, what would happen
to the focal length and power of the lens combination?

P a g e | 75
 Focal Length Power
a) Decreased b) Decreased c) Increased d) Increased
Increased Unchanged Unchanged Decreased
875. If both the object and image are at infinite distance from a refracting telescope its magnifying power will
be equal to
a) The sum of the focal lengths of the objective and the eyepiece
b) The different of the focal lengths of the two lenses
c) The ratio of the focal length of the objective and eyepiece
d) The ratio of the focal length of the eyepiece and objective
876. Lenses of power 3 D and -5 D are combined to from a compound lens. An object is placed at a distance of
50 cm from this lens. Its image will be formed at a distance from the lens, will be
a) 25 cm b) 20 cm c) 30 cm d) 40 cm
877. The magnifying power of a microscope with an objective of 5 𝑚𝑚 focal length is 400. The length of its tube
is 20 𝑐𝑚. Then the focal length of the eye-piece is
a) 200 𝑐𝑚 b) 160 𝑐𝑚 c) 2.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 0.1 𝑐𝑚
878. Relative difference of focal lengths of objective and eye lens in the microscope and telescope is given as
a) It is equal in both b) It is more in telescope
c) It is more in microscope d) It may be more in any one
879. In the measurement of the angle of a prism using a spectrometer, the readings of first reflected image are
Vernier 1: 320° 40′ ; Vernier II : 140° 30′ and those of the second reflected image are Vernier I : 80° 38′ ;
Vernier II : 260° 24′. Then the angle of the prism is
a) 59° 58′ b) 59° 56′ c) 60° 2′ d) 60° 4′
880. When light travels from glass to air, the incident angle is θ1 and the refracted angle is θ2 . The true relation
is
a) θ1 = θ2 b) θ1 < θ2 c) θ1 > θ2 d) Not predictable
881. The minimum distance between the object and its real image for concave mirror is
a) 𝑓 b) 2𝑓 c) 4𝑓 d) Zero
882. In Huygen’s eyepiece
a) The cross wires are outside the eyepiece
b) Condition for achromatism is satisfied
c) Condition for minimum spherical aberration is not satisfied
d) The image formed by the objective is a virtual image
883. A convex lens forms an image of an object placed 20 cm away from it at a distance of 20 cm on the other
side of the lens. If the object is moved 5 cm towards the lens, the image will move
a) 5 cm towards the lens b) 5 cm away from the lens
c) 10 cm towards the lens d) 10 cm away from the lens
884. The power of the combination of a convex lens of focal length 50 cm and concave lens of focal length 40 cm
is
a) +1 D b) -1 D c) Zero d) -0.5 D
885. How much water should be filled in a container 21 𝑐𝑚 in height, so that it appears half filled when viewed
from the top of the container (given that 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 = 4/3)
a) 8.0 𝑐𝑚 b) 10.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 12.0 𝑐𝑚 d) None of the above
886. A ray of light travels from an optically denser to rarer medium. The critical angle for the two media is 𝐶.
The maximum possible deviation of the ray will be

P a g e | 76
 𝜋
a) ( − 𝐶) b) 2𝐶 c) 𝜋 − 2𝐶 d) 𝜋 − 𝐶
2
887. 60° prism hasμ = √2. Angle of incidence for minimum deviation is
a) 45° b) 30° c) 60° d) 90°
888. Magnification of a compound microscope is 30. Focal length of eye-piece is 5 𝑐𝑚 and the image is formed
at a distance of distinct vision of 25 𝑐𝑚. The magnification of the objective lens is
a) 6 b) 5 c) 7.5 d) 10
889. The diameter of objective of a telescope is 1 m. its resolving limit for the light of wavelength 4538 Å, will
be
a) 5.54 × 10−7 rad b) 2.54 × 10−4 rad c) 6.54 × 10−7 rad d) None of the above
890. Band spectrum is obtained when the source emitted light is in the form of or
Band spectrum is characteristic of
a) Atoms b) Molecules c) Plasma d) None of the above
891. Refractive index of glass with respect to medium is . If the differences between velocities of light in
4
3
medium and glass is 6.25 × 107 ms−1 , then velocity of light in medium is
a) 2.5 × 108 ms−1 b) 0.125 × 108 ms−1 c) 1.5 × 108 ms−1 d) 3 × 108 ms−1
892. In fog, photographs of the objects taken with infrared radiations are more clear than those obtained
during visible light because
a) 𝐼 − 𝑅 radiation has lesser wavelength than visible radiation
b) Scattering of 𝐼 − 𝑅 light is more than visible light
c) The intensity of 𝐼 − 𝑅 light from the object is less
d) Scattering of 𝐼 − 𝑅 light is less than visible light
893. A double convex lens of glass of 𝜇 = 1.5 has radius of curvature of each of its surface is 0.2 𝑚. The power of
the lens is
a) +10 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 b) −10 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 c) −5 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠 d) +5 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠
894. A ray of light is incident on the surface of separation of a medium at an angle 45° and is refracted in the
medium at an angle 30°. What will be the velocity of light in the medium
a) 1.96 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 b) 2.12 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 c) 3.18 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 d) 3.33 × 188 𝑚/𝑠
895. Two convex lenses placed in contact form the image of a distant object at 𝑃. If the lens 𝐵 is moved to the
light, the image will

a) Move to the left

b) Move to the right
c) Remain at 𝑃
d) Move either to the left to right, depending upon focal length of the lenses
896. The separation between two microscopic particles is measured 𝑃𝐴 and 𝑃𝐵 by two different lights of
wavelength 2000 Å and 3000 Å respectively, then
a) 𝑃𝐴 > 𝑃𝐵 b) 𝑃𝐴 < 𝑃𝐵 c) 𝑃𝐴 < 3/2𝑃𝐵 d) 𝑃𝐴 = 𝑃𝐵
897. If ℎ1 and ℎ2 are the heights of the images in conjugate position of a convex lens , then the height of the
object is
a) ℎ1 + ℎ2 b) ℎ1 − ℎ2 c) ℎ1 /ℎ2 d) √ℎ1 ℎ2
898. When a glass prism of refracting angle 60° is immersed in a liquid its angle of minimum deviation is 30°.
The critical angle of glass with respect to the liquid medium is
a) 42° b) 45° c) 50° d) 52°
899. An object is placed in front of a convex mirror of focal length 𝑓. Find the maximum and minimum distance
of two object from the mirror such that the image is real and magnified.
P a g e | 77
 a) 20 and ∞ b) 𝑓 and 2𝑓 c) 𝑓 and 0 d) None of these
900. An object is kept at a distance of 16 cm from a thin lens and the image formed is real. If the object is kept at
a distance of 6 cm from the same lens, the image formed is virtual. If the sizes of the images formed are
equal the focal length of the lens will be
a) 21 cm b) 11 cm c) 15 cm d) 17 cm
901. A student measures the focal length of a convex lens by putting an object pin at a distance 𝑢from the lens
and measuring the distance 𝑣 of the image pin. The graph between 𝑢and 𝑣 plotted by the student should
look like

a) b)

c) d)

902. When a plane mirror is rotated through an angle 𝜃 then the reflected ray turns through the angle 2𝜃 then
the size of the image
a) Is doubled b) Is halved c) Remains the same d) Becomes infinite
903. Each quarter of a vessel of depth 𝐻 is filled with liquids of the refractive indices 𝑛1 , 𝑛2 , 𝑛3 and 𝑛4 from the
bottom respectively. The apparent depth of the vessel when looked normally is
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
𝐻(𝑛1 + 𝑛2 + 𝑛3 + 𝑛4 ) 𝐻 (𝑛 + 𝑛 + 𝑛 + 𝑛 ) (𝑛 + 𝑛2 + 𝑛3 + 𝑛4 ) 𝐻 (𝑛 + 𝑛 + 𝑛 + 𝑛 )
a) b) 1 2 3 4 c) 1 d) 1 2 3 4
4 4 4𝐻 2
904. One of the refracting surfaces of a prism of angle 30° is silvered. A ray of light incident at an angle of 60°
retraces its path. The refractive index of the material of prism is
a) √3 b) 3/2 c) 2 d) √2
905. Light travels through a glass plate of thickness 𝑡 and having refractive index 𝑛. If 𝑐 is the velocity of light in
vacuum, the time taken by the light to travel this thickness of glass is
𝑡 𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑐
a) b) 𝑡𝑛𝑐 c) d)
𝑛𝑐 𝑐 𝑛
906. A glass prism ABC (refractive index 1.5), immersed in water (refractive index 4/3). A ray of light is
incident normally on face 𝐴𝐵. If it is totally reflected at face 𝐴𝐶 then

8 2 √3 2 8
a) sin θ ≥ b) sin θ ≥ c) sin θ = d) < 𝑠𝑖𝑛 θ <
9 3 2 3 9
907. A microscope is focused on a coin lying at the bottom of a beaker. The microscope is now raised up by
1 𝑐𝑚. To what depth should the water be poured into the beaker so that coin is again in focus? (Refractive
4
index of water is 3)
4
a) 1 𝑐𝑚 b)𝑐𝑚 c) 3 𝑐𝑚 d) 4 𝑐𝑚
3
908. ‘Mirage’ is a phenomenon due to
P a g e | 78
 a) Reflection of light b) Refraction of light
c) Total internal reflection of light d) Diffraction of light
909. Two similar plano-convex lenses are combined together in three different ways as shown in the adjoining
figure. The ratio of the focal lengths in three cases will be

a) 2 ∶ 2 ∶ 1 b) 1 ∶ 1 ∶ 1 c) 1 ∶ 2 ∶ 2 d) 2 ∶ 1 ∶ 1
910. The unit of focal power of a lens is
a) Watt b) Horse power c) Dioptre d) Lux
911. The refractive index of water is 1.33. The direction in which a man under water should look to see the
setting sun is
a) 49° to the horizontal b) 90° with the vertical c) 49° to the vertical d) Along the horizontal
912. The critical angle between an equilateral prism and air is 45°. If the incident ray is perpendicular to the
refractive surface, then
a) After deviation it will emerge from the second refracting surface
b) It is totally reflected on the second surface and emerges out perpendicularly from third surface in air
c) It is totally reflected from the second and third refracting surfaces and finally emerges out from the first
surface
d) It is totally reflected from all the three sides of prism and never emerges out
913. 𝑃𝑄𝑅 is a right angled prism with other angles as 60° and 30°. Refractive index of prism is 1.5. 𝑃𝑄 has a thin
layer of liquid. Light falls normally on the face 𝑃𝑅. For total internal reflection, maximum refractive index
of liquid is

a) 1.4 b) 1.3 c) 1.2 d) 1.6

914. In the formation of primary rainbow, the sunlight rays emerge at minimum deviation from rain-drop after
a) One internal reflection and one refraction
b) One internal reflection and two refraction
c) Two internal reflection and one refraction
d) Two internal reflection and one refraction
915. A ray of light enters from a rarer to a denser medium. The angle of incidence is 𝑖. Then the reflected and
refracted rays are mutually perpendicular to each other. The critical angle for the pair of media is
a) sin−1 (tan 𝑖) b) tan−1 (sin 𝑖) c) sin−1 (cot 𝑖) d) cos−1(tan 𝑖)
916. The focal length of the objective and the eye-piece of a microscope are 4 mm and 25 mm respectively. If
the final image is formed at infinity and the length of the tube is 16 cm, then the magnifying power of
microscope will be
a) −337.5 b) −3.75 c) 3.375 d) 33.75
917. A glass convex lens (𝜇𝑔 = 1.5) has a focal length of 8 𝑐𝑚 when placed in air. What would be the focal
length of the lens what it is immersed in water (𝜇𝜔 = 1.33)
a) 2 𝑚 b) 4 𝑐𝑚 c) 16 𝑐𝑚 d) 32 𝑐𝑚
918. If a flint lens glass of dispersive power 0.0666 renders achromatic to a convex lens of crown glass of focal
length 60 cm and dispersive power 0.033, then its focal length is

P a g e | 79
 a) -60 cm b) +60 cm c) -120 cm d) +120 cm
919. Two lamps of luminous intensity of 8 𝐶𝑑 and 32 𝐶𝑑 respectively are lying at a distance of 1.2 𝑚 from each
other. Where should a screen be placed between two lamps such that its two faces are equally illuminated
due to two sources
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 from 8 𝐶𝑑 lamp b) 10 𝑐𝑚 from 32 𝐶𝑑 lamp
c) 40 𝑐𝑚 from 8 𝐶𝑑 lamp d) 40 𝑐𝑚 from 32 𝐶𝑑 lamp
920. Two thin lenses have a combined power of + 9D. When they are separated by a distance of 20 cm, their
27
equivalent power becomes + D. Their individual powers (in dioptre) are
5
a) 4, 5 b) 3, 6 c) 2, 7 d) 1, 8
921. When light waves suffer reflection at the interface between air and glass, the change of phase of the
reflected wave is equal to
a) Zero 𝜋
b) c) 𝜋 d) 2𝜋
2
922. Least distance of distinct vision is 25 𝑐𝑚. Magnifying power of simple microscope of focal length 5 𝑐𝑚 is
a) 1/5 b) 5 c) 1/6 d) 6
923. A screen receives 3 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 of radiant flux of wavelength 6000 Å. One lumen is equivalent to 1.5 × 10−3 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡
of monochromatic light of wavelength 5550 Å. If relative luminosity for 6000 Å is 0.685 while that for
5550 Å is 1.00, then the luminous flux of the source is
a) 4 × 103 𝑙𝑚 b) 3 × 103 𝑙𝑚 c) 2 × 103 𝑙𝑚 d) 1.37 × 103 𝑙𝑚
924. A lamp is hanging 1 𝑚 above the centre of a circular table of diameter 1𝑚. The ratio of illuminaces at the
centre and the edge is
3
1 5 2 4 4
a) b) ( ) c) d)
2 3 3 5
925. The diameter of moon is 3.5× 10 km and its distance from the earth is 3.8 × 10 km. The focal length of
3 5

the objective and eye-piece are 4 m and 10 cm respectively. The diameter of the image of the moon will be
approximately
a) 2° b) 21° c) 40° d) 50°
926. The cross-section of a glass prism has the form of an isosceles triangle. One of the refracting faces is
silvered. A ray of light falls normally on the other refracting face. After being reflected twice, it emerges
through the base of the prism perpendicular it. The angles of the prism are
a) 54°, 54°, 72° b) 72°, 72°, 36° c) 45°, 45°, 90° d) 57°, 57°, 76°
927. Shown in the figure here is a convergent lens placed inside a cell filled with a liquid. The lens has focal
length + 20 𝑐𝑚 when in air and its material has refractive index 1.50. If the liquid has refractive index
1.60, the focal length of the system is
Liquid

Lens

a) +80 𝑐𝑚 b) −80 𝑐𝑚 c) −24 𝑐𝑚 d) −100 𝑐𝑚

928. The focal lengths of the lenses of an astronomical telescope are 50 𝑐𝑚 and 5 𝑐𝑚. The length of the
telescope when the image is formed at the least distance of distinct vision is
275 325
a) 45𝑐𝑚 b) 55 𝑐𝑚 c) 𝑐𝑚 d) 𝑐𝑚
6 6
929. For a telescope to have large resolving power the
a) Focal length of its objective should be large
b) Focal length of its eye piece should be large
c) Focal length of its eye piece should be small
d) Aperture of its objective should be large
930. All of the following statements are correct except
P a g e | 80
 a) The magnification produced by a convex mirror is always less than one
b) A virtual, erect, same-sized image can be obtained using a plane mirror
c) A virtual, erect, magnified image can be formed using a concave mirror
d) A real, inverted, same-sized image can be formed using a convex mirror
931. A beam of light composed of red and green rays is incident obliquely at a point on the face of a rectangular
glass slab. Whencoming out on the opposite parallel face, the red and green rays emerge from
a) Two points propagating in two different non-parallel directions
b) Two point propagating in two different parallel directions
c) One point propagating in two different directions
d) One point propagating in the same direction
932. The wavelength of light diminishes 𝜇 times (𝜇 = 1.33 for water) in a medium. A diver from inside water
looks at an object whose natural colour is green. He sees the object as
a) Green b) Blue c) Yellow d) Red
933. A virtual image larger than the object can be obtained by
a) Concave mirror b) Convex mirror c) Plane mirror d) Concave lens
934. As the wavelength is increased from violet to red, the luminosity
a) Continuously increases b) Continuously decreases
c) Increases then decreases d) Decreases then increases
935. A prism (𝜇 = 1.5) has the refracting angle of 30°. The deviation of a monochromatic ray incident normally
on its one surface will be (sin 48° 36′ = 0.75)
a) 18°36′ b) 20° 30′ c) 18° d) 22°1′
936. A man having height 6 m, observes image of 2 m height erect, then mirror used is
a) Concave b) Convex c) Plane d) None of the above
937. A spherical mirror forms diminished virtual image of magnification 1/3. Focal length is 18 cm. The
distance of the object is
a) 18 cm b) 36 cm c) 48 cm d) Infinite
938. A prism having an apex angle 4° and refraction index 1.5 is located in front of a vertical plane mirror as
shown in figure. Through what total angle is the ray deviated after reflection from the mirror

4°
90°

a) 176° b) 4° c) 178° d) 2°
939. A thin convex lens of crown glass having refractive index 1.5 has power 1 D. What will be the power of
similar convex lens refractive index 1.6?
a) 0.6 D b) 0.8 D c) 1.2 D d) 1.6 D
940. A telescope has an objective lens of 10 𝑐𝑚 diameter and is situated at a distance of one kilometer from two
objects. The minimum distance between these two objects, which can be resolved by the telescope, when
the mean wavelength of light is 5000 Å, is of the order of
a) 0.5 𝑚 b) 5 𝑚 c) 5 𝑚𝑚 d) 5 𝑐𝑚
941. The two lenses of an achromatic doublet should have
a) Equal powers
b) Equal dispersive powers
c) Equal ratio of their power and dispersive power
d) Sum of the product of their powers and dispersive power equal to zero
942. A large glass slab (μ = 5) of thickness 8 cm is placed over a point source of light on a plane surface. It is
3
seen that light emerges out of the top surface of the slab from a circular area of radius 𝑅 cm. What is the
value of 𝑅?
a) 6 cm b) 7 cm c) 8 cm d) 9 cm
P a g e | 81
943. The light reflected by a plane mirror may form a real image
a) If the rays incident on the mirror are diverging
b) If the rays incident on the mirror are converging
c) If the object is placed very close to the mirror
d) Under no circumstances
944. If the refractive index of a material of equilateral prism is √3, then angle of minimum deviation of the
prism is
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 75°
945. Monochromatic light of wavelength 𝜆1 travelling in medium of refractive index 𝑛1 enters a denser medium
of refractive index 𝑛2 . The wavelength in the second medium is
𝑛1 𝑛2 𝑛2 − 𝑛1
a) 𝜆1 ( ) b) 𝜆1 ( ) c) 𝜆1 d) 𝜆1 ( )
𝑛2 𝑛1 𝑛1
946. The wavelength of emission line spectrum and absorption line spectrum of a substance are related as
a) Absorption has larger value b) Absorption has smaller value
c) They are equal d) No relation
947. What is the angle of incidence for an equilateral prism of refractive index √3 so that the ray is parallel to
the base inside the prism?
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) Either 30° or 60°
948. Two thin lenses whose powers are +2𝐷 and −4𝐷 respectively combine, then the power of combination is
a) −2𝐷 b) +2𝐷 c) −4𝐷 d) +4𝐷
949. An equiconvex lens is cut into two halves along (i) 𝑋𝑂𝑋′ and (ii) 𝑌𝑂𝑌′ as shown in the figure. Let 𝑓, 𝑓 ′ , 𝑓′′
be the focal lengths of the complete lens, of each half in case (i), and of each half in case (ii), respectively.
Y

X X
O

Y
Choose the correct statement from the following
a) 𝑓 ′ = 2𝑓, 𝑓 ′′ = 𝑓 b) 𝑓 ′ = 𝑓, 𝑓 ′′ = 𝑓 c) 𝑓 ′ = 2𝑓, 𝑓 ′′ = 2𝑓 d) 𝑓 ′ = 𝑓, 𝑓 ′′ = 2𝑓
950. One side of a glass slab is silvered as shown. A ray of light is incident on the other side at angle of incidence
𝑖 = 45°. Refractive index of glass is given as 1.5. the deviation of the ray of light from its initial path when it
comes out of the slab is

45o

 = 1.5

a) 90° b) 180° c) 120° d) 45°

951. Two plano-concave lenses (1 and 2) of glass of refractive index 1.5 have radii of curvature 25 cm and 20
cm. They are placed in contact with their curved surfaces towards each other and the space between them
4
is filled with liquid of refractive index . Then the combination is
3

a) Convex of focal length 70 cm b) Concave of focal length 70 cm

c) Concave of focal length 66.6 cm d) Convex of focal length 66.6 cm
952. Why is refractive index in a transparent medium greater than one?
P a g e | 82
 a) Because the speed of light in vacuum is medium
b) Because the speed of light in vacuum is always greater than speed in a transparent medium
c) Frequency of wave changes when it crosses medium
d) None of the above
953. An equiconvex lens of glass of focal length 0.1 metre is cut along a plane perpendicular to principal axis
into two equal parts. The ratio of focal length of new lenses formed is
1
a) 1 ∶ 1 b) 1 ∶ 2 c) 2 ∶ 1 d) 2 ∶
2
954. A point object is placed on the axis of the concave mirror at a distance of 60 𝑐𝑚 from the focal point of the
mirror. Its image is formed at the point of object, then focal length of the mirror is
a) 15 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 60 𝑐𝑚 d) 120 𝑐𝑚
955. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror at an angle 57°. The resultant polarized light vibrates in a plane
which makes an angle with the reflecting surface
a) 0° b) 90° c) 57° d) 33°
956. Critical angle is that angle of incidence in the denser medium for which the angle of reflection in rarer
medium is
a) 0° b) 57° c) 90° d) 180°
957. The focal length of a plano convex lens is 𝑓 and its refractive index is 1.5. It is kept over a plane glass plate
with its curved surface touching the glass plate is filled by a liquid. As a result, the effective focal length of
the combination becomes 2𝑓. Then the refractive index of the liquid is
a) 1.5 b) 2 c) 1.25 d) 1.33
958. The critical angle for a medium is 60°. The refractive index of the medium is
2 √2 √3
a) b) c) √3 d)
√3 3 2
959. A man of length ℎ requires a mirror, to see his own complete image of length at least equal to
a) ℎ/4 b) ℎ/3 c) ℎ/2 d) ℎ
960. An object placed 10 𝑐𝑚 in front of a lens has an image 20 𝑐𝑚 behind the lens. What is the power of the lens
(in 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠)
a) 1.5 b) 3.0 c) −15.0 d) +15.0
961. The angle of minimum deviation measured with a prism is 30° and the angle of prism is 60°. The refractive
index of prism material is
a) √2 b) 2 c) 3/2 d) 4/3
962. A convex lens made of glass has focal length 0.15 m in air. If the refractive index of glass is 3 and that of
2
4
water is 3, the focal length of lens when immersed in water is
a) 0.45 m b) 0.15 m c) 0.30 m d) 0.6 m
963. The refractive index of the material of the prism and liquid are 1.56 and 1.32 respectively. What will be

A


the value of 𝜃 for the following refraction

13 11 √3 1
a) sin 𝜃 ≥ b) sin 𝜃 ≥ c) sin 𝜃 ≥ d) sin 𝜃 ≥
11 13 2 √2
964. Which of the following ray diagram show physically possible refraction

P a g e | 83
 n=1.6

n=1.8 n=1.5
n=1.4 n=1.6
n=1.6

(i) (ii) (iii)

a) (i) b) (ii) c) (iii) d) None of these
965. A point source of light is kept at a depth of ℎ in water of refractive index 4/3. The radius of the circle at the
surface of water through which light emits is
3 √7 7
a) ℎ b) ℎ c) √3 ℎ d) ℎ
√7 3 7 √3
966. A biconvex lens with equal radii curvature has refractive index 1.6 and focal length 10 𝑐𝑚. Its radius of
curvature will be
a) 20 𝑐𝑚 b) 16 𝑐𝑚 c) 10 𝑐𝑚 d) 12 𝑐𝑚
967. A divergent lens will produce
a) Always a virtual image b) Always real image
c) Sometimes real and sometimes virtual d) None of the above
968. Two lenses of power +12 and −2 dioptres are placed in contact. What will the focal length of combination
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 b) 12.5 𝑐𝑚 c) 16.6 𝑐𝑚 d) 8.33 𝑐𝑚
969. An achromatic prism is made by crown glass prism (𝐴𝑐 = 19°) and flint glass prism (𝐴𝐹 = 6°). If 𝐶 𝜇𝑣 =
1.5 and 𝐹 𝜇𝑣 = 1.66, then resultant deviation for red coloured ray will be
a) 1.04° b) 5° c) 0.96° d) 13.5°
970. A ray of light strikes a transparent rectangular slab (of refractive index √2) at an angle of incidence of 45°.
The angle between the reflected and refracted rays is
a) 75° b) 90° c) 105° d) 120°
971. A person is suffering from the defect astigmatism. Its main reason is
a) Distance of the eye lens from retina is increased
b) Distance of the eye lens from retina is decreased
c) The cornea is not spherical
d) Power of accommodation of the eye is decreased
972. A boy stands straight infront of a mirror at a distance of 30𝑐𝑚 away from it. He sees his erect image whose
height is 1/5th of his real height. The mirror he is using is
a) Plane mirror b) Convex mirror c) Concave mirror d) Plano-convex mirror
973. Light enters at an angle of incidence in a transparent rod of refractive index 𝑛. For what value of the
refractive index of the material of the rod the light once entered into it will not leave it through its lateral
face whatsoever be the value of angle of incidence
a) 𝑛 > √2 b) 𝑛 = 1 c) 𝑛 = 1.1 d) 𝑛 = 1.3
974. The no. of wavelengths in the visible spectrum
a) 4000 b) 6000 c) 2000 d) Infinite
975. A ray of light on the surface of a glass plate of thickness 𝑡. If the angle of incidence θis small,the emerging
ray would be displaced sideways by an amount
(Take 𝑛 =refractive index of glass)
a) 𝑡 θ 𝑛/(𝑛 + 1) b) 𝑡 θ (𝑛 − 1)/𝑛 c) 𝑡 θ 𝑛/(𝑛 − 1) d) 𝑡 θ (𝑛 + 1)/𝑛
976. If the angle of prism is 60° and the angle of minimum deviation is 40°, the angle of refraction will be
a) 30° b) 60° c) 100° d) 120°
977. When light of wavelength 𝜆 is incident on an equilateral prism kept in its minimum deviation position, it is
found that the angle of deviation equals the angle of the prism itself. The refractive index of the material of
the prism for the wavelength 𝜆 is, then
c) 2
a) √3 b) √3 d) √2
2
P a g e | 84
978. A converging beam of rays is incident on a diverging lens. Having passed through the lens the rays
intersect at a point 15 𝑐𝑚 from the lens on the opposite side. If the lens is removed the point where the
rays meet will move 5 𝑐𝑚 closer to the lens. The focal length of the lens is
a) −30 𝑐𝑚 b) 5 𝑐𝑚 c) −10 𝑐𝑚 d) 20 𝑐𝑚
979. A convex lens made up of a material of refractive index μ1 is immersed in a medium of refractive index μ2
as shown in the figure. The relation between μ1 and μ2 is

a) μ1 < μ2 b) μ1 > μ2 c) μ1 = μ2 d) μ1 = √μ2

980. A small plane mirror placed at the centre of a spherical screen of radius 𝑅. A beam of light is falling on the
mirror. If the mirror makes 𝑛 revolution per second, the speed of light on the screen after reflection from
the mirror will be
𝑛𝑅 𝑛𝑅
a) 4𝜋𝑛𝑅 b) 2𝜋𝑛𝑅 c) d)
2𝜋 4𝜋
981. Two lenses are placed in contact with each other and the focal length of combination is 80 𝑐𝑚. If the focal
length of one is 20 𝑐𝑚, then the power of the other will be
a) 1.66 𝐷 b) 4.00 𝐷 c) −1.00 𝐷 d) −3.75 𝐷
982. Light from sodium lamp is passed through cold sodium vapours, the spectrum of transmitted light consists
of
a) A line at 5890 Å b) A line at 5896 Å c) Sodium doublet lines d) No spectral features
983. At what distance from a convex lens of focal length 30 cm, an object should be placed, so that the size of
1
the image be2th of the object?
a) 30 cm b) 60 cm c) 15 cm d) 90 cm
984. If tube length of astronomical telescope is 105 𝑐𝑚 and magnifying power is 20 for normal setting, calculate
the focal length of objective
a) 100 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 25 𝑐𝑚
985. A plane mirror is approaching you at 10 cms . Your image shall approach you will a speed of
−1

a) +10 cms−1 b) −10 cms−1 c) + 20 cms−1 d) −20 cms−1

986. The reason of seeing the Sun a little before the sunrise is
a) Reflection of the light b) Refraction of the light
c) Scattering of the light d) Dispersion of the light
987. The focal length (𝑓) of a spherical (concave or convex) mirror of radius of curvature 𝑅 is
𝑅 3
a) b) 𝑅 c) ( ) 𝑅 d) 2𝑅
2 2
988. A double convex thin lens made of glass (refractive index μ = 1.5) has both radii of curvature of
magnitude 20 cm. Incident light rays parallel to the axis of the lens, will converge at a distance 𝐿 such that
20
a) 𝐿 = cm b) 𝐿 = 40 cm c) 𝐿 = 20 cm d) 𝐿 = 10 cm
3
989. Light is incident from a medium 𝑋 at an angle of incidence 𝑖 and is refracted into a medium 𝑌 at angle of
refraction 𝑟. The graph sin 𝑖 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑠 sin 𝑟 is shown in figure. Which of the following conclusions would fit
the situation?
1. Speed of light in medium 𝑌 is √3 times that in medium 𝑋
2. Speed of light in medium 𝑌 is 1/√3 times that in medium 𝑋
3. Total internal reflection will occur above a certain 𝑖 value

P a g e | 85
 a) 2 and 3 b) 1 and 3 c) 2 only d) 3 only
990. A ray of light propagates from glass (refractive index= 3
) to
4
water (refractive index = ).The value of the
2 3
critical angle is

1 9 8 5
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 (√ ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
2 8 9 7
991. A given ray of light suffers minimum deviation in an equilateral prism 𝑃.Additional prisms 𝑄 and of
identical shape and material are now added to 𝑃,as shown in the figure. The ray will suffer

R
P

a) Same deviation b) Greater deviation

c) Total internal reflection d) No deviation
992. Refractive index of a medium is 𝜇. The incidence angle is twice that of refracting angle. The angle of
incidence is
𝜇 𝜇 𝜇
a) cos−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) 2 cos−1 ( ) d) sin−1 𝜇
2 2 2
993. A plane mirror makes an angle of 30° with horizontal. If a vertical ray strikes the mirror, find the angle
between mirror and reflected ray
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 90°
994. A microscope is focused on an ink mark on the top of a table. If we place a glass slab of 3 cm thick on it,
how should the microscope be moved to focus the ink spot again? The refractive index of glass is 1.5.
a) 2 cm upwards b) 2 cm downwards c) 1 cm upwards d) 1 cm downwards
995. A ray of light makes an angle of 10° with the horizontal above it and strikes a plane mirror which is
inclined at an angle 𝜃 to the horizontal. The angle 𝜃 for which the reflected ray becomes vertical is
a) 40° b) 50° c) 80° d) 100°
996. Image is formed for the short sighted person at
a) Retina b) Before retina
c) Behind the retina d) Image is not formed at all
997. 𝑃 is a point on the axis of a convex mirror. The image of 𝑃 formed by the mirror, coincides with 𝑃. A
rectangular glass slab of thickness 𝑡 and refractive index μ is now introduced between 𝑃 and the mirror.
For the image of 𝑃 to coincide with 𝑃 again, the mirror must be moves
a) Towards 𝑃 by (μ − 1)𝑡 b) Away from 𝑃 by (μ − 1)𝑡
1 1
c) Towards 𝑃 by 𝑡 (1 − μ) d) Away from 𝑃 by 𝑡 (1 − μ)
998. If angle of incidence is twice the angle of refraction in a medium of refractive index μ, then angle of
incidence is
μ μ
a) 2 cos−1 [ ] b) 2 sin−1 [ ] c) 2 cos−1[μ] d) 2 sin−1[μ]
2 2
999. A wire mesh consisting of very small squares is viewed at a distance of 8 cm through a magnifying
converging lens of focal length 10cm, kept close to the eye. The magnification produced by the lens is
a) 5 b) 8 c) 10 d) 20

P a g e | 86
100 A concave lens of focal length 20 cm placed in contact with a plane mirror acts as a convex mirror of focal
0. length
a) 10 cm b) 40 cm c) 60 cm d) 20 cm
100 Which of the following colours suffers maximum deviation in a prism
1.
a) Yellow b) Blue c) Green d) Orange
100 The band spectra (characteristic of molecular species) is due to emission of radiation
2.
a) Gaseous state b) Liquid state c) Solid state d) All of three states
100 If an object moves towards a plane mirror with a speed 𝑣 at an angle 𝜃 to the perpendicular to the plane of
3. the mirror, find the relative velocity between the object and the image
y
O I
 
 
vO vI
x

a) 𝑣 b) 2𝑣 c) 2𝑣 cos 𝜃 d) 2𝑣 sin 𝜃
100 The dispersive power is maximum for the material
4.
a) Flint glass b) Crown glass c) Mixture of both d) None of the above
100 A convex lens is immersed in a liquid, whose refractive index is equal to the refractive index of the
5. material of the lens. Then its focal length will
a) Decrease b) Become zero c) Become infinite d) Increase
100 The impact of an image on the retina remains for
6.
a) 0.1 𝑠 b) 0.5 𝑠 c) 10 𝑠 d) 15 𝑠
100 Two lenses have focal lengths 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 and their dispersive powers are 𝜔1 and 𝜔2 respectively. They will
7. together from an achromatic combination if
a) 𝜔1 𝑓1 = 𝜔2 𝑓2 b) 𝜔1 𝑓2 + 𝜔2 𝑓1 = 0 c) 𝜔1 + 𝑓1 = 𝜔2 + 𝑓2 d) 𝜔1 − 𝑓1 = 𝜔2 − 𝑓2
100 A ray of light is incidenting normally on a plane mirror. The angle of reflection will be
8.
a) 0° b) 90° c) Will not be reflected d) None of the above
100 A ray of light coming. Which of the following figures, shows dispersion of light?
9.
a) b) c) d)

R V R
V

V R
R V

101 Immiscible transparent liquids A, B, C, D and E are placed in a rectangular container of glass with the
0. liquids making layers according to their densities. The refractive index of the liquids are shown in the
adjoining diagram. The container is illuminated from the side and small piece of glass having refractive
index 1.61 is gently dropped into the liquid layer. The glass piece as it descends downwards will not be
visible in

P a g e | 87
 a) Liquid 𝐴 and 𝐵 only
b) Liquid 𝐶 only
c) Liquid 𝐷 and 𝐸 only
d) Liquid 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐷 and 𝐸
101 Three prisms 1, 2 and 3 have the prism angle 𝐴 = 60°, but their refractive indices are respectively 1.4, 1.5
1. and 1.6. If 𝛿1 , 𝛿2 , 𝛿3 be their respective angles of deviation then
a) 𝛿3 > 𝛿2 > 𝛿1 b) 𝛿1 > 𝛿2 > 𝛿3 c) 𝛿1 = 𝛿2 = 𝛿3 d) 𝛿2 > 𝛿1 > 𝛿3
101 A ray of light travelling in water is incident on its surface open to air. The angle of incidence isθ, which is
2. less than the critical angle. Then there will be
a) Only a reflected ray and no reflected ray
b) Only a reflected ray and no reflected ray
c) A reflected ray and a refracted ray and the angle between then would be less than 108° − 2θ
d) A reflected ray and a refracted ray and the angle between then would be greater than 108° − 2θ
101 A ray of light is incident on the hypotenuse of a right-angled prism after travelling parallel to the base
3. inside the prism. If μ is the refractive index of the material of the prism, the maximum value of the base
angle for which light is totally reflected from the hypotenuse is
1 1 μ−1 1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) tan−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) cos−1 ( )
μ μ μ μ
101 A bi-convex lens is formed with two thin plano-convex lenses as shown in the figure. Refractive index 𝑛 of
4. the first lens is 1.5 and that of the second lens is 1.2. Both the curved surfaces are of the same radius of
curvature 𝑅 = 14 𝑐𝑚. For this bi-convex lens, for an object distance of 40𝑐𝑚, the image distance will be

a) −280.0𝑐𝑚 b) 40.0 𝑐𝑚 c) 21.5 𝑐𝑚 d) 13.3 𝑐𝑚

101 The hyper-metropia is a
5.
a) Short-side defect b) Long-side defect
c) Bad vision due to old age d) None of these
101 The wavelength of sodium light in air is 5890Å. The velocity of light in air is 3 × 10−8 ms ̄¹. The wavelength
6. of light in a glass of refractive index 1.6 would be close to
a) 5890Å b) 3681Å c) 9424Å d) 15078Å
101 A thin plano-convex lens acts like a concave mirror of focal length 0.2 m when silvered from its plane
7. surface. The refractive index of the material of the lens is 1.5. The radius of curvature of the convex surface
the lens will be
a) 0.1 m b) 0.75 m c) 0.4 m d) 0.2 m
101 A ray of light passes through an equilateral prism such that an angle of incidence is equal to the angle of
8. emergence and the latter is equal to 3 th the angle of prism. The angle of deviation is
4
a) 45° b) 39° c) 20° d) 30°

P a g e | 88
101 The magnification of the image when an object is placed at a distance 𝑥 from the principle focus of a mirror
9. of focal length 𝑓is
𝑥 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓
a) b) 1 + c) d) 1 −
𝑓 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
102 A convex lens of focal length 30 𝑐𝑚 and a concave lens of 10 𝑐𝑚 focal length are placed so as to have the
0. same axis. If a parallel beam of light falling on convex lens leaves concave lens as a parallel beam, then the
distance between two lenses will be
a) 40 𝑐𝑚 b) 30 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 10 𝑐𝑚
102 How will the image formed by a convex lens be affected, if the central portion of the lens is wrapped in
1. blank paper, as shown in the figure

a) No image will be formed

b) Full image will be formed but is less bright
c) Full image will be formed but without the central portion
d) Two images will be formed, one due to each exposed half
102 A convex lens forms a real image of a point object placed on its principal axis. If the upper half of the lens is
2. painted black, the image will
a) Be shifted downwards b) Be shifted upwards
c) Not be shifted d) Shift on the principal axis
102 A telescope has an objective lens of focal length 200 𝑐𝑚 and an eye piece with focal length 2 𝑐𝑚. If this
3. telescope is used to see a 50 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟 tall building at a distance of 2 𝑘𝑚, what is the height of the image of the
building formed by the objective lens
a) 5 𝑐𝑚 b) 10 𝑐𝑚 c) 1 𝑐𝑚 d) 2 𝑐𝑚
102 A small fish 0.4 𝑚 below the surface of a lake, is viewed through a simple converging lens of focal length
4. 3 𝑚. The lens is kept at 0.2 𝑚 above the water surface such that fish lies on the optical axis of the lens. The
4
image of the fish seen by observer will be at (𝜇𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 3)

0.2m

0.4m

a) A distance of 0.2 𝑚 from the water surface

b) A distance of 0.6 𝑚 from the water surface
c) A distance of 0.3 𝑚 from the water surface
d) The same location of fish
102 If the focal length of the lens is 20 cm, what is the distance of the image from the lens in the following
5. figure?

P a g e | 89
 a) 5.5 cm b) 7.5 cm c) 12.0 cm d) 20.0 cm
102 Angle of minimum deviation for a prism of refractive index 1.5 is equal to the angle of the prism. The angle
6. of the prism is (given cos 41° − 24′ − 36′′ = 0.75)
a) 82° − 49′ − 12′′ b) 72° − 48′ − 30′′ c) 41° − 24′ − 36′′ d) 31° − 49′ − 30′′
102 Dispersion can take place for
7.
a) Transverse waves only but not for longitudinal waves
b) Longitudinal waves only but not for transverse waves
c) Both transverse and longitudinal waves
d) Neither transverse nor longitudinal
102 Lens used to remove long sightedness (hypermetropia) is or
8. A person suffering from hypermetropia requires which type of spectacle lenses
a) Concave lens b) Plano-concave lens
c) Convexo-concave lens d) Convex lens
102 Which of the following statement is true
9.
a) Velocity of light is constant in all media
b) Velocity of light in vacuum is maximum
c) Velocity of light is same in all reference frames
d) Laws of nature have identical form in all reference frames
103 A concave mirror is used to focus the image of a flower on a nearby well 120 𝑐𝑚 from the flower. If a
0. lateral magnification of 16 is desired, the distance of the flower from the mirror should be
a) 8 𝑐𝑚 b) 12 𝑐𝑚 c) 80 𝑐𝑚 d) 120 𝑐𝑚
103 Which of the following graphs show appropriate variation of refractive index 𝜇 with wavelength 𝜆
1.
a) b) c) d)
   

   
103 The image formed by an objective of a compound microscope is
2.
a) Virtual and diminished b) Real and diminished
c) Real and enlarged d) Virtual and enlarged
103 For a convex lens the distance of the object is taken on X, axis and the distance of the image is taken on Y-
3. axis, the nature of the graph so obtained is
a) Straight line b) Circle c) Parabola d) Hyperbola
103 A bulb of 100 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 is hanging at a height of one meter above the centre of a circular table of diameter 4 𝑚.
4. If the intensity at a point on its rim is 𝐼0 , then the intensity at the centre of the table will be
a) 𝐼0 b) 2√5𝐼0 c) 2𝐼0 d) 5√5𝐼0
103 A book can be read if it is placed at a distance of 50 cm from a source of 1 cd. At what distance should the
5. book placed if the source is of 16 cd?
a) 8 m b) 4 m c) 2 m d) 1 m
103 A concave mirror gives an image three times as large as the object placed at a distance of 20 𝑐𝑚 from it.
6. For the image to be real, the focal length should be
a) 10 𝑐𝑚 b) 15 𝑐𝑚 c) 20 𝑐𝑚 d) 30 𝑐𝑚
103 The focal length of a concave mirror is 20 cm. Where an object must be placed to form an image magnified
7. two times when the image is real?
a) 30 cm from the mirror b) 10 cm from the mirror
c) 20 cm from the mirror d) 15 cm from the mirror
P a g e | 90
103 Myopia is due to
8.
a) Elongation of eye ball b) Irregular change in focal length
c) Shortening of eye ball d) Older age
103 A convex lens of focal length 1 m forms a real, inverted image twice in size of the object. The distance of
3
9.
the object form the lens is
a) 0.5 m b) 0.166 m c) 0.33 m d) 1 m
104 A white screen illuminated by green and red light appears to be
0.
a) Green b) Red c) Yellow d) White
104 When the rectangular metal tank is filled to the top with an unknown liquid, as observer with eyes level
1. with the top of the tank can just see the corner 𝐸; a ray that refracts towards the observer at the top
surface of the liquid is shown. The refractive index of the liquid will be


3cm

E
4cm

a) 1.2 b) 1.4 c) 1.6 d) 1.9

104 A glass hemisphere of radius 0.04 m and 𝑅. 𝐼. of the material 1.6 is placed centrally over a cross mark on a
2. paper (i) with the flat face; (ii) with the curved face in contact with the paper. In each case the cross mark
is viewed directly from above. The position of the images will be
a) (i) 0.04 𝑚 from the flat face; (ii) 0.025 𝑚 from the flat face
b) (i) At the same position of the cross mark; (ii) 0.025 𝑚 below the flat face
c) (i) 0.025 𝑚 from the flat face; (ii) 0.04 𝑚 from the flat face
d) For both (i) and (ii) 0.025 𝑚 from the highest point of the hemisphere
104 The power of a thin convex lens ( 𝑎 𝑛g = 1.5) is + 0.5 D. When it is placed in a liquid of refractive index 𝑎 𝑛𝑙,
3. then it behaves as a concave lens of focal length 100 cm. The refractive index of the liquid 𝑎 𝑛𝑙 will be
a) 5/3 b) 4/3 c) √3 d) 5/4
104 Velocity of light in glass whose refractive index with respect to air is 1.5 is 2 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 and in certain
4. liquid the velocity of light found to be 2.5 × 108 𝑚/𝑠. The refractive index of the liquid with respect to air
is
a) 0.64 b) 0.80 c) 1.20 d) 1.44
104 “Lux” is a unit of
5.
a) Luminous intensity of a source b) Illuminance on a surface
c) Transmission coefficient of a surface d) Luminous efficiency of source of light
104 An movie projector forms an image 3.5𝑚 long of an object 35𝑚𝑚. Supposing there is negligible absorption
6. of light by aperture then illuminance on slide and screen will be in the ratio of
a) 100 ∶ 1 b) 104 ∶ 1 c) 1 ∶ 100 d) 1 ∶ 104
104 A transparent solid cylindrical rod has a refractive index of 2 . It is surrounded by air. A light ray is incident
√3
7.
at the mid-point of one end of the rod as shown in the figure.

The incident angle θ for which the light ray grazes along the wall of the rod is

P a g e | 91
 1 √3 2 1
a) sin−1 ( ) b) sin−1 ( ) c) sin−1 ( ) d) sin−1 ( )
2 2 √3 √3
104 To remove myopia (short sightedness) a lens of power 0.66 𝐷 is required. The distance point of the eye is
8. approximately
a) 100 𝑐𝑚 b) 150 𝑐𝑚 c) 50 𝑐𝑚 d) 25 𝑐𝑚
104 Two immiscible liquids of refractive indices 1.5 and are filled in glass jar each of length 6 cm. A light of
4
3
9.
source 𝑆 is at the bottom of the jar, the apparent depth of light source will be

4/3

1.5

a) 12.5 cm b) 17 cm c) 12 cm d) 8.5 cm
105 What is the relation between refractive indices μ1 , μ2 , and μ3 if the behavior of light rays is as shown in
0. figure

a) μ3 < μ2 , μ2 = μ1 b) μ2 < μ1 , μ2 = μ3 c) μ3 < μ2 < μ1 d) μ3 > μ2 > μ1

105 For normal vision, what is distance of object from eye?
1.
a) 30 cm b) 25 cm c) Infinite d) 40 cm

P a g e | 92
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: ANSWER KEY :
1) c 2) d 3) d 4) b 157) a 158) d 159) a 160) c
5) a 6) c 7) a 8) d 161) a 162) a 163) b 164) c
9) a 10) d 11) d 12) a 165) a 166) a 167) c 168) b
13) b 14) c 15) b 16) c 169) a 170) d 171) a 172) d
17) c 18) c 19) c 20) b 173) d 174) c 175) a 176) a
21) a 22) d 23) a 24) d 177) d 178) b 179) b 180) b
25) a 26) c 27) a 28) b 181) b 182) d 183) b 184) a
29) c 30) b 31) c 32) d 185) a 186) b 187) b 188) c
33) d 34) c 35) b 36) d 189) a 190) c 191) c 192) a
37) a 38) d 39) d 40) a 193) a 194) a 195) b 196) b
41) c 42) d 43) c 44) c 197) a 198) d 199) b 200) c
45) a 46) c 47) b 48) d 201) a 202) c 203) a 204) a
49) a 50) c 51) c 52) c 205) c 206) d 207) d 208) d
53) c 54) b 55) b 56) c 209) c 210) d 211) a 212) b
57) d 58) a 59) b 60) b 213) c 214) a 215) c 216) a
61) c 62) c 63) d 64) d 217) a 218) d 219) b 220) b
65) a 66) b 67) c 68) d 221) a 222) d 223) b 224) c
69) b 70) a 71) a 72) b 225) a 226) a 227) c 228) d
73) d 74) c 75) a 76) a 229) a 230) c 231) b 232) d
77) b 78) c 79) d 80) d 233) c 234) a 235) c 236) a
81) d 82) a 83) a 84) a 237) c 238) a 239) d 240) b
85) a 86) b 87) c 88) b 241) a 242) c 243) c 244) c
89) c 90) a 91) c 92) c 245) c 246) d 247) c 248) a
93) c 94) d 95) b 96) b 249) a 250) a 251) d 252) a
97) d 98) a 99) d 100) c 253) b 254) d 255) d 256) a
101) b 102) d 103) c 104) a 257) d 258) b 259) c 260) a
105) a 106) c 107) b 108) c 261) c 262) b 263) a 264) a
109) a 110) a 111) a 112) c 265) c 266) a 267) c 268) c
113) b 114) b 115) b 116) c 269) b 270) c 271) c 272) b
117) c 118) a 119) c 120) c 273) d 274) c 275) b 276) c
121) b 122) a 123) a 124) d 277) a 278) c 279) b 280) a
125) b 126) b 127) b 128) b 281) b 282) b 283) c 284) d
129) b 130) b 131) b 132) a 285) a 286) b 287) d 288) a
133) a 134) a 135) d 136) c 289) a 290) b 291) b 292) a
137) c 138) b 139) a 140) b 293) b 294) c 295) b 296) d
141) d 142) c 143) a 144) a 297) b 298) d 299) b 300) a
145) d 146) a 147) c 148) c 301) d 302) d 303) c 304) c
149) d 150) d 151) c 152) c 305) a 306) d 307) c 308) d
153) d 154) d 155) b 156) b 309) c 310) d 311) a 312) c
P a g e | 93
313) b 314) a 315) c 316) b 513) a 514) b 515) a 516) c
317) c 318) c 319) a 320) d 517) c 518) b 519) b 520) d
321) c 322) c 323) c 324) d 521) c 522) d 523) a 524) a
325) a 326) c 327) a 328) d 525) b 526) a 527) b 528) c
329) d 330) b 331) a 332) a 529) a 530) b 531) d 532) d
333) a 334) c 335) d 336) d 533) d 534) a 535) c 536) b
337) b 338) d 339) b 340) c 537) b 538) b 539) a 540) a
341) d 342) b 343) d 344) b 541) b 542) c 543) d 544) a
345) a 346) c 347) b 348) d 545) c 546) c 547) a 548) d
349) a 350) c 351) a 352) c 549) a 550) d 551) a 552) b
353) a 354) b 355) d 356) c 553) b 554) d 555) c 556) c
357) d 358) b 359) b 360) b 557) a 558) d 559) a 560) b
361) b 362) d 363) d 364) b 561) b 562) b 563) d 564) c
365) b 366) d 367) b 368) a 565) c 566) c 567) c 568) b
369) c 370) d 371) a 372) d 569) c 570) c 571) a 572) d
373) c 374) d 375) a 376) d 573) d 574) a 575) c 576) a
377) c 378) b 379) a 380) a 577) b 578) c 579) d 580) d
381) b 382) d 383) c 384) b 581) a 582) d 583) b 584) a
385) b 386) b 387) d 388) c 585) d 586) d 587) c 588) b
389) a 390) a 391) a 392) c 589) d 590) b 591) a 592) b
393) b 394) b 395) c 396) a 593) a 594) b 595) c 596) a
397) b 398) a 399) a 400) d 597) b 598) d 599) b 600) b
401) a 402) b 403) b 404) b 601) b 602) b 603) c 604) d
405) c 406) c 407) a 408) d 605) b 606) a 607) b 608) b
409) b 410) c 411) a 412) a 609) d 610) b 611) c 612) c
413) b 414) c 415) a 416) d 613) b 614) b 615) d 616) b
417) a 418) b 419) c 420) d 617) d 618) d 619) b 620) c
421) a 422) a 423) d 424) b 621) c 622) c 623) a 624) d
425) d 426) b 427) d 428) a 625) a 626) a 627) a 628) b
429) a 430) a 431) d 432) b 629) c 630) a 631) b 632) c
433) c 434) a 435) c 436) a 633) d 634) a 635) c 636) a
437) a 438) b 439) a 440) c 637) b 638) a 639) b 640) d
441) c 442) a 443) b 444) b 641) d 642) a 643) c 644) b
445) c 446) c 447) d 448) c 645) b 646) a 647) a 648) d
449) b 450) b 451) a 452) c 649) b 650) a 651) a 652) d
453) b 454) a 455) b 456) c 653) c 654) d 655) c 656) b
457) c 458) c 459) a 460) d 657) b 658) b 659) b 660) c
461) d 462) b 463) a 464) d 661) a 662) b 663) a 664) d
465) b 466) b 467) a 468) b 665) a 666) a 667) b 668) a
469) a 470) d 471) b 472) a 669) a 670) b 671) c 672) a
473) d 474) b 475) a 476) a 673) b 674) c 675) c 676) a
477) c 478) a 479) b 480) b 677) c 678) c 679) b 680) a
481) c 482) b 483) b 484) b 681) d 682) b 683) c 684) d
485) a 486) d 487) d 488) a 685) a 686) b 687) d 688) a
489) b 490) a 491) d 492) a 689) a 690) b 691) c 692) a
493) d 494) a 495) d 496) b 693) b 694) c 695) a 696) a
497) a 498) a 499) b 500) a 697) a 698) b 699) a 700) c
501) a 502) a 503) b 504) b 701) d 702) c 703) d 704) c
505) a 506) c 507) c 508) d 705) b 706) c 707) b 708) d
509) d 510) c 511) c 512) d 709) a 710) c 711) c 712) c
P a g e | 94
713) a 714) b 715) d 716) c 885) c 886) c 887) b 888) b
717) b 718) a 719) a 720) b 889) a 890) b 891) a 892) c
721) a 722) c 723) c 724) b 893) d 894) b 895) b 896) b
725) a 726) c 727) d 728) d 897) d 898) b 899) b 900) b
729) d 730) b 731) d 732) a 901) c 902) c 903) b 904) b
733) a 734) c 735) c 736) b 905) c 906) a 907) d 908) c
737) c 738) c 739) a 740) c 909) b 910) c 911) c 912) b
741) a 742) b 743) b 744) b 913) b 914) b 915) c 916) a
745) b 746) d 747) c 748) a 917) d 918) c 919) c 920) b
749) c 750) c 751) a 752) c 921) c 922) d 923) d 924) b
753) b 754) d 755) b 756) a 925) b 926) b 927) d 928) d
757) d 758) d 759) c 760) a 929) d 930) d 931) b 932) a
761) c 762) d 763) a 764) d 933) a 934) c 935) a 936) b
765) b 766) a 767) b 768) a 937) b 938) c 939) c 940) c
769) a 770) b 771) d 772) c 941) d 942) a 943) b 944) c
773) b 774) d 775) b 776) c 945) a 946) c 947) c 948) a
777) b 778) b 779) a 780) b 949) d 950) a 951) c 952) b
781) b 782) d 783) c 784) b 953) a 954) c 955) d 956) c
785) b 786) d 787) b 788) c 957) c 958) a 959) c 960) d
789) c 790) b 791) a 792) d 961) a 962) d 963) b 964) a
793) b 794) b 795) a 796) c 965) a 966) d 967) a 968) a
797) a 798) a 799) b 800) c 969) d 970) c 971) c 972) b
801) b 802) a 803) c 804) b 973) a 974) d 975) b 976) a
805) b 806) b 807) a 808) d 977) a 978) a 979) a 980) a
809) b 810) d 811) c 812) b 981) d 982) d 983) d 984) a
813) a 814) b 815) b 816) c 985) c 986) b 987) a 988) c
817) a 818) c 819) a 820) b 989) c 990) c 991) a 992) c
821) b 822) a 823) a 824) b 993) c 994) c 995) a 996) b
825) b 826) a 827) b 828) d 997) c 998) a 999) a 1000) a
829) a 830) a 831) c 832) b 1001) b 1002) a 1003) c 1004) a
833) d 834) a 835) a 836) b 1005) c 1006) a 1007) b 1008) a
837) c 838) d 839) a 840) b 1009) d 1010) b 1011) a 1012) c
841) b 842) c 843) a 844) d 1013) d 1014) b 1015) b 1016) b
845) a 846) b 847) a 848) a 1017) d 1018) d 1019) c 1020) c
849) c 850) d 851) b 852) b 1021) b 1022) c 1023) a 1024) d
853) a 854) a 855) c 856) d 1025) b 1026) a 1027) c 1028) d
857) b 858) a 859) b 860) c 1029) b 1030) a 1031) a 1032) c
861) a 862) a 863) a 864) b 1033) d 1034) d 1035) c 1036) b
865) b 866) c 867) c 868) c 1037) a 1038) a 1039) a 1040) c
869) b 870) a 871) d 872) d 1041) a 1042) b 1043) a 1044) c
873) c 874) d 875) c 876) a 1045) b 1046) b 1047) d 1048) b
877) c 878) b 879) a 880) b 1049) a 1050) a 1051) b
881) d 882) b 883) d 884) d

P a g e | 95
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: HINTS AND SOLUTIONS :

1 (c) Or 𝑓 2 − 𝑓𝑥2 − 𝑓𝑥1 + 𝑥1 𝑥2 = 2𝑓 2 − 𝑓(𝑥1 + 𝑥2 )
Magnification will be done by compound Or 𝑓 2 = 𝑥1 𝑥2 or 𝑓 = √𝑥1 𝑥2
microscope only when 𝑓𝑜 < 𝑓𝑒 This is Newton’s mirror formula
2 (d) 9 (a)
𝐿𝐷 10 × 25 Number of images 𝑛 =
360°
−1
𝑚≃ ⇒𝑚= = 500 θ
𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 0.5 × 1
Where, θ = angle between mirrors
3 (d)
𝛿 −𝛿
Thus, θ = 60°
We know that 𝛿 𝑣 𝑟 = 𝜔 So, number of images
𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛
⇒ Angular dispersion = 𝛿𝑣 − 𝛿𝑟 = 𝜃 = 𝜔𝛿𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 360°
𝑛= −1 = 5
4 (b) 60°
1 10 (d)
𝜇∝ As 𝜇2 > 𝜇1 , the upper half of the lens will become
𝜆
5 (a) diverging
Condition of no emergence is As 𝜇1 > 𝜇3 , the lower half of the lens will become
𝐴>𝐶 converging
As angle of prism is greater than critical angle for 11 (d)
blue and green coloured rays, total internal Focal length of lens in given by
reflection will take place at second surface and 1 1 1
= (𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − )
hence the arrangement will separate red colour 𝑓𝑤 𝑅1 𝑅2
from blue and green. 1.6 1 1
=( − 1) ( + )
6 (c) 1.63 15 15
0.03 × 2 −6
𝑓𝑜 = 50 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓𝑒 = 5 𝑐𝑚, 𝐷 = 25 𝑐𝑚 and 𝑢𝑜 = =− =
200 𝑐𝑚. 1.63 × 15 1.63 × 15
815
Separation between the objective and the eye lens 𝑠𝑜, 𝑓𝑤 = −
2
is = −407.5 𝑐𝑚
𝑢𝑜 𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 𝐷
𝐿= + 12 (a)
(𝑢𝑜 − 𝑓𝑜 ) (𝑓𝑒 + 𝐷) As refractive index for 𝑧 > 0 and 𝑧 ≤ 0 is
200 × 50 5 × 25
= + = 71 𝑐𝑚 different 𝑋 − 𝑌 plane should be boundary
(200 − 50) (5 + 25) between two media
7 (a) Angle of incidence,
𝑓𝑜
𝑚=−
𝑓𝑒 𝐴𝑧 1
8 (d) cos 𝑖 = || || =
2
1 1 1 √𝐴2𝑥 + 𝐴2𝑦 + 𝐴2𝑧
+ =
𝑢 𝑣 𝑓 ∴ 𝑖 = 60°
1 1 1 From Snell’s law
+ =
𝑓 − 𝑥1 𝑓 − 𝑥2 𝑓 sin 𝑖 √3
𝑓−𝑥 +𝑓−𝑥 1
Or (𝑓−𝑥 2)(𝑓−𝑥1 ) = 𝑓 =
1 2
sin 𝑟 2

P a g e | 96
 ⇒ 𝑟 = 45° For greater aperture of lens light passing through
13 (b) lens is more and so intensity of image increases
1 1 1
For first case : 𝑓 = 𝑣 − ∞ ⇒ 𝑓 = 𝑣 22 (d)
1 1 1 From the figure for real image formation
For second case 𝑓 = (𝑓+5) − −(𝑓+20) ⇒ 𝑓 = 10 𝑐𝑚 𝑥 + 𝑥 ′ + 2𝑓 ≥ 4𝑓 ⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑥 ′ ≥ 2𝑓
Alternative sol. −𝑓 2 = 𝑥1 𝑥2 ⇒ 𝑓 = 10 𝑐𝑚 23 (a)
14 (c) 1 1
𝑓 = = m = 20 cm
𝑃 5
In liquids converging ability (power) of convex 1 1 1
Now, 𝑣 − 𝑢 = 20
lens decreases
1 1 1 1 1 1
15 (b) Or 𝑣 − −25 = 20 or 𝑣 = 20 − 25
From Hugen’s principle, if the incident wavefront 1 5−4 1
Or 𝑣 = 100 or 𝑣 = 100
1

be parallel to the interface of the two media

Or 𝑑 = 100 cm = 1 m
(𝑖 = 0), then the refracted wavefront will also be
24 (d)
parallel to the interface (𝑟 = 0). 𝑓
In other words, if light rays fall normally on the For concave mirror 𝑚 = 𝑓−𝑢
interface, then on passing to the second medium 𝑓
For real image 𝑚 = − (𝑢−𝑓) = − 𝑥
𝑓

they will not deviate from their original path.

𝑓 1
16 (c) =− ⇒𝑚∝
(Distance of object from focus) 𝑥
For equal fogging 𝐼2 × 𝑡2 = 𝐼2 × 𝑡2
𝐿2 𝐿1 16 20 25 (a)
⇒ 2 × 𝑡2 = 2 × 𝑡1 ⇒ × 𝑡2 = × 10 Using equation, the total apparent shift is
𝑟2 𝑟1 4 1
⇒ 𝑡2 = 50𝑠
17 (c)
The refractive index of glass with respect to water
is
𝑎 μg
𝑤 μg =
𝑎 μ𝑤
Given, 𝑎 μg = 1.5, 𝑎 μ𝑤 = 1.33 1 1
1.5 𝑠 = ℎ1 (1 − ) + ℎ2 (1 − )
w μg = 1.33 = 1.80 μ1 μ2
𝑎 μ𝑑 1 1
Also 𝑤 μ𝑑 = Or 𝑠 = 4 (1 − 4/3) + 6 (1 − 3/2)
𝑎 μ𝑤
Given, 𝑎 μ𝑑 = 2.4, 𝑎 μ𝑤 = 1.33 = 3.0 cm
2.4 Thus, ℎ = ℎ1 + ℎ2 − 𝑠 = 4 + 6 − 3
∴ 𝑤 μ𝑑 = = 1.6
1.33 = 7.0 cm
18 (c) 26 (c)
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ μ−1 By formula 𝛿 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 ⇒ 34 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 and in
= μ𝑤
𝑓𝑎 ₐ −1 the second position 𝛿 ′ = (𝜇 − 1) 2
𝐴
μ𝑎
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ 1.5 − 1 34 (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 34
= ∴ = or 𝛿 ′ = = 17°
10 1/8 𝛿 ′
(𝜇 − 1)
𝐴 2
0.5 − 10 2
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ = = 40 cm 27 (a)
1/8
In short sightedness, the focal length of eye lens
20 (b)
decreases and so the power of eye lens increases
Relative velocity of image 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡 man
28 (b)
= 15 − (−15) = 30 𝑚/𝑠
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
sin ( 2
)
Man Image μ= 𝐴
sin 2
15m/s 15m/s
𝐴+𝛿
𝐴 sin ( 2 𝑚)
cot = 𝐴
21 (a) 2 sin 2

P a g e | 97
 𝐴 𝐴+𝛿𝑚 1 1 1 1 1
cos
2
sin(
2
) So 2.5×10−2 − −∞ = 𝑓 or 𝑃 = 𝑓 = 2.5×10−2 = 40𝐷
Or 𝐴 = 𝐴
sin sin
2 2 An eye sees an object at 25 𝑐𝑚 with strain
𝜋 𝐴 𝐴+𝛿𝑚 1 1 1
Or sin ( 2 − 2 ) = sin ( 2
) So 2.5×10−2 − −25×10−2 = 𝑓
𝜋 𝐴 𝐴 𝛿𝑚
Or −2=2+ 1
2 2 or 𝑃 = 𝑓 = 40 + 4 = 44𝐷
𝜋 𝛿𝑚
Or 2
−𝐴= 2 33 (d)
𝜋 − 2𝐴 𝛿𝑚 1
= 𝑚∝ ∝𝑃
2 2 𝑓
∴ 𝛿𝑚 = 180° − 2𝐴 34 (c)
29 (c) Separation = 𝑓0 + 𝑓 𝑒+𝐷
𝑓𝐷

Focal length of effective lens 𝑒

5 × 25 125
1 2 1 2 1 𝑓𝑙 = 80 + = 80 +
= + = + ⇒𝐹= 5 + 25 30
𝐹 𝑓𝑙 𝑓𝑚 𝑓𝑙 ∞ 2
= 84.16 cm = 84.2 cm
30 (b)
35 (b)
sin 𝜃𝑐 1 1
= 𝑣 ∝ 𝜇 , μ is smaller for air than water, glass and
sin 90 𝜇
1 diamond
sin 𝜃𝑐 =
𝜇 36 (d)
1 𝑅
𝑓 = 2 = 20 𝑐𝑚, 𝑚 = 2. For real image; 𝑚 = −2
⇒ sin 𝜃𝑐 =
𝑛 𝑓 −20
By using 𝑚 = 𝑓−𝑢 , −2 = −20−𝑢 ⇒ 𝑢 = −30𝑐𝑚
For virtual image; 𝑚 = +2
−20
So, +2 = −20−𝑢 ⇒ 𝑢 = −10 𝑐𝑚
37 (a)
According to new cartesian sign convention,
Object distance 𝑢 = −40 cm
1 𝑅 2 + 𝐷 2 𝑛2
𝑅
⇒ ⇒ = =
√𝑅 2 + 𝐷 2 𝑛 𝑅2 1
𝐷2 𝐷 2
⇒ 1 + 2 = 𝑛2 − 1 ⇒ 𝑅 2 = 2
𝑅 𝑛 −1
𝐷
𝑅=
√𝑛2 − 1
If the bulb is not at seen through the surface 𝑅
must be greater than
𝐷 𝐷
𝑅>
2
√𝑛 − 1 2
√𝑛 − 1 Image distance 𝑣 = ?
31 (c)
Focal length 𝑓 = −20 cm
∴ From mirror formula
1 1 1
+ =
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
O C 1 1 1
Or = −
𝑣 𝑓 𝑢
x 1 1 1 1
40 cm
Or 𝑣
= −20 − (−40) = − 40
1 Or 𝑣 = −40 cm
∆𝑥 = (1 − ) 𝑡 ∴ The image is on the same side of the object.
𝜇
1 𝑣 (−40)
= (1 − ) × 6 = 2 𝑐𝑚 Now, magnification 𝑚 = 𝑢 = − (−20)
= −2
1.5
Hence, the image is real, inverted and of same sie.
Distance of object from mirror = 42 𝑐𝑚
38 (d)
32 (d)
An eye sees distant objects with full relaxation
P a g e | 98
 According to the following figure distance of Hence 𝛿 = sin−1(𝜇 sin 𝑖) − 𝑖
image 𝐼 from camera This is a non-linear relation. The maximum value
𝜋
= √(6)2 + (1.5)2 = 6.18 𝑚 of 𝛿 is 𝛿1 = 2 − 𝐶
1
Where 𝑖 = 𝑐 and 𝜇 =
sin 𝑐

i i

For 𝑖 > 𝑐, deviation 𝛿 = 𝜋 − 2𝑖

𝛿 decreases linearly with 𝑖
𝛿2 = 𝜋 − 2 𝑐 = 2𝛿1
39 (d) 47 (b)
sin 𝑖 2𝜋 sin 𝑟
Refraction at air-oil point 𝜇𝑜𝑖𝑙 = sin 𝑟 From graph, slope = tan ( 10 ) =
1 sin 𝑖
sin 40 𝜇 sin 𝑖 1 4
∴ sin 𝑟1 = = 0.443 Also 𝑢1 𝜇2 = 𝜇2 = sin 𝑟 = 2𝜋 =
3
⇒ 𝜇2 > 𝜇1
1.45 1 tan( )
10
sin 𝑟
Refraction at oil-water point 𝑜𝑖𝑙 𝜇𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = sin 𝑟1 It means that medium 2 is denser medium. So
1.33 0.443 0.443 × 1.45 total internal reflection cannot occur
∴ = or sin 𝑟 = ⇒𝑟 48 (d)
1.45 sin 𝑟 1.33
= 28.9° 𝑂 = 2 mm, 𝑢 = −20 cm
40 (a) 𝑅 40
𝑓= = = 20 cm
Rock salt prism is used to see infrared radiations 2 2
41 (c) From mirror formula,
1 1 1
𝛽 𝑓𝑜 𝛽 100 = +
= ⇒ = ⇒ 𝛽 = 25° 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
𝛼 𝑓𝑒 0.5° 2
1 1 1
42 (d) = +
20 𝑣 −20
Clearly, the distance of image from observer is 40 1 1 1
cm = +
𝑣 20 20
⇒ 𝑣 = 10 cm

𝐼 𝑣
∴ =
𝑂 𝑢
44 (c)
𝑥 1.22 𝜆 1.22 𝜆𝑟 𝐼 10
= ⇒𝑥= =
𝑟 𝑑 𝑑 2 20
1.22 × 500 × 10−9 × 400 × 103
= = 50 𝑚 ⇒ 𝐼 = 1 mm
5 × 10−3
45 (a) Height of image = 1 mm
The ray of light is refracted at the plane surface.
However, since the ray is travelling from a denser 49 (a)
to a rarer medium, for an angle of incidence (i) 𝐷 25
𝑚 =1+ ⇒6=1+ ⇒ 𝑓 = 5 𝑐𝑚 = 0.05 𝑚
greater than the critical angle (c) the ray will be 𝑓 𝑓
totally internally reflected 50 (c)
𝜙 = 4𝜋𝐿 = 4 × 3.14 × 100 = 1256 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
 r
51 (c)
Considering pole at 𝑃, we have
i

1 sin 𝑖
For 𝑖 < 𝑐; deviation 𝛿 = 𝑟 − 𝑖 with 𝜇 = sin 𝑟

P a g e | 99
 different frequencies correspond to different
colours observed.
58 (a)
𝜔1 𝜔2 0.02 0.04
By using 𝑓1
+ 𝑓2
=0⇒ 𝑓1
+ 40 =0
𝑓1 = −20 𝑐𝑚
𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 − 𝜇1
− = 60 (b)
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅
1 𝑢 1−𝜇 For total internal reflection to take place
⇒ − = 𝑖 > 𝜃𝑐
∞ (−2𝑅) (−𝑅)
𝜇 1−𝜇 Taking sine on both sides, we get
⇒ = ⇒𝜇=2 sin i > sin 𝜃𝑐
2𝑅 (−𝑅)
52 (c) [as angle i at both face will be 45°]
𝛿𝐵 − 𝛿𝑅 1 1
Dispersive power, 𝜔 = ⟹ >
𝛿 √2 𝜇
𝛿𝐵 − 𝛿𝑅 12° − 8° 2
𝑓𝑜𝑟 1𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑠𝑚, 𝜔1 = = = ⟹ 𝜇 > √2
𝛿 10° 5 61 (c)
𝛿𝐵 + 𝛿𝑅
Where 𝛿 = 2 𝐼 𝐼 𝑟22 40 2 8 2
Similarly for second prism, 𝑡 = 𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡2 = 2 𝑡1 = ( ) s = ( ) s
𝑟12 1 𝑟22 2 𝑟1 25 5
14° − 10° 1 64
𝜔2 = = = s = 12.8 s
12 3 5
𝜔1 2 3 6
∴ = × = 62 (c)
𝜔2 5 1 5 Here, angle of prism 𝐴 = 60°
53 (c)
Refractive index, 𝜇 = √3
According to the problem, combination of 𝐿1 and
At the minimum deviation 𝛿𝑚 , the refracted ray
𝐿2 act a simple glass plate. Hence according to
inside the prism becomes parallel to its base
formula 𝐴+𝛿𝑚
1 1 1 𝑑 sin ( )
2
= + − 𝜇= 𝐴
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 sin ( 2 )
1 1 𝑑 1 1 𝑑 60°+𝛿
+ − =0⇒ + = sin ( 2 𝑚) 60° + 𝛿𝑚
𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
√3 = 60°
⇒ √3 sin 30° = sin ( )
1 1 𝑑 −20 𝑑 sin ( ) 2
⇒ − = ⇒ =− 2
30 10 30 × −10 30 × 10 30 × 10
√3 60° + 𝛿𝑚 60° + 𝛿𝑚
⇒ 𝑑 = 20 𝑐𝑚 = sin ( ) ⇒ sin 60° = sin ( )
54 (b) 2 2 2
60° + 𝛿𝑚
𝑐 3 × 108 60° = ⇒ 𝛿𝑚 = 60°
𝑣= = = 2.25 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 2
𝜇 1.33 As 𝛿𝑚 = 2𝑖 − 𝐴, where 𝑖 is the angle of incidence
55 (b) Hence, 𝑖 = 𝜃
For different colours 𝜇 change so deviation of 𝛿𝑚 + 𝐴 60° + 60°
different colour’s also different ∴ 𝜃=( )= = 60°
2 2
56 (c) 63 (d)
The image is erect and diminished. So, the mirror sin (
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
)
2
in necessarily convex 𝜇= 𝐴
57 (d) sin 2
When sunlight is incident on a prism, it produces For equilateral prism, ∠𝐴 = 60°
spectrum due to refraction of light. Refraction is sin (
60°+60°
) √3
2 sin 60° 2
the change in direction of a wave due to a chance 𝜇= 60°
= = 1 = √3 = 1.73
sin 2 sin 30°
in its velocity. Glass has a higher refractive index 2
than air and the different frequencies of light 64 (d)
travel at different speeds (dispersion), causing 𝑢 = −20 cm, 𝑓 = 20 cm
them to be refracted at different angles. The From mirror formula,

P a g e | 100
 1 1 1 ∴ magnification of this microscope is
= +
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 𝑀 = 𝑀0 × 𝑀𝑒 = 25 × 6 = 150
1 1 1 75 (a)
= + 1 1 1
20 𝑣 −20 𝐿𝐷 = 𝑣𝑜 + 𝑢𝑒 and for objective lens = −
1 1 1 𝑓𝑜 𝑣𝑜 𝑢𝑜
= + Putting the values with proper sign convention
𝑣 20 20
1 2 1 1 1
= ⇒ 𝑣 = 10 cm = − ⇒ 𝑣𝑜 = 7.5 𝑐𝑚
𝑣 20 +2.5 𝑣𝑜 (−3.75)
66 (b) For eye lens
1
=
1
−
1
𝑓𝑒 𝑣𝑒 𝑢𝑒
Because in dispersion of white light, the rays of
1 1 1
different colours are not parallel to each other. ⇒ = − ⇒ 𝑢𝑒 = −4.16 𝑐𝑚
+5 (−25) 𝑢𝑒
Also deviation takes place in same direction
⇒ |𝑢𝑒 | = 4.16 𝑐𝑚
67 (c)
Hence 𝐿𝐷 = 7.5 + 4.16 = 11.67 𝑐𝑚
𝐷 × 𝑓 1.39 × 109 × 10 × 10−2
𝑑= = 76 (a)
𝑟1 1.5 × 1011 𝑎
Resolving power = 1.22𝜆
= 9.26 × 10−4 𝑚
68 (d) 77 (b)
𝑅 15 Note that image formation by a mirror does not
𝑓= = = 25 𝑐𝑚 depend on the medium. As 𝑃 is at a height ℎ
(𝜇 − 1) (1.6 − 1)
100 100 above the mirror, image of 𝑃 will be at a depth ℎ
∴𝑃= = = +4𝐷 below the mirror
𝑓 25
69 (b) If 𝑑 is depth of liquid in the tank, apparent depth
In myopia, 𝑢 = ∞, 𝑣 = 𝑑 = distance of far point of 𝑃,
1 1 1 𝑑−ℎ
By = − , we get 𝑓 = −𝑑 𝑥1 =
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
μ
Since 𝑓 is negative, hence the lens used is concave ∴ Apparent distance between 𝑃 and its image
71 (a) 𝑑 + ℎ 𝑑 − ℎ 2ℎ
𝐴 = 𝑟 + 0 ⟹ 𝑟 = 30° = 𝑥2 − 𝑥1 = − =
μ μ μ
From Snell’s law at surface 𝐴𝐵 78 (c)
sin 𝑖
𝜇= 𝐴 = 𝑟 + 0 ⇒ 𝑟 = 30°
sin 𝑟 A

i r

B C
From Snell’s law at surface 𝐴𝐵
sin 𝑖
𝜇=
sin 𝑟
sin 45° 2 sin 𝑖
or 𝜇 = = = √2 ⇒ √2 = ⇒ 𝑖 = 45°
sin 30° √2 sin 30°
72 (b) 79 (d)
𝑚 = 𝑚𝑜 × 𝑚𝑒 ⇒ 100 = 5 × 𝑚𝑒 ⇒ 𝑚𝑒 = 20 From Snell’s law, refractive index (μ) is given by
sin 𝑖
73 (d) μ= … (i)
Because to form the complete image only two rays sin 𝑟
Where 𝑖 is angle of incidence and 𝑟 of refraction.
are to be passed through the lens and moreover, 𝑣
Also, μ = 𝑣1 … (ii)
since the total amount of light released by the 2

object is not passing through the lens, therefore Equating Eqs, (i) and (ii), we get
image is faint (intensity in decreased) sin 𝑖 𝑣1
μ= =
74 (c) sin 𝑟 𝑣2
Given 𝑀0 = 25 𝑀𝑒 = 6
P a g e | 101
 𝑣2 𝜆𝑎 5890
⇒ sin 𝑟 = . sin 𝑖 𝜆𝑔 = = = 3681 Å
𝑣1 𝜇𝑔 1.6
1 89 (c)
Given, 𝑣2 = 2𝑢, 𝑣1 = 𝑢, 𝑖 = 30°, sin 30° =
2 Incident ray and finally reflected ray are parallel
1 to each other means δ = 180°
∴ sin 𝑟 = 2 × = 1
2 From δ = 360° − 2θ
⇒ 𝑟 = 90°
⇒ 180° = 360° − 2θ
82 (a)
⇒ θ = 90°
Focal length for violet is minimum
83 (a)
Here optical distance between fish and the bird is
𝑠 = 𝑦 ′ + 𝜇𝑦
𝑑𝑠 𝑑𝑦 ′ 𝜇𝑑𝑦
Differentiating 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡. we get 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑑𝑡
+ 𝑑𝑡
4 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦
⇒9=3+ ⇒ = 4.5 𝑚/𝑠
3 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
84 (a)
𝐷 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴
90 (a)
For blue light 𝜇 is greater than that for red light,
When lenses are in contact
So 𝐷₂ > 𝐷₁
1 1 1 1 1
85 (a) 𝑃 = = + ⇒ 10 = + … (i)
3 12
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
Given that, 𝑎 μg = 2 and 𝑎 μ𝑞 = 5 When they are distance 𝑑 apart
So, we get 1 1 1 𝑑
μ𝑞 μ𝑎 μ𝑞 𝑃′ = = + − ⇒6
∴ g μ𝑞 = . = 𝐹′ 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
μ𝑎 μg μg 1 1 0.25
12 2 8 = + − … (ii)
𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
= × =
5 3 5 From equation (i) and (ii) 𝑓1 𝑓2 = 16
1
…(iii)
86 (b)
5
Distance of object from the pole of convex From equation (i) and (iii) 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 = …(iv)
8
mirror 𝑢 = −𝑓. Also (𝑓1 − 𝑓2 )2 = (𝑓2 + 𝑓2 )2 − 4𝑓1 𝑓2
Distance of image from the pole of convex mirror 5 2 1 9
Hence (𝑓1 − 𝑓2 )2 = (8) − 4 × 16 = 64
𝑣 =?
3
The Focal length ⇒ 𝑓1 − 𝑓2 = … (v)
1 1 1 8
= + On solving (iv) and (v) 𝑓1 = 0.5 𝑚 and 𝑓2 =
𝑓 𝑢 𝑣
1 1 1 0.125 𝑚
Or = + 91 (c)
𝑓 −𝑓 𝑣
1 1 1 In case of convex lens if rays are coming from the
Or = + focus, then the emergent rays after refraction are
𝑣 𝑓 𝑓
1 2 𝑓 parallel to principal axis
Or = ⇒ 𝑣 = 92 (c)
𝑣 𝑓 2
87 (c) At 𝑃, 𝑢 = 𝑣 which happened only when 𝑢 = 2𝑓
For correcting myopia, concave lens is used and At another point 𝑄 on the graph (above 𝑃)
for lens. 𝑣 > 2𝑓
𝑢 = wants to see = −50 𝑐𝑚 v
Q
𝑣 = can see = −25 𝑐𝑚
1 1 1 1 1 1 P
From 𝑓 = 𝑣 − 𝑢 ⇒ 𝑓 = −25 − (−50) ⇒ 𝑓 = −50 𝑐𝑚 2f
100 100
So power 𝑃 = 𝑓
= −50 = −2𝐷
2f u
88 (b)
93 (c)
P a g e | 102
 sin(
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
2
) 103 (c)
Given 𝛿𝑚 = 𝐴, as 𝜇 = 𝐴 1 1 1 20 + 1 240
sin( )
2 = + = ⇒𝑓= 𝑚
𝐴+𝐴 𝑓 12 240 240 21
sin ( 2
) 𝐴 𝜇 2 1
⇒𝜇= 𝐴
= 2 cos ⇒ 𝐴 = 2 cos−1 ( ) Shift = 1 (1 − 3) = 3
sin ( ) 2 2
2 1 35
Now 𝑣 ′ = 12 − 3 = 3 𝑐𝑚
94 (d)
2 21 3 1
ℎ 4 ∴ = −
μ= 3
= 240 35 𝑢
1 3 1 3 21 1 3 21
ℎ
2 ⇒ = − = ( − )
ℎ being depth of beaker. 𝑢 35 240 5 7 48
5 144 − 147
95 (b) =| |
𝑢 48 × 7
A water drop in air behaves as converging lens
𝑢 = 560𝑐𝑚 = 5.6𝑚
Hence shifting of object = 5.6 − 2.4 = 3.2𝑚
104 (a)
𝑓water = 4 × 𝑓air , air lens is made up of glass
105 (a)
1
𝑣 ∝ , 𝜇rarer < 𝜇denser
𝜇
96 (b) 107 (b)
𝜙 = 4𝜋𝐿 = 200 𝜋 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 Given, refractive index of prism μ = 1.732
𝜙 200 𝜋 2
So 𝐼 = = = (0.1)2 = 200 𝑙𝑢𝑥 Let the angle of prism is 𝐴.
100 𝐴 100×𝜋𝑟 2
97 (d) The angle of minimum deviation = The angel of
Light from lamp or electric heater gives prism
continuous spectrum δ𝑚 = 𝐴
98 (a) The refractive index of prism
𝐴 + δ𝑚
Dispersion is caused due to refraction as 𝜇 sin [ ]
2
depends on 𝜆 μ= 𝐴
sin 2
99 (d)
1 2 1 𝐴+𝐴
Here 𝐹 = 𝑓 + 𝑓 sin [ 2 ]
𝑚 Or μ = 𝐴
Plano-convex lens silvered on plane side has 𝑓𝑚 = sin 2
∞ sin 𝐴
Or 1.732 = 𝐴
1 2 1 1 2 sin 2
∴ = + ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑓 = 60 𝑐𝑚
𝐹 𝑓 ∞ 30 𝑓 𝐴 𝐴
2 sin 2 . cos
Plano-convex lens silvered on convex side has Or √3 = 2
𝑅 𝐴
𝑓𝑚 = 2 sin 2
1 2 2 1 2 2 Or 𝐴 = 60°
∴ = + ⇒ = + ⇒ 𝑅 = 30 𝑐𝑚 108 (c)
𝐹 𝑓 𝑅 10 60 𝑅
1 1
Now using 𝑓 = (𝜇 − 1) (𝑅), we get 𝜇 = 1.5 As shown in Figure

100 (c)
Ray after reflection from three mutually
perpendicular mirrors becomes anti-parallel
In this case refraction of the rays starting from 𝑡0
101 (b)
3
takes place from a plane surface. So, we can use
𝛿𝑎 (𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) (2 − 1) 𝛿𝑎 𝑑actual
= = 3/2 = 4 ⇒ 𝛿𝜔 = 𝑑app = μ
𝛿𝜔 (𝜔 𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − 1) 4 4
4/3 Or 3 =μ
102 (d) 4
𝑐 3×108 Or μ =3
Distance = 𝑣 × 𝑡 = 𝜇 × 𝑡 = 1.5
× 10−9
= 0.2 𝑚 = 20 𝑐𝑚
P a g e | 103
 As shown in Fig (b). In this case refraction takes 𝐸1 𝐼 9𝑟 2
∴ = ×
place from a spherical surface. Hence, applying 𝐸2 𝑟 2 10𝐼
μ2 μ1 μ2 − μ1 𝐸2 10
− = Or =
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅 𝐸1 9
We have, 118 (a)
1 4/3 1 − 4/3
− =
(−25/8) −4 −𝑅
1 1 8 1
Or 3𝑅
= 3 − 25 = 75
∴ 𝑅 = 25 cm
Now, to find the focal length we will use the lens As is clear from figure the distance of image with
maker formula reference to observer reduces by 10 cm in one
1 1 1 second
= (μ − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 119 (c)
4 1 1 1 2𝑓
= ( − 1) ( − )= 𝑑=
3 ∞ −25 75 3
∴ 𝑓 =75 cm 3𝑑 3 × 12
𝑜𝑟 𝑓 = = = 18 𝑐𝑚
109 (a) 2 2
𝑓𝑜 Equivalent focal length is
By formula 𝑚 =
𝑓𝑒 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓 18 × 18 18
110 (a) 𝑓′ = + = +
𝑓1 + 𝑓2 4 18 + 18 4
1 1 1
−( )= = 9 + 4.5 = 13.5 cm
5u −u 30
1 1 1 121 (b)
+ = Here, 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 2𝐷 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑃1 = 5𝐷
5u u 30
5+1 1 So 𝑃2 = −3 𝐷
= For an achromatic combination
5u 30
u = 36 cm 𝜔1 𝑃1 + 𝜔2 𝑃2 = 0
111 (a) 𝜔1 𝑃2 (−3) 3
𝑜𝑟 = (− ) = − =
𝐼1 𝑟12 25 2 1 𝜔2 𝑃1 2 5
= 2=( ) = 122 (a)
𝐼2 𝑟2 50 4
112 (c) In election microscope, electron beam (𝜆 = Å)is
𝑚1 =
𝐴1
and 𝑚2 =
𝐴2
⇒ 𝑚1 𝑚2 =
𝐴1 𝐴2 used so its resolving power is approx. 5000 times
𝑂 𝑂 𝑂2
more than that of ordinary microscope (𝜆 =
Also it can be proved that 𝑚1 𝑚2 = 1
5000Å)
So 𝑂 = √𝐴1 𝐴2
123 (a)
113 (b) 0.8 × 10−14
𝑣1 𝜆1 μ1 = 1.20 +
𝑣∝𝜆⇒ = (400 × 10−9 )2
𝑣2 𝜆2 0.8×10−14
𝑣1 4500 Or μ1 = 1.20 + 400×400×10−18
∴ 𝑣2 = × 𝜆2 = 3 × 108 × 0.8
𝜆1 6000 Or μ1 = 1.20 + 16
= 2.25 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 Or μ1 = 1.20 + 0.05
114 (b) Or μ1 = 1.25
Focal length = − (Defected far point) 1
Or sin 𝑖𝑐 = 1.25 = 0.8
116 (c)
Real depth = 1 𝑚 Or 𝑖𝑐 = 53.13°
0.8×10−14
Apparent depth = 1 − 0.1 = 0.9 𝑚 Again, μ2 = 1.20 + (500×10−9 )2
𝑅𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ 1 10
Refractive index 𝜇 = 𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑑𝑒𝑝𝑡ℎ = 0.9 = 9
117 (c)
𝐼 𝐼 𝐼
𝐸1 = , 𝐸2 = +
𝑟2 𝑟 2 9𝑟 2

P a g e | 104
 0.8 −5 −𝐿0
Or μ2 = 1.20 + 25 or μ2 = 1.20 + 0.32 =( ) × 𝐿0 =
−5 − (−20) 3
Or μ2 = 1.232
1 For part 𝑄𝑅: longitudinal magnification
Or sin 𝑖𝑐 = = 0.81 𝑓 2
1.232
−1 Length of image 𝐿2 = ( ) 𝐿0
Or 𝑖𝑐 = sin 0.81 𝑓−𝑢
2
= 54.26° −5 𝐿0 𝐿1 3
=( ) × 𝐿0 = ⇒ =
Now, sin θ = 0.8 or θ = 53.13° −5 − (−20) 9 𝐿2 1
This angle is clearly greater than critical angle 130 (b)
corresponding to wavelength 400 nm. So, light of When light enters from air or vacuum, 𝑖𝑒, when
400 nm wavelength under goes total internal light goes from one medium to other, then its
reflection frequency does not change 𝑖𝑒, remains
124 (d) unchanged.
𝜔/𝑓 = −𝜔/𝑓′ ⇒ 𝑓′ = −2𝑓 Hence, frequency of light will remain 5 × 1014 Hz
125 (b) 131 (b)
Imaging Given that, focal length of a convex lens 𝑓 = 10
object
cm, since the lens is used as magnifier, so the
O
object is placed between focal point and lens and
10cm (f–10)cm
image is formed towards the object so
f 𝑣 = − 25 𝑐𝑚
From the figure, From lens formula
Using property of plane mirror 1 1 1
= −
Image distance = Object distance 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
𝑓 − 10 = 10 ⇒ 𝑓 = 20 𝑐𝑚 1 1 1
⟹ = −
126 (b) 10 −25 𝑢
Applying the lens maker’s formula 1 1 1 7
= − − = −
1 1 1 𝑢 25 10 50
= 𝑃 = (𝑛 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 50
We know that the greater positive power is for ⟹𝑢= − 𝑐𝑚 = −7.14 𝑐𝑚
7
1 1
that material for which 𝑅 − 𝑅 is maximum and
1 2 132 (a)
positive. For this condition 𝑅1 and 𝑅2 should be At the time of solar eclipse light is received from
small as possible but still it must be positive, chromosphere. The bright lines appear exactly at
therefore we must select the combination which the places where dark lines were there. Hence at
has less radius of curvature for convex lens. the time of solar eclipse continuous spectrum is
Hence, option (b) is correct obtained
128 (b) 133 (a)
𝑓𝑅 − 𝑓𝑉 𝑓𝑅 − 𝑓𝑉 Clearly, 𝑖 + 𝑟 = 𝑖 + 𝑖 = 140°
𝜔= =
𝑓𝑦 √𝑓𝑉 𝑓𝑅 Or 𝑖 = 70°
Putting value of 𝑓𝑉 and 𝑓𝑅 we get 𝜔 = 0.0325
129 (b)
𝑅 10
Focal length of mirror 𝑓 = = = 5𝑐𝑚
2 2

P
C
Clearly, plane mirror makes as angle of 20° with
Q R 10m vertical and 70° with horizontal
134 (a)
20 m 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2
1 1 100 100
For part 𝑃𝑄: transverse magnification = + = +
𝑓 𝑓1 𝑓2 20 25
length of image 𝐿1 = (𝑓−𝑢) × 𝐿0 = 5 + 4 = 9D
P a g e | 105
135 (d) 3
⇒ 𝑣1 = − 𝑚
If 𝜂 is the luminous efficiency of the bulb then 2
1 1 1 1 4
luminous flux by 120 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 at 555 𝑛𝑚 = 𝜂 × 120 For surface 𝑄, 𝑣 = −𝑓 + 𝑢 = −1 + 5 = − 5
2
Let bulb of 𝑃 watt at 600 𝑛𝑚 produces the same 5
luminous flux as by 120 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 at 555 𝑛𝑚 then ⇒ 𝑣2 = − 𝑚 ∴ 𝑣1 − 𝑣2 = 0.25𝑚
4
120 𝑣 3/2 1
𝜂 × 120 = 𝜂𝑃 × 0.6 ⇒ 𝑃 = = 200 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡 Magnification of 𝑃 = 1 = =
0.6 𝑢 3 2
1
136 (c) ∴ Height of 𝑃 = 2 × 2 = 1𝑚
𝑅 10 𝑣2 5/4 1
𝑓= ⇒ 30 = = 𝜇 = 1.33 Magnification of 𝑄 = 𝑢
= 5
=4
(𝜇 − 1) (𝜇 − 1) 1
137 (c) ∴ Height of 𝑄 = × 2 = 0.5𝑚
4
From the formula sin 𝐶 =
1
⇒ sin 𝐶 = 2 𝜇1 146 (a)
1 𝜇2
Equivalent focal length (𝐹) of two lenses
𝜇1 𝑣2 10𝑥/𝑡2
= = ⇒ sin 𝐶 = separated by distance 𝑑 is given by
𝜇2 𝑣1 𝑥/𝑡1
1 1 1 𝑑
10𝑡1 10𝑡1 = + −
⇒ sin 𝐶 = ⇒ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) 𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2
𝑡2 𝑡2
1 1 0.5
138 (b) = + −
0.2 0.2 (0.2)(0.2)
𝑓𝑙 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 −0.5 1.5 − 1
= ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 = 5 + 5 − 0.5 × 5 × 5
𝑓𝑎 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 0.2 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1
= 10 − 12.5
= −0.2
= −2.5
4 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 4 1.5 4
1
⇒ 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 = 0.8 = ⇒ = ⇒ =
5 𝑎 𝜇𝑙 5 𝑎 𝜇𝑙 5 𝐹= − = −0.4 𝑚
2.5
15 147 (c)
⇒ 𝑎 𝜇𝑙 =
8 𝐿
Illuminance at 𝐴, 𝐼𝐴 =
139 (a) ℎ2
𝐿
Mirror formula Illuminance at 𝐵, 𝐼𝐵 = cos 𝜃
√(ℎ 2 +𝑟 2 )2
1 1 1 1 1 1 −20
= = ⇒ = + ⇒𝑓= 𝑐𝑚. If
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓 −20 (−10) 3
object moves towards the mirror by 0.1𝑚 then.

𝑢 = (10 − 0.1) = 9.9𝑐𝑚. Hence again from mirror h
1 1 1
formula −20/3 = 𝑣′ + −9.9 ⇒ 𝑣 ′ = −20.4 𝑐𝑚 𝑖. 𝑒.,
r A B
image shifts away from the mirror by 0.4 𝑐𝑚
141 (d) 𝐿ℎ
In minimum deviation position ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑒 = 2
(𝑟 + ℎ2 )3/2
142 (c) 𝐼𝐴 𝑟2
3/2
82
3/2
1 1 𝑥 ∴ = (1 + 2 ) = (1 + 2 ) = 23/2
𝜇∝ ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑥 = 3150Å 𝐼𝐵 ℎ 8
𝜆 4/3 4200
143 (a) = 2√2: 1
𝜆𝑎𝑖𝑟 6000 148 (c)
𝜆𝑚𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑚 = = = 4000 Å 1 1 1
𝜇 1.5 = (μ − 1) ( − )
144 (a) 𝑓 𝑟 1 𝑟2
1 1
In the morning or evening, the sun is at the For lens to be concave, (𝑟 − 𝑟 ) > 0
1 2
horizon and refractive index in the atmosphere of 1 1
Or 𝑟 > 𝑟 or 𝑟1 < 𝑟2
the earth decreases with height. Due to this, the 1 2

light reaching the earth’s atmosphere, bends 150 (d)

unequally, and the image of the sun get’s distorted From Snell’s law
1
and it appears elliptical and larger μ=
145 (d) sin 𝑖𝐶
1 1 1 1 2 Since, 𝑖𝐵 > 𝑖𝐴
For surface 𝑃, = − (−𝑢) = −1 + = −
𝑣1 −𝑓 3 3 sin 𝑖:𝐵 > sin 𝑖𝐴

P a g e | 106
 ⇒ μ𝐵 < μ𝐴 μ = tan 𝑖𝑝 = tan 60° = √3
When angle of incidence in the denser medium is 155 (b)
increased even very slightly beyond the critical Time taken by light to travel distance 𝑥 through a
angle, then the ray of light is reflected back medium of refractive index 𝜇 is
completely in the denser medium and total 𝜇𝑥 𝜇𝐵 𝑥𝐴 6 3
internal reflection takes place. Let θ be critical 𝑡= ⇒ = = ⇒ 𝐴 𝜇𝐵 = = 1.5
𝑐 𝜇𝐴 𝑥𝐵 4 2
angle from medium 𝐴 to 𝐵, then 156 (b)
1 𝐼 𝑓−𝑣 𝐼 (25 − 75)
𝐵 μ𝐴 = = ⇒ = = −2 ⇒ 𝐼
sin θ 𝑂 𝑓 +1.5 25
1 μ𝐵
⇒ sin θ = = −3 𝑐𝑚
𝐵 μ𝐴 μ𝐴 157 (a)
1 sin 𝑖𝐴
= × 𝑐 𝑐 3 × 108
sin 𝑖𝐵 1 𝜇= = = = 1.5
sin 𝑖 𝑣 𝑣𝜆 4 × 1014 × 5 × 10−7
𝐴
⇒ θ = sin−1 [ ] 158 (d)
sin 𝑖𝐵
The parallel beam of light forms a point image at
151 (c)
the back of a sphere of refraction index 𝑛 as
1 𝜆1 𝜇2 𝜇
𝜆∝ ⇒ = = shown in figure.
𝜇 𝜆2 𝜇1 1
If 𝑅 is the radius of sphere,
152 (c)
Then 𝑢 = ∞
Diamond sparkles more compared to ordinary
𝑣 = 2𝑅 (from figure)
glass, because of the phenomenon of total internal
reflection of light, depending on the critical angle
of the incidence of light in a material medium at _ _
N R
its bounding surface with air.
The higher the refractive index of a transparent
2R
medium, the smaller is the critical angle and u
=
hence, the larger is the range of angles of
incidence for more light to be totally reflected. A Since,
𝑛 1 𝑛−1
diamond has a large refractive index (2.417) and 𝑣
−𝑢 = 𝑅
very small critical angle compared to say glass, Putting values, we get
hence diamond sparkles most. 𝑛 1 𝑛−1
= =
153 (d) 2𝑅 ∞ 𝑅
𝑛 𝑛−1
𝑣 cos 45° = 10 𝑣 = 10√2 𝑐𝑚𝑠 −1 =
In the ceiling mirror be original velocity will be 2𝑅 𝑅
𝑛 = 2𝑛 − 2
seen
∴𝑛=2
159 (a)
10 cms–1

 𝑓
𝑚=
𝑓+𝑢
45°
1 −20
10 cms–1 = or − 20 + 𝑢 = −40
154 (d) 2 −20 + 𝑢
Or 𝑢 = −40 + 20 or 𝑢 = −20 cm
By Brewster’s law
160 (c)
1 𝜋
θ = 2 × 180 rad
diametar of image
=θ
focal length
Or diameter of image
1 𝜋 15
= × × × 100 cm = 6.55 cm
2 180 2
161 (a)

P a g e | 107
 𝑓 1 30 B
𝑚= ⇒− = ⇒ 𝑢 = −150 𝑐𝑚
𝑓+𝑢 4 30 + 𝑢
162 (a) 
(R+d)
By the hypothesis, we know that
A
𝑖1 + 𝑖2 = 𝐴 + 𝛿 ⇒ 55° + 46° = 60° + 𝛿 ⇒ 𝛿 = 41°
R
But 𝛿𝑚 < 𝛿, so 𝛿𝑚 < 41° d
163 (b)
1 1
𝜇= = =2
sin 𝐶 sin 30
3 × 108
∴𝑣= = 1.5 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 1 1
2 ⇒ 𝜃 ≥ sin−1 ( ) ⇒ sin 𝜃 ≥
165 (a) 𝜇 𝜇
𝑅
3 4 From figure sin 𝜃 = 𝑅+𝑑
Here, μg = 1.5 = , μ𝑤 ᷿ =
2 3
𝑅 1 𝑑
𝑅1 = 𝑅, ⇒ 𝑅2 = −𝑅 ⇒ ≥ ⇒ (1 + ) ≤ 𝜇
𝑅+𝑑 𝜇 𝑅
From, lens maker’s formula
𝑑 𝑑
1 1 1 μ𝐿 ⇒ ≤ 𝜇−1 ⇒( ) = 0.5
= (μ − 1) ( − ) where μ = 𝑅 𝑅 max
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 μ𝑀
1 μg 1 1 169 (a)
∴ =( − 1) ( − ) Limit of resolution =
1.22 𝜆 180
× 𝜋 (in degree)
𝑓𝑎 ₐ μ𝑎 ₐ 𝑅 (−𝑅) 𝑎
1 3/2 2 −10 ) 𝑜
Or =( − 1) 1.22 × (6000 × 10 180
𝑓𝑎 ₐ 1 𝑅 =( × ) = 0.03 𝑠𝑒𝑐
5 𝜋
1 1
⇒ = 171 (a)
𝑓𝑎 𝑅 1 1 1 1 31
+ = or =
Also 𝑣 −600 20 𝑣 600
600
1 μg 1 1 Or 𝑣 = cm = 19.35
31
=( − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ μ𝑤 ₐ 𝑅 (−𝑅) 172 (d)
1 3/2 2 Angle of incidence = angle of emergence,
=( − 1)
𝑓2 4/3 𝑅 Ie, 𝑖 = 𝑖 ′
1 1 3
Also, 𝑖′ = ×angle of equilateral prism
Or = 4
𝑓𝑤 4𝑅 3
= 4
× 60° = 45°
Or 𝑓𝑤 ᷿ = 4𝑅 Thus, angle of deviation
=𝑖 + 𝑖′ − 𝐴
166 (a) =(45°+45°-60°)=30°
We know that 173 (d)
sin 𝑖 𝑐
μ= and 𝑖 + 𝑟 = 90° Refractive index, μ𝑑 = 𝑣
sin 𝑟 𝑑
𝑐 3×10 8
Or 𝑟 = 90° − 𝑖 Hence, 𝑣𝑑 = μ = 2
sin 𝑖 𝑑
μ= = tan 𝑖 = 1.5 × 10 ms−1 = 1.5 × 1010 cms−1
8
sin(90° − 𝑖)
Or 𝑖 = tan−1(μ) = tan−1 (1.62) 175 (a)
1 1 1 1 1 3
167 (c) 𝑃= =− + =− + = = +3 𝐷
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 100 25 100
Since the ray emerges normally, therefore 𝑒 = 0
176 (a)
According to relation 𝐴 + 𝛿 = 𝑖 + 𝑒, we get 𝑖 =
𝜔1 1
𝐴+𝛿 =
𝜔2 2
Hence by 𝛿 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴, we get 𝑖 = 𝜇𝐴 𝑓 𝜔 1
168 (b) Now, 𝑓1 = − 𝜔1 = − 2
2 2
Consider the figure if smallest angle of incidence 𝜃 Or 𝑓2 = −2𝑓1
is greater than critical angle then all light will 1 1 1
Now, 𝐹 = 𝑓 + 𝑓
1 2
emerge out of 𝐵

P a g e | 108
 1 1 1 According to property of plane mirror it will form
= +
50 𝑓1 −2𝑓1 image at a distance of 30 𝑐𝑚 behind it. Hence for
−2+1 1
Or 50𝑓 = = 2𝑓 convex mirror 𝑢 = −50 𝑐𝑚, 𝑣 = +10 𝑐𝑚
−2𝑓1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
Or 2𝑓1 = 50 or 𝑓1 = 25 cm By using = + ⇒ = + =
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓 +10 −50 50
Again 𝑓2 = −2 × 25 cm= −50 cm 25
⇒𝑓= 𝑐𝑚 ⇒ 𝑅 = 2𝑓 = 25𝑐𝑚
177 (d) 2
Beam first converges and then diverges 182 (d)
178 (b) Objects are invisible in liquid of R.I. equal to that
Image is virtual so 𝑚 = +3 and 𝑓 =
𝑅
= 18 𝑐𝑚 of object
2
𝑓 (−18)
183 (b)
So from 𝑚 = 𝑓−𝑢 ⇒ 3 = (−18)−𝑢 ⇒ 𝑢 = −12 𝑐𝑚 When a ray from main 𝑂 in air (rarer medium)
179 (b) goes to water (denser medium), then it bends
From the lens formula towards the normal. Extent 𝑀𝑁 backwards meet
1 1 1 at point 𝑂′. Therefore, it appears to the fish as if
= − 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒,
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 the man is taller than what he actually is
1 1 1
= −
𝑓 10 −10
𝑜𝑟 𝑓 = +5
Further, ∆𝑢 = 0.1
And ∆𝑣 = 0.1(from the graph)
Now, differentiating the lens formula we have,
∆𝑓 ∆𝑣 ∆𝑢
= + 184 (a)
𝑓 2 𝑣 2 𝑢2
∆𝑣 ∆𝑢 An optical fibre is a transparent thin fibre, usually
𝑜𝑟 ∆𝑓 = ( 2 + 2 ) 𝑓 2
𝑣 𝑢 made of glass or plastic for transmitting light.
Substituting the values we have Optical fibres are used in imagine optics, and
0.1 0.1 work on the principle of total internal reflection of
∆𝑓 = ( 2 + 2 ) (5)2 = 0.05
10 10 light. Bundles of fibres are used along with lenses
∴ 𝑓 ± ∆𝑓 = 5 ± 0.05 for long, thin imagine devices called endoscopes,
180 (b) which are used to view objects through a small
ℎ
Apparent depth ℎ′ = hole. Medical endoscopes are used for minimally
𝜇
𝑎𝑖𝑟 liquid
invasive exploratory or surgical procedures
𝑑ℎ′ 1 𝑑ℎ 1 𝑑ℎ 𝑑ℎ′
⇒ = ⇒𝑥= [∵ = 𝑥] (endoscopy).
𝑑𝑡 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 𝑑𝑡 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
185 (a)
𝑑ℎ
⇒ = 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 𝑥 Here, 𝑖 = 45°, 𝐴 = 60°
𝑑𝑡
Now volume of water 𝑉 = 𝜋𝑅 2 ℎ Angle of minimum deviation
𝑑𝑉 𝑑ℎ 𝛿𝑚 = 2𝑖 − 𝐴 = 2 × 45° − 60° = 30°
⇒ = 𝜋𝑅 2 = 𝜋𝑅 2 ∙ 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 𝑥 186 (b)
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
𝜇𝜔 𝑛2 Object is placed at distance 2𝑓 from the lens. So
= 𝑎 𝜇𝜔 𝜋𝑅 2 𝑥 = 𝜋𝑅 2 𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋𝑅 2 𝑥
𝜇𝑎 𝑛1 first image 𝐼 will be formed at distance 2𝑓 on
181 (b) other side. This image 𝐼1 will behave like a virtual
Since there is no parallax, it means that both object for mirror. The second image 𝐼2 will be
images (By plane mirror and convex mirror) formed at distance 20 cm in front of the mirror, or
coinciding each other at distance 10 cm to the left hand side of the lens.
Object Now applying lens formula
A
1 1 1
− =
30 cm 20 cm 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓

50 cm
10 cm

P a g e | 109
 1
Normal shift ∆𝑥 = (1 − 𝜇) 𝑡 and shift takes place
in direction of ray

I I'
1 1 1
∴ − =
𝑣 +10 +15 x

or 𝑣 = 16 cm
t
Therefore, the final image is at distance 16 cm
from the mirror. But, this image will be real. 193 (a)
This is because ray of light is travelling from right At minimum deviation (δ = δ𝑚 )
𝐴 60°
to left. 𝑟1 = 𝑟2 = = = 30° (for both colours)
2 2
187 (b) 194 (a)
1 𝜇𝑔 𝑣𝑤 3/2 𝑣𝑤 The illuminance at 𝐴 is
𝜇∝ ⇒ = ⇒ =
𝑣 𝜇𝑤 𝑣𝑔 4/3 2 × 108 1 𝐿 3 3𝐿
8 𝐼𝐴 = 2 × cos 𝜃1 = 13 × =
⇒ 𝑣𝑤 = 2.25 × 10 𝑚/𝑠 (√13) √13 (13)3/2
188 (c) The illuminance at 𝐵 is
For myopic eye 𝑓 = − (defected far point)
100
⇒ 𝑓 = −40 𝑐𝑚 ⇒ 𝑃 = = −2.5 𝐷
−40 
1

189 (a) 3m 2
Ray comes out from 𝐶𝐷, means rays after
2 2m B
refraction from 𝐴𝐵 get, total intensity reflected at
2m A
𝐴𝐷
A D 𝐿
r1 r2
𝐼𝐵 = 2 × cos 𝜃2
max n1 n2 (√17)
B C 𝐿 3 3𝐿
= × =
17 √17 (17)3/2
𝑛1 sin 𝛼max 𝑛1 𝐼𝐴 17 3/2
= ⇒ 𝛼max = sin−1 [ sin 𝑟1 ] … (i) ∴ =( )
𝑛2 sin 𝑟1 𝑛2 𝐼𝐵 13
Also 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 = 90° ⇒ 𝑟1 = 90 − 𝑟2 = 90 − 𝐶 195 (b)
1 100
⇒ 𝑟1 = 90 − sin−1 ( ) ⇒ 𝑟1 Power of convex lens 𝑃1 = = 2.5 𝐷
2 𝜇1 40
𝑛2 100
= 90 − sin−1 ( ) … (ii) Power of concave lens 𝑃2 = − 25
= −4 𝐷
𝑛1 Now 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 2.5 𝐷 − 4 𝐷 = −1.5 𝐷
Hence from equation (i) and (ii)
196 (b)
𝑛1 𝑛2
𝛼max = sin−1 [ sin (90 − sin−1 )] In normal adjustment of telescope tube, final
𝑛2 𝑛1
𝑛 𝑛 image is formed at infinity, ie, 𝑢𝑒 = 𝑓𝑒
1 2
= sin−1 [ cos(sin−1 ( )] Hence, length of telescope tube
𝑛2 𝑛1
190 (c) Here, 𝑓0 = 100cm, 𝑓𝑒 = 4 cm
𝐶 𝐶 ∴ 𝐿 = 200 + 4 = 204 cm
𝜇= ⇒ 𝐶𝑚 = 197 (a)
𝐶𝑚 1.5
191 (c) Full use of resolving power means whole aperture
Efficiency of light source of objective in use. And for relaxed vision
𝜙 𝜙
𝜂= 𝑃
…(i) and 𝐿 = 4𝜋 …(ii)
D d
From equation (i) and (ii)
4𝜋𝐿 4𝜋 × 35
⇒𝑃= = ≈ 88 𝑊
𝜂 5
fo fe
192 (a)

P a g e | 110
 𝑓𝑜 𝐷 300 15 Image formed by convex mirror is always. Erect
= ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑓𝑒 = 6 𝑐𝑚
𝑓𝑒 𝑑 𝑓𝑒 0.3 diminished and virtual
199 (b) 208 (d)
𝑟1 = 10 cm, 𝑟2 = 8 cm In vacuum speed of light is constant and is equal
𝐼1 64 𝐼1 64 to 3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
= ,1 − = 1 −
𝐼2 100 𝐼2 100 209 (c)
𝐼2 −𝐼1 36
Or = 100 The blue colour of sky is due to Rayleight’s
𝐼2
1
Or
𝐼2 −𝐼1
× 100 = 36% scattering (∝ 𝜆4 )
𝐼2
As light moves through the atmosphere, most of
200 (c)
𝜇𝑉 − 𝜇𝑅 1.65 − 1.61 the longer wavelengths pass straight through,
𝜔= = little of the red, orange and yellow light is affected
𝜇𝑉 − 1 1.63 − 1
by air. However, much of the shorter wavelength
201 (a)
light (blue) is absorbed by the gas molecules. The
Only red colour will be seen in spectrum
absorbed blue light is then radiated in different
202 (c)
𝜙 𝜙 directions. It gets scattered all around the sky and
Luminous intensity 𝐿 = 4𝜋 ⇒ 1 = 4𝜋 ⇒ 𝜙 = 4𝜋 hence sky appears blue. In order, that sky appears
203 (a) red will be possible if atmospheric particles
1 1 1 scatter red light more than blue light.
= −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 210 (d)
1 1 1 Here, Angle of prism, 𝐴 = 60°
= −
𝑓 −4 −10 For minimum deviation, 𝐴 = 2𝑟
1 1 1 𝐴 60°
Or 𝑓
= 10 − 4 Or 𝑟 = = = 30° for both colours
2 2
1 2−5 3
Or = =− 211 (a)
𝑓 20 20
20 In Galiean telescope a convergent lens is used as
Or 𝑓 = − cm = −6.67 cm
3 the objective and a divergent lens as the eyepiece.
The negative sign indicates that the lens is Magnifying power and length of telescope are
concave written as
204 (a) 𝑓0
As 𝑢 goes from 0 to −∞, 𝑣 goes from +0 to +𝑓 𝑀 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐿 = 𝑓0 − 𝑢𝑒
𝑢𝑒
205 (c) In normal adjustment, ie, in relaxed eye state
𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 𝑢𝑒 = 𝑓𝑒
𝑖= = 50°
2 𝑓
So, 𝑀∞ = 𝑓0 = 50
206 (d) 𝑒

Here, 𝑣𝐴 = 1.8 × 10 𝑚𝑠 8 −1 𝑓0 100

8 −1
𝑜𝑟 𝑓𝑒 = = = 2 𝑐𝑚
𝑣𝐵 = 2.4 × 10 𝑚𝑠 50 50
Light travels slower in denser medium. Hence And 𝐿∞ = 𝑓0 – 𝑓𝑒
medium 𝐴 is a denser medium and medium 𝐵 is a ∴ 𝐿∞ = 100-2 = 98 cm
rarer medium. Here, light travels from medium 𝐴 212 (b)
to medium 𝐵. To obtain, an inverted and equal size image,
Let 𝐶 be the critical angle between them object must be paced at a distance of 2𝑓 from lens,
1 𝑖. 𝑒. 40 𝑐𝑚 in this case
∴ sin 𝐶 = 𝐴 𝜇𝐵 = 𝐵
𝜇𝐴
Refractive index of medium 𝐵 𝑤.r.t medium 𝐴 is
𝐴
Velocity of light in medium 𝐴 𝑣𝐴
𝜇𝐵 = =
Velocity of light in medium 𝐵 𝑣𝐵
𝑣𝐴 1.8 × 108 3
∴ sin 𝐶 = = =
𝑣𝐵 2.4 × 108 4
3 213 (c)
⇒ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
4 For 𝐴
207 (d)
P a g e | 111
 Total number of waves =
(1.5)𝑡
… (i) ̂ = 𝐢̂ − 2(𝐢̂ . 𝐣̂)𝐍
𝐑 ̂
𝜆
(2𝐢̂ − 3𝐣̂ + 4𝐤̂) 32
Total number optical path length ⇒ 𝐑 ̂= −2( )
∵( )=( )
of waves wavelength √29 7√29
For 𝐵 and 𝐶 (3𝐢̂ − 6𝐣̂ + 2𝐤̂)
×[ ]
𝑛𝐵 ( )
𝑡
3
(1.6)( )
2𝑡
3
7
Total number of waves = + … (ii) ̂)
𝜆 𝜆 (−94𝐢̂ + 237𝐣̂ + 68𝐤
Equating (i) and (ii) 𝑛𝐵 = 1.3 ⇒𝐑 ̂=
49√29
214 (a) 222 (d)
Cross wire arrangement is used to make Because for healthy eye image is always formed at
measurements retina.
215 (c) 223 (b)
The aberration of lens due to which all the rays 𝑓
𝐿 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 = 44 and |𝑚| = 𝑓𝑜 = 10
passing through the lens are not focused at a 𝑒

single point and image of point object formed is This gives 𝑓𝑜 = 40 𝑐𝑚

blurred is called spherical aberration. It is 224 (c)
reduced by a using two plano convex lenses The combination of two lenses is
4 1 1
separated by a distance. If the distance between As 𝐹 = 𝑓 + 𝑓
1 2
the two plano convex lenses is equal to the 1 1 1 1 1
difference in their focal lengths and the incident ∴ = (𝑢1 − 1) ( + ) + (𝑢2 − 1) ( − )
𝐹 ∞ 𝑅 −𝑅 ∞
rays fall upon the lens of large focal length, then 𝑢1 − 1 𝑢2 − 1
this combination is almost free from spherical = +
𝑅 𝑅
aberration. In this divided at all the surfaces of the 1 𝑢1 − 𝑢2
=
two lenses and so, the spherical aberration is 𝐹 𝑅
𝑅
almost removed. This method is used in removing Or 𝐹 = 𝑢 −𝑢
1 2
spherical aberration in eyepieces. 225 (a)
216 (a) When convex lens is surrounded by denser
𝑓0 30 medium, it behaves like a diverging lens
𝑚= = = 12
𝑓𝑒 2.5 226 (a)
1.22 𝜆 1.22×(5000×10−10 )
Resolving limit = 𝑎 = The defect is myopia (near sightedness)
0.1
= 6.1 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑 As we know for myopic person 𝑓 = −(defected
217 (a) far point)
1 1
𝜃 = (𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 )𝐴 = 0.02 × 5° = 0.1° ⇒ Defected far point = −𝑓 = − 𝑃 = (−2) = 0.5 𝑚
218 (d) = 50 𝑐𝑚
As laws of reflection to be true for all points of the 228 (d)
remaining part of the mirror, the image will be 1
Apparent raise = 𝑑 (1 − μ )
that of the whole object. However, as the area of 𝑎 𝑤

the reflecting surface has been reduced, the 3 1

= 12 × (1 − ) = 12 × = 3 cm
intensity of the image will reduce (in this case 4 4
229 (a)
half)
From the figure, it is clear that eye is at 1.38 m
219 (b)
from the foot. Rays from foot can enter eye after
Blue colour of sea water is due to scattering of
reflection at 𝑀2 , whose height from ground
sunlight by water molecules.
221 (a)
Unit vector along incident ray
̂)
(2𝐢̂ − 3𝐣̂ + 4𝐤
Î=
√29
̂
Unit vector along normal 𝐍 ̂ = (3𝐢̂ − 6𝐣̂ +2𝐤)
7
Unit vector along reflected ray

P a g e | 112
 𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚
𝑖= = 45°
2
234 (a)
Equivalent focal length
1 1 1
= +
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2
1 1
= +
20 30
20 × 30
∴𝐹=
Again, eye is at 1.5 – 1.38 = 0.12 m from heat. 20 + 30
600
Rays from head can enter eye after reflection at = = 12𝑐𝑚
𝑀1 , whose height above eye is 50
0.12 235 (c)
= 0.06 m Think in terms of rectangular hyperbola
2
∴ Minimum length of mirror 236 (a)
= 0.69 + 0.06 = 0.75 m Total length 𝐿 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 and both lenses are
230 (c) convex
In a plane mirror, the image formed is erect and of 237 (c)
same size as of object. Thus, magnification of A lens shows opposite behavior if 𝜇medium > 𝜇lens
plane mirror is 1. 238 (a)
231 (b) Focal length of lens will increase by four times
1 1 (𝑖. 𝑒. 12 𝑐𝑚) while focal length of mirror will not
μ
1 2 = = affected by medium
sin 𝑐 sin 45°
1 239 (d)
= = √2 = 1.414
1/√2 G
C
A D
232 (d) H
𝑅 = −30𝑐𝑚 ⇒ 𝑓 = −15𝑐𝑚 d S
𝑂 = +2.5𝑐𝑚, 𝑢 = −10 𝑐𝑚
I
1 1 1 B E
By mirror formula = + ⇒ 𝑣 = 30 𝑐𝑚 F
−15 𝑣 (−10) L J
𝐼 𝑣 𝐼 30 2L
Also 𝑂 = −𝑢 ⇒ = − (−10) ⇒ 𝐼 = +7.5 𝑐𝑚
(+2.5) 𝐻𝐼 = 𝐴𝐵 = 𝑑
233 (c) and 𝐷𝑆 = 𝐶𝐷 =
𝑑
For minimum deviation through a prism, the 2
∵ 𝐴𝐻 = 2𝐴𝐷
refractive index of material of prism is given by
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
2𝑑
sin ( ) ⇒ 𝐺𝐻 = 2𝐶𝐷 = =𝑑
2 2
𝜇= 𝐴
sin ( 2 ) Similarly 𝐼𝐽 = 𝑑 so 𝐺𝐽 = 𝐺𝐻 + 𝐻𝐼 + 𝐼𝐽 = 𝑑 + 𝑑 +
𝑑 = 3𝑑
𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛, 𝐴 = 60°, 𝜇 = √2 240 (b)
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
sin ( ) The angle subtended by the image of the sun at
2
∴ √2 = 60°
sin ( 2 ) the mirror
𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚
𝑜𝑟 sin ( ) = √2 sin 30°
2
𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 1 1 
𝑜𝑟 sin ( ) = √2 × =
2 2 √2 x
𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚
𝑜𝑟 sin ( ) = sin 45°
2 100 cm
𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 𝑜
𝑜𝑟 = 45° 1 𝜋
2 = 30′ = ( ) = 𝑟𝑎𝑑
But we know angle of incidence 2 360
If 𝑥 be the diameter of the image of the sun, then

P a g e | 113
 Arc 𝑥 𝜋 120 − 25 95
= = = cm = cm
Radius 100 360 6 6
100𝜋 1 1 1 1 6
Now, 95/6 − 𝑢 = 1 or 𝑢 = 95 − 1
⇒𝑥= = 0.87 𝑐𝑚 𝑜 𝑜
360 95 95
241 (a) Or 𝑢0 = − 89cm or |𝑢𝑜 | = 89 cm
We know, 248 (a)
𝑦 𝜆 𝐼 𝑓 𝐼 −𝑓
≥ 1.22 = ⇒ = ⇒ 𝐼 = −2 𝑐𝑚
𝐷 𝑑 𝑂 𝑓−𝑢 +6 −𝑓 − (−4 𝑓)
𝑦𝑑 249 (a)
⟹𝐷≤
1.22𝜆 𝑐 1/√𝜇𝑜 𝜀𝑜 𝜇𝜀
𝜇= = =√
𝑣 1/√𝜇𝜀 𝜇𝑜 𝜀𝑜
10−3 × 3 × 10−3
= 250 (a)
1.22 × 5 × 10−7
𝑓0
30 𝑀=
= =5𝑚 𝑓𝑒
6.1 𝑓0
9= or 𝑓0 = 9𝑓𝑒
𝑓𝑒
∴ 𝐷max = 5𝑚 Also, 𝐿 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 or 20 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒
244 (c) Or 20 = 9𝑓𝑒 + 𝑓𝑒 or 20 = 10 𝑓𝑒
𝑓−𝑣 1
For a lens 𝑚 = ⇒ 𝑚 = (− ) 𝑣 + 1 Or 𝑓𝑒 = 2 cm
𝑓 𝑓
Comparing this equation with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 ∴ 𝑓𝑜 = 9 × 2 cm = 18 cm
(equation of straight line) 251 (d)
m
𝐼center (𝑟 2 + ℎ2 )3/2
=
𝐼edge ℎ3
(𝑟 2 + ℎ2 )3/2
C=+1 ⇒8= ⇒ 2ℎ = (𝑟 2 + ℎ2 )1/2
ℎ3

𝑟
⇒ 4ℎ2 = 𝑟 2 + ℎ2 ⇒ 3ℎ2 = 𝑟 2 ⇒ ℎ =
u √3
252 (a)
245 (c) 1 1 1
𝛿𝐵 −𝛿𝑅 12−8 𝛿𝐵 +𝛿𝑅 By formula 𝑓 = (𝜇 − 1) (𝑅 − 𝑅 )
For one prism, 𝜔1 = = [∵ 𝛿 = ] 1 2
𝛿 10 2
4 1 1 1 1
⇒ 𝜔1 = = (1.5 − 1) ( + ) = 0.5 × =
10 40 40 20 40
𝛿 −𝛿 14−10 14+10 ∴ 𝑓 = 40 𝑐𝑚
For other prism, 𝜔2 = 𝐵 𝛿 𝑅 = 12 [∵ 𝛿 = 2 ]
253 (b)
4 1 Let a large convex lens is placed between two
⇒ 𝜔2 = =
12 3 walls at a distance 𝑥 from wall on which an
𝜔1 4×3 𝜔1 12 6
∵ = or = = electric bulb is fixed.
𝜔2 10 × 1 𝜔2 10 5
Using
246 (d) 1 1 1
1 1 1 = −
= (1.5 − 1) ( − ) ⇒ 𝐹 = 40 𝑐𝑚 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
𝐹 20 ∞ 1 1
247 (c) = − (∵ 𝑢 = −𝑥, 𝑣 = 4 − 𝑥)
4 − 𝑥 −𝑥
For the eye-piece 𝑥+4−𝑥
𝑣𝑒 = −25 cm, 𝑓𝑒 = 5 cm =
(4 − 𝑥)(𝑥)
1 1 1 4
− = =
−25 𝑢𝑒 5 (4 − 𝑥)(𝑥)
1 1 1 1 −1−5
Or 𝑢 = − 25 − 5 or 𝑢 = − 25 (4 − 𝑥)𝑥
𝑒 𝑒 𝑜𝑟 𝑓 = … … (𝑖)
Or 𝑢𝑒 = −
25 4
6 𝑣 4−𝑥
25
Now magnification 𝑚 = 𝑢 = 𝑥
Now , 𝑣𝑜 = 𝐿 − |𝑢𝑒 | = 20 − 6 4−𝑥
⟹ 1=
𝑥
P a g e | 114
 ⟹𝑥 =4−𝑥 (𝑆2 ) is placed on the other side of the lens such
⟹ 2𝑥 = 4 that 𝑢 > 𝑓 (𝑖. 𝑒., it lies beyond the focus)
⟹ 𝑥 = 2𝑚 1 1 1
It 𝑆1 is the object for lens then 𝑓 = −𝑦 − −𝑥
From eq. (i)
1 1 1
(4 − 2)(2) 2 × 2 ⇒ = − … (i)
𝑓= = = 1𝑚 𝑦 𝑥 𝑓
4 4
254 (d) If 𝑆2 is the object for lens then
1 1 1 1 1 1
𝛿1 𝐴1 = − ⇒ = − … (ii)
= 𝑓 +𝑦 −(24 − 𝑥) 𝑦 𝑓 (24 − 𝑥)
𝛿2 𝐴2
256 (a) I1 S1 S2
In the situation given, the image will be formed at I2
infinity, if the object is at focus of the lens 𝑖𝑒, at 20 x (24 – x)
cm from the lens. Hence, shift in position of object 24 cm
1 y
𝑥 = 25 − 20 = (1 − ) 𝑡 From equations (i) and (ii)
μ
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
5 = (1 − )𝑡 − = − ⇒ + = =
1.5 𝑥 𝑓 𝑓 (24 − 𝑥) 𝑥 (24 − 𝑥) 𝑓 9
𝑡 = 15 cm ⇒ 𝑥 2 − 24𝑥 + 108 = 0. After solving the equation
257 (d) 𝑥 = 18 𝑐𝑚, 6 𝑐𝑚
𝛿𝜔
9
(𝜔 𝜇𝑔 − 1) (8 − 1) 1 267 (c)
= = = 𝑓 = −10 cm, 𝑂 = 5 cm,
𝛿𝑎 (𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) (3 − 1) 4
2 𝑢 = −100 cm, 𝐼 =?
258 (b) 𝐼 𝑓
=
Three lenses are → objective, eye piece and 𝑂 𝑓−𝑢
erecting lens −10 −10
𝐼= ×5= × 5 cm
260 (a) −10 − (−100) 90
𝜇𝑏𝑙𝑢𝑒 > 𝜇𝑟𝑒𝑑 = −0.55 cm
261 (c) 269 (b)
As seen from a rarer medium (𝐿2 or 𝐿3 ) the From the figure
interface 𝐿1 𝐿2 is concave and 𝐿1 𝐿3 is convex. The
divergence produced by concave surface is much
smaller than the convergence due to the convex
surface. Hence, the arrangement corresponds to
concave-convex lens
262 (b)
𝑓
𝑚=
𝑓+𝑢
𝑓 𝑖1 = 90° − (90° − 𝐴) = 𝐴
Now ,+2 = 𝑓−10
𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∝ = 90° − 2𝑖1 = 90° − 2𝐴
Or 2𝑓 − 20 = 𝑓 or 𝑓 = 20 cm ∴ 𝑖2 = 90° − 𝛼 = 90° − (90° − 2𝐴) = 2𝐴
20
Again −2 = 20+𝑢 or −40 − 2𝑢 = 20 ∴ 𝛽 = 90° − 𝑖2 = 90° − 2𝐴
Or −2𝑢 = 20 + 40 or 𝑢 = −30 cm From the geometry of the figure
263 (a) 𝐴 + 2𝐴 + 2𝐴 = 180°
1 ∴ 𝐴 = 36°
Intensity of scattered light 𝐼 ∝ 𝜆4 , since 𝜆blue is
270 (c)
least that’s why sky looks blue
𝑓 2 −24 2
266 (a) 𝑣𝑖 = − ( ) . 𝑣𝑜 = − ( ) ×9
𝑓−𝑢 −24 − (−60)
The given condition will be satisfied only if one
= −4 𝑐𝑚/𝑠
source (𝑆1 ) placed on one side such that 𝑢 < 𝑓
271 (c)
(𝑖. 𝑒., it lies under the focus). The other source
Here object and image are at the same position so
this position must be centre of curvature
P a g e | 115
 ∴ 𝑅 = 12 𝑐𝑚 ∴ Apparent shift produced by water
𝑅 1
⇒𝑓= △ ℎ1 = (1 − ) ℎ1
2 μ1
And apparent shift produced by kerosene
1
△ ℎ2 = (1 − ) ℎ2
μ2
1 1
C △ ℎ = △ ℎ₁ +△ ℎ₂ = (1 − ) ℎ₁ + (1 − ) ℎ₂
μ₁ μ₂
279 (b)
272 (b) In microscope final image formed is enlarged
𝐴 = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 which in turn increases the visual angle
∴ 30° = 𝑟1 + 0° 280 (a)
Our eye lens has a power to adjust its focal length
to see the nearer and father objects, this process
of adjusting focal length is called accommodation.
However, if the object is brought too close or
bring too far from the eye, the focal length cannot
be adjusted to from the image on the retina. Thus,
or 𝑟1 = 30° there is minimum or maximum distance for the
sin 𝑖
Now, sin 30° = √2 clever vision of an object. For a normal eye, near
1 point or least distant vision 𝐷 = 25 cm and far
or sin 𝑖 = √2 ×
2 point = ∞
1
Or sin 𝑖 = 281 (b)
√2
Or 𝑖 = 45° 1 1 1
𝑃 = = (μ − 1) ( − )
274 (c) 𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝑅 𝑅 1 1
𝑓= = = 2𝑅 = (1.5 − 1) ( − )
(𝜇 − 1) (1.5 − 1) ∞ 1
275 (b) = 0.5(−1)
1 𝜇1 1 𝑣2 1 𝑣2 𝑃 = −0.5 D
2 𝜇1 = ⇒ = ⇒ = ⇒ 282 (b)
sin 𝜃 𝜇2 sin 𝜃 𝑣1 sin 𝜃 𝑣
1 𝑠 1.5 × 108 × 103
= 𝑡= = = 500 𝑠 = 8.33 𝑚𝑖𝑛
sin 𝜃 𝑣 3 × 108
𝑣 283 (c)
⇒ 𝑣2 =
sin 𝜃 Here focal length = 𝑓 and 𝑢 = −𝑓
276 (c) 1 𝑓 1
On putting these values in = +
If 𝑛𝑙 > 𝑛𝑔 then the lens will be in more denser 𝑓 𝑢 𝑣
1 1 1 𝑓
medium. Hence its nature will change and the ⇒ =− + ⇒𝑣=
convex lens will behave a concave lens 𝑓 𝑓 𝑣 2
277 (a) 284 (d)
1 1 1 Magnification of a compound microscope is given
− = (1.5 − 1) ( − ) by
40 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1 1 𝑣𝑜 𝐷
− =− 𝑚=− × ⇒ |𝑚| = 𝑚𝑜 × 𝑚𝑒
𝑅1 𝑅2 20 𝑢𝑜 𝑢𝑒
1 1.5 1 285 (a)
Now, =( − 1) (− )
𝑓 2 20 Brewster discovered that when a beam of
1 0.5 1
Or = − 2 (− 20) unpolarised light is reflected from a transparent
𝑓
1 1 medium (refractive index =μ), the reflected light
Or = or 𝑓 = 80 cm
𝑓 80 is completely plane polarized at a certain angle of
It behave like a convex lens of focal length 80 cm incidence (called the angle of polarization θ𝑝 )
278 (c) Also, μ = tan θ𝑝
1
Apparent shift ℎ = (1 − μ) ℎ ∴ Here, θ𝑝 = θ1 = tan−1 (1.62)
P a g e | 116
287 (d) Following arguments lead us easily to the right
The two slabs will shift the image a distance choice
1 1 (i) Angle between any two lines is the same as the
𝑑 = 2 (1 − ) 𝑡 = 2 (1 − ) (1.5) = 1 𝑐𝑚
𝜇 1.5 angle between their perpendiculars
Therefore, final image will be 1 𝑐𝑚 above point 𝑃 ∴ 𝑖 = 30°
288 (a) 1
(ii)1.5 =
sin 30°
1 𝑜 sin 𝑟
As limit of resolution of eye is (60) , the pillars Or sin 𝑟 =
1.5
= 0.75
2
1 𝑜
will be seen distinctly if 𝜃 > (60) Or 𝑟 = 48.6°
(iii)θ = 𝑟 − 𝑖 = 18.6°
Required angle = 2 × 18.6 = 37.2°
d 292 (a)
For large objects, large image is formed on retina
 293 (b)
𝑣𝑜 𝐷
x 𝑚∞ = − ×
𝑢𝑜 𝑓𝑒
𝑑 1 𝜋 1 1 1
𝑖. 𝑒. , > ( ) × From = −
𝑥 60 180 𝑓𝑜 𝑣𝑜 𝑢𝑜
𝜋×𝑥 1 1 1
⇒𝑑> ⇒ = − ⇒ 𝑣𝑜 = 30 𝑐𝑚
60 × 180 (+1.2) 𝑣𝑜 (−1.25)
3.14 × 11 × 103 30 25
⇒𝑑> ⇒ 𝑑 > 3.2 𝑚 ∴ |𝑚∞ | = × = 200
60 × 180 1.25 3
289 (a) 294 (c)
Using mirror formula, 𝑓
1 1 1 𝑚=
+ = 𝑓−𝑢
+25/3 −𝑢₁ +10 1 −12 12
1 3 1 − = =
Or 𝑢1
= 25
− 10
4 −12 − 𝑢 12 + 𝑢
Or 12 + 𝑢 = −48 or 𝑢 = −60 cm
Or 𝑢1 = 50 m
1 1 1 295 (b)
And (+50/7) + =
−𝑢1 +10 Plane mirror and convex mirror always from
1 7 1 erect images. Image formed by concave mirror
∴ = −
𝑢2 50 10 may be erected or inverted depending on position
Or 𝑢2 = 25 m of object.
𝑢1 − 𝑢2
Speed of object = time 296 (d)
25 −1 By the symmetry of the rays and location of the
= ms points
30
= 3 kmh−1 297 (b)
290 (b) The condition for achromatism is
𝑛₂ 1 𝜔1 𝑃1 + 𝜔2 𝑃2 = 0
=
𝑛₁ sin 𝐶 𝜔1 𝑃1 = −𝜔2 𝑃2
1 𝜆₁ 6000 3 𝜔1 𝑃2
= = = ⇒ =−
sin 𝐶 𝜆₂ 4000 2 𝜔2 𝑃1
2 Now, 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 2D
𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
3 Or 5 + 𝑃2 = 2 or 𝑃2 = −3D
291 (b) 𝜔1 −3 3
∴ =− =
𝜔2 5 5
298 (d)
1 1 1
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
If 𝑅1 = 𝑅, 𝑅2 = −𝑅

P a g e | 117
 𝑅 20 1 1 1
𝑓= = = 20 𝑐𝑚 = +
2(𝜇 − 1) 2(1.5 − 1) 𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2
𝐼 𝑓 Given, 𝑓1 = 50 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓2 = 50 𝑐𝑚
∵ =
𝑂 𝑓+𝑢 1 1 1 2
∴ = + =
𝐼 20 𝐹 50 50 50
= = −2 50
2 20 − 30 ⟹𝐹= = 25 𝑐𝑚
⇒ 𝐼 = −4 𝑐𝑚 2
Image is Real and inverted Object when placed at center of curvature forms a
299 (b) real, inverted image of same size as object = (2×
𝜆2 4800 25 = 50 𝑐𝑚)
= = 0.8 307 (c)
𝜆1 6000
New resolution limit = 0.8 × 0.1 mm = 0.08 mm Given , the power of objective lens,
300 (a) 𝑃0 = 0.5 𝐷
real depth The power of eye-piece lens,
Refractive index (μ) =
apparent depth 𝑃𝑒 = 20 𝐷
1 The magnifying power of an astronomical
⇒μ∝
apparent depth telescope
𝑓0
Since, violet light is refracted the maximum and 𝑀=
𝑓𝑒
red light are least, the refractive index is 𝑃𝑒 1
maximum for violet colour and minimum for red 𝑜𝑟 𝑀 = (∴ 𝑃 = )
𝑃0 𝑓
colour. Hence, letter which appears minimum 20
raised are red. = = 40
0.5
308 (d)
301 (d) 𝐿 = 𝑣0 + 𝑓𝑒 ⇒ 𝑣0 = 𝐿 − 𝑓𝑒
Let focal length of convex lens is +𝑓 then focal Or 𝑣0 = 19.2 cm
3
length of concave lens would be − 2 𝑓. 1 1 1
− =
From the given condition, 19.2 𝑢0 1.6
1 1 2 1 1 10 10
Or − = −
= − = 𝑢𝑜 16 192
30 𝑓 3𝑓 3𝑓 1 120−10 100
∴ 𝑓 = 10 cm Or − 𝑢 = 192 = 192
𝑜
192
Therefore, focal length of convex lens = + 10 cm Or 𝑢𝑜 = − 110 cm = −1.75 cm
and that of concave lens = -15 cm. 309 (c)
302 (d) 𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒
Semi-vertical angle = critical angle 𝑚= (1 + )
𝑓𝑒 𝐷
1
Hence, 𝑖𝐶 = sin−1 (1.33) = 48.75 ≈ 49° 310 (d)
303 (c)
I
1 1 1
As 𝑓 = (μ − 1) (𝑅 − 𝑅 ) O
1 2
1 1 1 2f 2f
∴ = (1.5 − 1) ( − )
20 ∞ 𝑅 4f
1 −1
20
= 2𝑅 , 𝑅 = −10 cm 311 (a)
Refraction from rarer to denser medium Biconvex lens is cut perpendicularly to the
μ μ μ −μ
− 𝑢1 + 𝑣2 = 2 𝑅 1 , where 𝑢 = ∞, 𝑣 = 𝑓 principle axis, it will become a plano-convex lens.
Focal length of biconvex lens
1.5 1.5 − 1 1
∴0+ = = , 𝑓 = 30 cm 1 1 1
𝑓 10 20 = (𝑛 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅₁ 𝑅₂
304 (c) 1 2
𝐼1 𝑣 𝐼 𝑢
= 𝑢 and 𝑂2 = 𝑣 ⇒ 𝑂2 = 𝐼1 𝐼2 = (𝑛 − 1) (∵ 𝑅1 = 𝑅, 𝑅2 = −𝑅)
𝑂 𝑓 𝑅
305 (a) 𝑅
⟹𝑓= … . … (𝑖)
The focal length of combination is 2(𝑛 − 1)
P a g e | 118
 For plano-convex lens 316 (b)
1 1 1 At point 𝐴, by Snell’s law
= (𝑛 − 1) ( − )
𝑓₁ 𝑅 ∞ sin 45 1
𝑅 𝜇= ⇒ sin 𝑟 = … (i)
sin 𝑟 𝜇√2
𝑓1 = … … … … . (𝑖𝑖)
(𝑛 − 1) At point 𝐵, for total internal reflection sin 𝑖1 = 𝜇
1
Comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we see that focal
45°
length becomes double. Air
1 A
Power of lens P ∝ 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ r

Hence, power will become half. 90°

i1
4
New power = 2 =2𝐷 B 

312 (c) From figure, 𝑖1 = 90 − 𝑟

After critical angle reflection will be 100% and 1
transmission is 0 %. Options (b) and (c) satisfy ∴ sin(90° − 𝑟) =
𝜇
this condition. But option (c) is the correct option. 1
Because in option (b) transmission is given 100% ⇒ cos 𝑟 = … (ii)
𝜇
at θ = 0°, which is not true 1
∴ Correct answer is (c). Now cos 𝑟 = √1 − sin2 𝑟 = √1 − 2𝜇2
314 (a)
2𝜇2 − 1
Given that, the refractive index of the lens wrt air, =√ … (iii)
2𝜇2
𝑎 𝜇𝑤 = 1.60
And the refractive index of water wrt air 𝑎 𝜇𝑤 = 1 2𝜇2 −1
From equation (ii) and (iii), 𝜇 = √ 2𝜇2
1.33
The focal length of the lens in air, 𝑓 = 20𝑐𝑚 Squaring both side and then solving, we get 𝜇 =
We know that for a lens √
3
1 1 1 2
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) 317 (c)
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
When the lens is in the air 𝜇𝑎𝑖𝑟 < 𝜇𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠 < 𝜇𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑖. 𝑒. , 1 < 𝜇𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠 < 1.33
1 1 1 318 (c)
= ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − ) In minimum deviation position ∠𝑖1 = ∠𝑖2 and
20 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1 1 ∠𝑟1 = ∠𝑟2
𝑜𝑟 = (1.60 − 1) ( − )
20 𝑅1 𝑅2 319 (a)
1 1 1 𝐿
𝑜𝑟 = 0.60 × ( − ) … (𝑖) 𝐼= 2
20 𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑟
When the lens is in the water 320 (d)
1 1 1 𝑎 𝜇𝑟 𝜇𝑟 /𝜇𝑎 𝜇𝑤
= ( 𝑤 𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − ) = = = 𝜇
𝑓 ′ 𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑤 𝜇𝑟 𝜇𝑟 /𝜇𝑤 𝜇𝑎 𝑎 𝑤
1 𝜇
𝑎 𝑔 1 1 321 (c)
𝑜𝑟 ′ = ( − 1) ( − ) When the object is placed at the center of the
𝑓 𝑎 𝜇𝑤 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 −𝑎 𝜇𝑤 1 1 glass sphere, the rays from the object fall
𝑜𝑟 ′ = ( )( − ) normally on the surface of the sphere and emerge
𝑓 𝑎 𝜇𝑤 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1.60 − 1.33 1 1 undeviated.
∴ ′=( )( − )
𝑓 1.33 𝑅1 𝑅2 322 (c)
1 27 1 1 𝜃 = (𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑅 )𝑅 = (1.6 − 1.5) × 5 = 0.5°
𝑜𝑟 ′ = ( − ) … … … . (𝑖𝑖)
𝑓 133 𝑅1 𝑅2 323 (c)
On dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get 𝑥 10𝑥
𝑐 = ,𝑣 =
𝑓 ′ 0.60 × 1.33 𝑡1 𝑡2
= 1 𝑣 10𝑥 𝑡1
20 27 sin 𝐶 ′ = = = ×
𝑜𝑟 𝑓 ′ = 20 × 2.95 𝑐𝑚 ≈ 60𝑐𝑚 μ 𝑐 𝑡2 𝑥
315 (c) 𝐶 ′ = sin−1 (
10 𝑡1
) …(i)
𝑡2
Frequency remain unchanged
P a g e | 119
324 (d) 331 (a)
𝑅 1 𝑛 1 1
𝑓= ⇒ 𝑅 = 40𝑐𝑚 = ( − 1) ( − )
2 𝑓 1 𝑅1 𝑅2
325 (a) 1 𝑛 1 1
Radio, waves can pass through dust, clouds, fog, = ( − 1) ( − )
𝑓1 𝑛′ 𝑅1 𝑅2
etc, in a radio, telescope. It can detect very faint 𝑓 (𝑛−1)𝑛′
Dividing, 𝑓1 = 𝑛−𝑛′
radio signal due to enormous size of its reflection.
𝑓𝑛′ (𝑛−1)
So it can be used at night and even in cloudy Or 𝑓1 = − 𝑛′ −𝑛
weather 332 (a)
326 (c) 𝑓𝑙 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 1.5 − 1 1.75 × 0.50
1 = = 1.5 =− = −3.5
μ = 1 = 3 (1 − ) 𝑓𝑎 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 − 1 0.25
μ 1.75
1 1 1 1 2 2 ∴ 𝑓𝑙 = −3.5 𝑓𝑎 ⇒ 𝑓𝑙 = +3.5𝑅 [∵ 𝑓𝑎 = 𝑅]
Or 1 − = or = 1 − = or μ =
μ 3 μ 3 3 3 Hence on immersing the lens in the liquid, it
1 3
Now, = behaves as a converging lens of focal length 3.5 𝑅
sin 𝑖𝑐 2
2 2 333 (a)
Or sin 𝑖𝑐 = 3 or 𝑖𝑐 = sin−1 (3)
A camera is a device used to take pictures, either
Or 𝑖𝑐 = sin−1(0.67) singly or in sequence. Camera’s have a lens
327 (a) positioned in front of the camera’s opening
According to Cartesian sign convention together the incoming light and to focus the image
Object distance, 𝑢 = −15 𝑐𝑚 or part of the image on the recording surface. The
Focal length, 𝑓 = −10𝑐𝑚 size of aperture (its diameter) controls the
1 1 1 1 1
Using mirror formula + = ⇒ (−15) + = brightness of the scene control and the amount of
𝑢 𝑣 𝑓 𝑣
1 light that enters the camera during a period of
(−10) time, and the shutter controls the length of time
1 1 1 1 1
𝑣
= (−10) − (−15) + (−10) + (15) or 𝑣 = −30𝑐𝑚 that the light hits the recording surface.
This image is 30 𝑐𝑚 from the mirror on the same A diameter of an aperture is measured in 𝑓- stops.
side of the object A lower 𝑓- stops number opens the aperture
𝑣 (−30 𝑐𝑚) admits more light onto the camera sensor. Higher
Magnification, 𝑚 = − 𝑢 = − (−15𝑐𝑚) = −2𝑐𝑚
𝑓 – stop numbers make the cameras aperture
The image is magnified, real and inverted smaller so less light hits the sensor.
328 (d) 334 (c)
1 𝑛 1 1
𝑓
= (𝑛2 − 1) (𝑅 − 𝑅 ) where 𝑛2 and 𝑛1 are the Two plano-convex lens of focal length 𝑓, when
1 1 2
refractive indices of the material of the lens and of combined will give rise to a convex lens of focal
the surroundings respectively. For a double length 𝑓/2
1 1 The image will be of same size if object is placed
concave lens, (𝑅 − 𝑅 ) is always negative
1 2 at 2𝑓 𝑖. 𝑒., at a distance 𝑓 from optical centre
336 (d)
sin 𝑖 1
Since 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = √2, so 𝑔 𝜇𝑎 = =
sin 𝑟 √2

n1 n1 ∴ sin 𝑟 = 1 ⇒ 𝑟 = 90°
n2
337 (b)
Hence 𝑓 is negative only when 𝑛2 > 𝑛1 Sodium light gives emission spectrum having two
329 (d) yellow lines
A concave lens always produces a virtual and 338 (d)
𝑓
erect image on the same side of the lens, which is Length of image =(𝑓−𝑢) 𝑏
smaller in size. 339 (b)
330 (b) At the time of sunrise and sunset, the sun is near
𝑓 = −𝑑 = −100 𝑐𝑚 = −1 𝑚 the horizon. The rays from the sun have to travel
1 1
∴𝑃= = = −1 𝐷 a larger part of the atmosphere. As 𝜆𝑏 < 𝜆𝑟 , and
𝑓 −1
P a g e | 120
 1 Real depth 6 3
intensity of scattered light ∝ 𝜆4 , therefore, most of 𝑛= = =
Apparent depth 4 2
the blue light is scattered away, only red colour, 𝑛1 𝑛2 𝑛1 ~ 𝑛₂
which is least scattered enters our eyes and + =
u 𝑣 𝑅
appears to come from the sun. Hence, the sun 1.5 4 1.5 − 1
looks red both at the time of sunrise and sunset. − =
6 17 𝑅
341 (d) 𝑅 = 34 cm
If a lens of focal length 𝑓 is divided into two equal 346 (c)
parts as shown in figure (i) and each has a focal 𝛿net = 𝛿mirror + 𝛿prism
length 𝑓′ then = (180 − 2𝑖) + (𝜇 − 1)𝐴
1 1 1 = (180 − 2 × 45) + (1.5 − 1) × 4 = 92°
= + 𝑖𝑒, 𝑓′ = 2𝑓
𝑓 𝑓′ 𝑓′ 347 (b)
𝑖𝑒, each part will have focal length 2𝑓 In case of refraction from a curved surface, we
Now if these parts are put in contact as in figure have
(2), then resultant focal length of the combination 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 − 𝜇1 1 2 (1 − 2)
will be − = ⇒ − = ⇒𝑣
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅 𝑣 (−15) −10
1 1 1 = −30 𝑐𝑚
= + 𝑖𝑒, 𝐹 = 𝑓 (𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒)
𝐹 2𝑓 2𝑓 A C
For this combination,  = 1 =2 =4/3
P O
1 1 1
= ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − ) … … … … . . (𝑖) 10 cm C ' I
𝐹 𝑅1 𝑅2
B D
Now, if this combination is immersed in liquid, 15 cm
then 20 cm
1 1 1 𝑖. 𝑒., the curved surface will form virtual image 𝐼 at
= ( 1 𝜇𝑔 − 1) ( − ) … . . (𝑖𝑖)
𝐹′ 𝑅1 𝑅2 distance of 30 𝑐𝑚 from 𝑃. Since the image is
𝐹′ ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) (1.5) − 1) virtual there will be no refraction at the plane
= = 3
𝑓 ( 1 𝜇𝑔 − 1) surface 𝐶𝐷 (as the rays are not actually passing
( 24 − 1)
3
through the boundary), the distance of final image
𝐹′ 0.5 𝐼 from 𝑃 will remain 30 𝑐𝑚
𝑜𝑟 = 9 = 0.5 × 8 349 (a)
𝑓 ( − 1)
8 A lens made of three different materials as shown
∴ F’= 0.5 × 8 × 10 = 40𝑐𝑚 has only one focal length. Thus, for a given object
342 (b) there is only on image.
The angular range is clearly twice the critical 350 (c)
angle The optical fibres are used to transmit light signals
343 (d) from one place to another without any practical
1 μ1 1 1
= ( − 1) ( − ) loss in the intensity of light signal. It works on the
𝑓 μ2 𝑅1 𝑅2
principle of total internal reflection.
1 3/2 1 1
=( − 1) ( + ) 351 (a)
𝑓 4/3 0.3 0.3
1 9 2
We know that 𝛿 = 𝑖 + 𝑒 − 𝐴 ⇒ 𝑒 = 𝛿 + 𝐴 − 𝑖
Or 𝑓 = (8 − 1) (0.3) = 30° + 30° − 60° = 0°
1 1 2
Or 𝑓 = 8 × 0.3 or 𝑓 = 1.20 m ∴ Emergent ray will be perpendicular to the face.
Therefore it will make an angle of 90° with the
344 (b)
face through which it emerges
𝑓 = −15𝑐𝑚, 𝑚 = +2 [Positive because image is
352 (c)
virtual] 𝐷×𝑑
𝑣 Distance of jeep, 𝑥 = 1.22×𝜆
∵ 𝑚 = − 𝑢 ⇒ 𝑣 − 2𝑢. By using mirror formula
Where D = diameter of lens
1 1 1
= + ⇒ 𝑢 = −7.5 𝑐𝑚 d = separation between sources.
−15 (−2𝑢) 𝑢
(2 × 10−3 ) × 1.2
345 (a) ⟹ 𝑥=
1.22 × 5896 × 10−10

P a g e | 121
 = 3337 𝑚 a small fraction is the incident light energy is
reflected. The second image is due to reflection
⟹ 𝑥 = 3.34 𝑘𝑚 from polished surface. So, a major portion of light
353 (a) is reflected. Thus, the second image is the
ℎ′ 4 brightest
𝜇= ⇒ ℎ′ = 𝜇ℎ = × 18 = 24 𝑐𝑚 366 (d)
ℎ 3
354 (b) Given focal length of concave mirror
Focal length for violet colour is minimum 𝑓 = −15 cm
357 (d) 𝑢 = −20 cm
𝑓 −15
Out of the given choices concave mirror can Magnification 𝑚 = 𝑢 − 𝑓 = −20 + 15
produce real image. 𝑚 = 3 cm
Provided the object is not placed between the The area enclosed by the image of the wire
pole and focus of concave mirror. = 𝑚² = 9 cm²
358 (b) 367 (b)
Speed of light is given by 1 1 1
𝑐 3 × 108 + =
𝑣= = = 2 × 108 ms−1 𝑢 𝑣 𝑓
𝑛 1.5 𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑣
359 (b) − 2− 2=0
𝑢 𝑣
1 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑢
Resolving power of microscope ∝ 𝜆 or − 2 = 2
𝑣 𝑢
360 (b) 𝑑𝑣 𝑣 2 𝑑𝑢 10×10
Or = − 2 =− × 9 ms −1 = −1 ms−1
According to lens makers formula 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 𝑑𝑡 30×30
1 1 1 1 368 (a)
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) ⇒ ∝ (𝜇 − 1) 𝑓 1 𝑓
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑓 = =
Since 𝜇Red < 𝜇violet ⇒ 𝑓𝑣 < 𝑓𝑟 and 𝐹𝑣 < 𝐹𝑟 𝑓 − 𝑢 4 𝑓 − (−0.5)
Note: Always keep in mind that whenever you are Or 4𝑓 = 𝑓 + 0.5 or 3𝑓 = 0.5
0.5
asked to compared (greater than or less than) 𝑢, 𝑣 Or 𝑓 = m = 0.17m
3
or 𝑓 you must not apply sign conventions for 369 (c)
comparison The critical angle 𝐶 is given by
362 (d) 𝑛2 𝜆1 3500 1
sin 𝐶 = = = = ⇒ 𝐶 = 30°
Convergence (or power) is independent of 𝑛1 λ2 7000 2
medium for mirror 370 (d)
363 (d) For a lens 𝑚 =
𝑓−𝑣 1
= −𝑓𝑣 + 1
1 1 1 1 1 𝑓
= + = + ⇒ 𝐹 = −30 Comparing it with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 60 (−20)
1
364 (b) Slope = 𝑚 = − 𝑓
𝑓 𝑏
𝑚= From graph, slope of the line = 𝑐
𝑓−𝑢 1 𝑏 𝑐
If 𝑚 = +3, then Hence − 𝑓 = 𝑐
⇒ |𝑓| = 𝑏
−24 372 (d)
3=
−24 − 𝑢 𝐿
Or −24 − 𝑢 = −8 or 𝑢 + 24 = 8 𝐼=
𝑟2
Or 𝑢 = 8 − 24 cm = −16 cm 𝑑𝐼 2𝑑𝑟
⇒ =− [∵ 𝐿 = constant]
If 𝑚 = −3, then 𝐼 𝑟
−24 𝑑𝐼 2 × 𝑑𝑟
−3 = ⇒ × 100 = − × 100 = −2 × 1 = −2%
−24 − 𝑢 𝐼 𝑟
𝑢 + 24 = −8 373 (c)
Or 𝑢 = −32cm The rainbow is seen as a virtual image in the form
365 (b) of a coloured are centered on the anti-solar point
The first images is due to reflection from the front that is the point below the horizon, directly
surface 𝑖𝑒 unpolised surface of the mirror. So, only opposite the sun in the sky. When conditions are

P a g e | 122
 favorable two rainbows are seen the brighter is We have
the primary and a fainter second one with the 1
sin 𝐶 =
colours reversed. Hence, both primary and μ
secondary rainbow are virtual images. 𝑣2 1480
But μ = =
374 (d) 𝑣1 340
S
Lamp
340
∴ sin 𝐶 =
Tunnel 1480
 340
B
O
Or 𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
1480
= 13.28° ≈ 13.3°
A 381 (b)
𝐿 𝐿 𝐷
𝐼𝐴 = (2𝑟)2
and 𝐼𝐵 = 2 cos 𝜃 𝑚 = 1 + 𝑓 = 1 + 𝐷𝑃 [𝑚 increases with 𝑃]
(𝑟√2)
𝐿 𝑟 𝐿 382 (d)
= . =
2𝑟 2 𝑟√2 2√2 𝑟 2 For first lens, 𝜇1 = −30𝑐𝑚, 𝑓1 = 10𝑐𝑚
𝐼𝐴 2√2 1 1 1 1
∴ = = = −
𝐼𝐵 4 √2 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
375 (a) 1 1 1
𝑜𝑟 = +
For vacuum 𝑡 = 𝑛 𝜆𝑜 …(i) 𝑣 𝑓 𝑢
For air 𝑡 = (𝑛 + 1)𝜆𝑎 …(ii) 1 1 1 1
𝑜𝑟 = − =
From equation (i) and (ii) 𝑣 10 30 15
𝑜𝑟 𝑣 = 15 𝑐𝑚
𝜆 6 × 10−7 𝜆𝑜
𝑡= = (𝜇 = ) Therefore, image formed by convex lens (𝐿1 ) is at
𝜇 − 1 1.0003 − 1 𝜆𝑎
−3 point 𝐼1 and acts as virtual object for concave lens
= 2 × 10 𝑚 = 2𝑚𝑚 𝑓2 = 20 cm 𝑓
(𝐿2 ). 𝑓1 3
376 (d)
= 10 cm = 20 cm
1
Time of exposure ∝ (Aperture)2
377 (c) I

𝑓𝑙 ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 −1)
𝑓𝑎
= ( 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 −1)
⇒ 𝑓𝑙 = ∞ if 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 = 1 ⇒ 𝑎 𝜇𝑙 = 𝑎 𝜇𝑔

378 (b) 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3
| 30 cm | 5 cm | 10 cm | 30 cm
Focal length of convex lens
1 1 1
= (μ − 1) ( − ) The image 𝐼1 is formed at focus of concave lens (as
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 shown) and so emergent rays will be parallel to
𝑅1 = 10 cm, 𝑅2 = −10 cm, μ = 1.5 (for glass) the principle axis. For lens 𝐿2 , 𝜇2 =15-5=10 cm,
1 1 1
= (1.5 − 1) ( − ) 𝑓2=-10cm. These parallel rays are incident on the
𝑓 10 −10
third convex lens (𝐿3 ) and will be brought to
2
= 0.5 ( ) convergence at the focus of the lens (𝐿3 )
10
10 Hence , distance of final image from third lens 𝐿3
𝑓= 𝑣2 = 𝑓3 = 30 𝑐𝑚
2 × 0.5
⇒ 𝑓 = 10 cm 383 (c)
For no deviation,
∴ Focal length of concave mirror (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 + (𝜇′ − 1)𝐴′ = 0
(𝜇 − 1)𝐴 (1.54 − 1)4°
= 10 cm ⟹ 𝐴′ = − = = −3°
(𝜇′ − 1) (1.72 − 1)
∴ Radius of curvature = 2 × 10 = 20 cm
Negative sign implies that two prisms should be
379 (a) connected in opposition.
𝑢 = −25 𝑐𝑚, 𝑣 = +75 𝑐𝑚
1 1 1
384 (b)
⇒ 𝑓 = +75 − −25 ⇒ 𝑓 = +18.75 𝑐𝑚; convex lens
380 (a)
P a g e | 123
 When an object is placed in front of such a lens, 3 × 108
𝜆= × 1010 Å = 0.6 × 104 Å
the rays are first of all refracted from the convex 5 × 1014
surface and again refracted from convex surface. = 6000Å
Let 𝑓₁, 𝑓𝑚 be focal lengths of convex surface and 𝜆
Now, μ = 𝜆′
mirror (plane polished surface) respectively, then 𝜆 6000
effective focal length is Or 𝜆′ = μ = 1.5
Å = 4000 Å
1 1 1 1 2 1 391 (a)
= + + = +
𝐹 𝑓₁ 𝑓𝑚 𝑓₁ 𝑓₁ 𝑓𝑚 When two lenses are separated by some distance
Since, 𝑥, then equivalent power
𝑅 𝑃 = 𝑃₁ + 𝑃₂ − 𝑥𝑃₁𝑃₂
𝑓𝑚 = = ∞
2 ∴ 𝑃 = 5+5−𝑥×5×5
1 2 𝑜𝑟 𝑃 = 10 − 25𝑥
∴ =
𝐹 𝑓₁ Power 𝑃 will be negative, if 10-25x will be
From lens formula negative
1 1 𝑖𝑒, 25𝑥 > 10
= (𝜇 − 1) ( )
𝑓₁ 𝑅 10
1 2(𝜇 − 1) 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 >
∴ = 25
𝐹 𝑅 10
𝑅 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > × 100 𝑐𝑚
⟹𝐹= 25
2(𝜇 − 1) 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > 40 𝑐𝑚
𝑅 394 (b)
𝑜𝑟 𝑅𝑒𝑞 = 2𝐹 =
(𝜇 − 1) Since rays after passing through the glass slab just
385 (b) suffer lateral displacement hence we have angle
When a ray of light passes from glycerine (denser, between the emergent rays as 𝛼
μ = 1.47) to water (rarer, μ = 1.33) the angle of 
refraction (𝑟) is greater than angle of incidence i i

(𝑖), then from Snell’s law
sin 𝑖 μ2
= <1
sin 𝑟 μ1
i i
When 𝑟 = 90°, corresponding angle of incidence
395 (c)
is known as critical angel, 𝑖𝑒, 𝑖 = θ𝐶
sin θ𝐶 μ2 𝛿 ∝ (𝜇 − 1) ⇒ 𝜇𝑅 is least so 𝛿𝑅 is least
∴ = 396 (a)
sin 90° μ1
μ2 The combined focal length of plano-convex lens
⇒ sin θ𝐶 = 1 1 1
μ1 = +
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2
μ2 Given, 𝑓1 = ∞(𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑒 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒), 𝑓2 = 𝑓(𝑠𝑎𝑦)
⇒ θ𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
μ1 1 1 1
∴ = +
1.33 𝐹 ∞ 𝑓
= sin−1 ( ) ⟹𝐹=𝑓
1.47
Now when concave lens of same focal length is
θ𝐶 = 64°48′ joined to first lens , then combined focal length
1 1 1
386 (b) = +
𝐹′ 𝐹1 𝐹2
Note that two refractive indices are involves. 1 1
Therefore, two images will be formed = − (∵ 𝐹1 = 𝑓, 𝐹2 = −𝑓)
𝑓 𝑓
389 (a) =0
Image formed by convex mirror is virtual for real 𝐹′ = ∞
object placed anywhere Thus, the image can be focused on infinity (∞) or
390 (a) focus shifts to infinity.
Wavelength in vacuum, 397 (b)

P a g e | 124
 In compound microscope objective forms real 1 2 1 𝑓1 20
= + , 𝑓𝑚 = ∞ ⇒ 𝑓 = = = 10 𝑐𝑚
image while eye piece forms virtual image 𝑓 𝑓1 𝑓𝑚 2 2
398 (a) 404 (b)
For viewing far objects, concave lenses are used 𝑓1 𝑓2 10(−10) −100
𝑓= = = =∞
and for concave lens 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 10 + (−10) 10 − 10
𝑢 = wants to see = −60𝑐𝑚; 𝑣 = can see = 405 (c)
1
−15 𝑐𝑚 so from = − ⇒ 𝑓 = −20 𝑐𝑚
1 1 1 2 𝑅
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 = (μ − 1) ( ) or 𝑓 =
𝑓 𝑅 2(μ − 1)
399 (a)
Now ,𝑓 > 𝑅
𝑅
∴ >𝑅
2(μ − 1)
1
Or 2(μ−1)
> 1 or 2(μ − 1) < 1
1 1
Or μ − 1 < or μ < (1 + )
2 2
Or μ < 1.5
406 (c)
𝑓
𝑛=
According to New Cartesian sign convention, 𝑓+𝑢
Object distance 𝑢 = −15 𝑐𝑚 𝑓
𝑓+𝑢 =
Focal length of a concave lens, 𝑓 = −10 𝑐𝑚 𝑛
𝑓 1−𝑛
Height of the object ℎ𝑜 = 2.0 𝑐𝑚 Or 𝑢 = 𝑛 − 𝑓 = ( 𝑛 ) 𝑓
1 1 1
According to mirror formula, 𝑣 + 𝑢 = 𝑓 𝑛−1 𝑛−1
Or 𝑢 = − ( 𝑛
) 𝑓, |𝑢| = 𝑛
𝑓
1 1 1 1 1 407 (a)
= − = − ⇒ 𝑣 = −30 𝑐𝑚
𝑣 𝑓 𝑢 −10 −15 According to mirror formula
This image is formed 30 cm from the mirror on 1 1 1
the same side of the object. It is a real image = +
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
−𝑣 ℎ𝐼
Magnification of the mirror, 𝑚 = = Here 𝑢 = −9 m and 𝑓 = −1 m
𝑢 ℎ𝑂
−(−30) ℎ𝐼 1 1 1
⇒ = ⇒ ℎ𝐼 = −4 𝑐𝑚 − =
−15 2 (−1) (−9) 𝑣
Negative sign shows that image is inverted 9
⇒𝑣= − m
The image is real, inverted, of size 4 cm at a 8
distance 30 cm in front of the mirror As the object moves at a constant speed of 5 m/s
401 (a) after 1 s the new position of image is
1 1 1
For the objective, − =
𝑣𝑜 −1/3.8 1/4
1 1 1
𝑢′ = −9 m + 5 m = −4 m
Or + 3.8 = 4 or = 0.2 =
𝑣𝑜 𝑣𝑜 5
1 1 1
or 𝑣0 = 5 cm ∴ − =
5 (−1) (−4) 𝑣′
Now, 𝑀0 = 1 = −19
−
3.8 4
Again, 𝑀 = 𝑀𝑂 × 𝑀𝑒 ⇒ 𝑣′ = − m
95
3
−95 = −19 × 𝑀𝑒 or 𝑀𝑒 = 19 = 5
The shift in the position of image in 1 s is
402 (b)
Frequency does not change with medium but 9 4 1
wavelength and velocity decrease with the 𝑣 − 𝑣′ = − + =
8 3 5
increase in refractive index
1
403 (b) ∴ Average speed of image = 5 m/s
𝑅 10
𝑓= = = 20 𝑐𝑚 408 (d)
𝜇 − 1 (1.5 − 1)

P a g e | 125
 The image of object at infinity should be formed at
100 𝑐𝑚 from the eye
1 1 1 1
= − =−
𝑓 ∞ 100 100
−100
So the power = 100
= −1 𝐷
1
[Distance is given in 𝑐𝑚 but 𝑃 = in 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠]
𝑓
Where 𝐶 is the critical angle.
409 (b) 1 1
𝐴+𝛿𝑚 So, =
𝐴 sin( 2
) sin 𝐶 tan 𝑟
𝜇 = cot = ⇒ sin 𝐶 = tan 𝑟
2 sin 𝐴/2
𝐴 𝐴+𝛿𝑚
cos 2 sin( 2
) Or 𝐶 = sin−1(tan 𝑟)
𝑜𝑟 𝐴 =
sin 2 sin 𝐴/2
414 (c)
𝐴 𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 𝐷
𝑜𝑟 sin (90° − ) = sin ( ) 𝑚 = 𝑚𝑜 × 𝑚𝑒 ⇒ 𝑚 = 𝑚𝑜 × (1 + )
2 2 𝑓𝑒
𝐴 𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 25 25
𝑜𝑟 90° − = ( ) ⇒ 100 = 10 × (1 + ) ⇒ 𝑓𝑒 = 𝑐𝑚
2 2 𝑓𝑒 9
𝑜𝑟 180° − 𝐴 = 𝐴 + 𝛿𝑚 415 (a)
𝛿𝑚 = 180° − 2𝐴 = 𝜋 − 2𝐴 360°
410 (c) 𝑛= =5
72°
Speed of light in air 360
Note that θ is odd and object line
Speed of light in aqueous humor
Wavelength of light in air asymmetrically
= 416 (d)
Wavelength of light in aqueous humor
1.6
𝑣1 λ1 𝑓= m = 0.8m, 𝑢 = −1 m
⇒ = 2
𝑣2 λ2 1 1 1 10 18 9
= − = +1= =
λ 474 𝑣 0.8 −1 8 8 4
Or 𝑣2 = λ2 × 𝑣1 = 633 × 3 × 108 4
1 Or 𝑣 = m
9

= 2.25 × 10 ms 8 −1 417 (a)

1 1 1
= (𝜇 − 1)( − )
411 (a) 𝑓𝑎 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑜 1 1
𝑀= , 10 = , 𝑓 = 200 cm = (1.5 − 1) ( − ) … … … … . . (𝑖)
𝑓𝑒 20 0 𝑅1 𝑅2
412 (a) 1 𝜇𝑔 − 𝜇𝑚 1 1
𝑎𝑛𝑑 = ( − )
1 𝐼2 𝑟12 602 1 𝑓𝑚 𝜇𝑚 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝐼∝ 2⇒ = 2= = 1 1.5 1 1
𝑟 𝐼1 𝑟2 1802 9 =( − 1) ( − ) … … … . . (𝑖𝑖)
413 (b) 𝑓𝑚 1.6 𝑅1 𝑅2
Here 𝑖 = 𝑟 Thus,
𝑟′ = 90° − 𝑟 𝑓𝑚 (1.5 − 1)
= 1.5 = −8
sin 𝑟′ sin(90°−𝑟) 𝑓𝑎 ( − 1)
So, μ = sin 𝑟 = sin 𝑟 1.6
cos 𝑟 1 𝑓𝑚 = −8 × 𝑓ₐ
μ= = −1 1 1
sin 𝑟 tan 𝑟 = −8 × (∵ 𝑓𝑎 = = − 𝑚)
1 5 𝑝 5
But μ = sin 𝐶
= 1.6 𝑚
𝜇
∴ 𝑃𝑚 =
𝑓𝑚
1.6
= = 1𝐷
1.6
418 (b)

P a g e | 126
 𝐴+𝛿𝑚 Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we have
sin ( 2
)
μ= 𝐴 𝑓1 ( 𝑎 μg − 1)
sin =
2 𝑓 ( 𝑙 μg − 1)
60°+𝛿𝑚
sin ( 2 )
√2 = 60°
𝑓1 1.5 − 1
sin ⇒ = ( 1.5 )
2 𝑓 −1
1 60° + 𝛿𝑚 1.25
= sin ( ) 𝑓1 0.5 × 1.25
√2 2 ⟹ = = 2.5
60°+𝛿𝑚 𝑓 0.25
Or sin 45° = sin ( )
2 Hence, focal length increases by a factor of 2.5.
𝛿𝑚 = 30° 425 (d)
𝐴+𝛿
Or 𝑖 = 2 𝑚 𝑣 = −15𝑐𝑚, 𝑢 = −300𝑐𝑚
1 1 1
60 + 30 90 From lens formula 𝑓 = 𝑣 − 𝑢
= = = 45°
2 2 1 1 1 −19
419 (c) ⇒ = − =
𝑓 −15 −300 300
μg sin θ𝑐 = μ1 sin 90° −300
Or μg sin θ𝑐 = 1 ⇒𝑓= = −15.8 𝑐𝑚
19
100 −100×19
When water is poured, and power 𝑃 = 𝑓 = 300
𝑖𝑛 𝑐𝑚
μ𝑤 sin 𝑟 = μ𝑠 sin θ𝑐 or μ𝑤 sin 𝑟 = 1
= −6.33 𝐷
Again, 𝜇𝑎 sin θ = μ𝑤 sin 𝑟
426 (b)
Or 𝜇𝑎 sin θ = 1 𝐼 𝐼 𝐼
Or sin θ = 1 or θ = 90° 𝐸0 = 2 = =
𝑟 (4)2 16
420 (d) 𝐼 cos θ 𝐼 × (415)
Form displacement method size of object, 𝑂 = 𝐸𝑝 = =
𝑟 ′2 (5)2
√𝐼1 𝐼2 4𝐼
=
Here, 𝑂 = 3 cm, 𝐼1 = 9 cm 125
∴ 3 = √9𝐼2 𝐸0 𝐼 125 125
∴ = × =
Or 𝐼2 = 1 cm 𝐸𝑝 16 4𝐼 64
421 (a) 429 (a)
1 ℎ 8
Shift = 𝑡 (1 − μ
) 𝜇 = ′ ⇒ ℎ′ = =6𝑚
ℎ 4/3
1 1 1 430 (a)
1 = 3 (1 − ) or = 1 −
μ 3 μ As there is no deflection between medium 1 and
1 1 2 3
Or μ
= 1 − 3 = 3 or μ = 2 = 1.5 2. Therefore, μ1 = μ2
422 (a) 431 (d)
𝐴(𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 ) + 𝐴′ (𝜇𝑣′ − 𝜇𝑟′ ) = 0° ⇒ 𝐴′ = 5° 𝐼′ 40 × 40 16
= =
423 (d) 𝐼 50 × 50 25
100 100 𝐼′ 16 9
𝑃1 = = 5 𝐷, 𝑃2 = = 4𝐷 1− =1− =
20 25 𝐼 25 25
𝐼−𝐼′ 9
Effective power 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 or × 100 = × 100 = 36%
𝐼 25
=5+4=9D 432 (b)
424 (b) According to Cartesian sign convention
Lens-maker’s formula is given by 𝑢 = −40 cm, 𝑅 = −20 cm
1 1 1 μ1 = 1, μ2 = 1.33
= ( 𝑎 μg − 1) ( − ) … (i)
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 Applying equation for refraction through
If the lens is immersed in a liquid of refractive spherical surface, we get
index μ1 then 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 − 𝜇1
1 1 1 − =
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅
= ( 𝑙 μg − 1) ( − ) … (ii) 1.33 1 1.33
𝑓1 𝑅1 𝑅2
− =
Here, 𝑙 μg is refractive index of glass w.r.t liquid 𝑣 −40 −20

P a g e | 127
 After solving, 𝑣 = −32 cm For an equilateral prism, angle of prism of
ℎ2 𝜇1 𝑣 refracting angle 𝐴 = 60°
The magnification is 𝑚 = ℎ1
= 𝜇2 𝑢
Here, δ𝑚 = 𝐴 = 60°
ℎ2 1(32)
∴ =− ∴ Refractive index,
1 1.33(−40) 𝐴 + δ𝑚 60° + 60°
Or ℎ2 = 0.6 cm sin ( ) sin ( )
2 2
μ= 𝐴 = 60°
The positive sign shows that the image is erect sin sin ( 2 )
2
433 (c) sin 60° sin 60°
Power of spectacles, 𝑃 = 2 𝐷 = =
sin 30° cos 60°
Since, power is positive so lens used is convex = tan 60° = √3
which is used for the purpose of removing 439 (a)
hypermetropia. Effectively there is no deviation or dispersion
434 (a)
Refractive index of diamond is
velocity of light in air
μ=
velocity of light in diamond
3.0 × 1010
2=
velocity of light in diamond 440 (c)
So, velocity of light in diamond is 𝐼 cos θ 𝐼ℎ
3.0 × 1010 𝐸= 2
⇒𝐸= 3
= = 1.5 × 1010 cms−1 𝑟 𝑟
2
435 (c)
3
𝜇1 = 2, 𝜇2 =
2
3 3 3
2 sin 𝑖 ≥ sin 90° ⇒ sin 𝑖 ≥ ⇒ 𝑖 ≥ sin−1 ( ) Or 𝐸 ∝
1
2 4 4 𝑟3
436 (a) 441 (c)
𝑣 = 1 𝑐𝑚, 𝑅 = 2 𝑐𝑚 Distance of object from mirror = 15 +
33.25
=
2=1 1.33

1=1.5
40 cm
25
Distance of image from mirror = 15 + =
1.33
C
v
33.8 cm
u 1 1 1
For the mirror, + =
R 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
1 1 1
By using ∴ + =
−33.8 −40 𝑓
𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 − 𝜇1
− = ∴ 𝑓 = −18.3 cm
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅
1 1.5 1 − 1.5 ∴ Most suitable answer is (c).
− = 442 (a)
−1 𝑢 −2
⇒ 𝑢 = −1.2 𝑐𝑚 Applying Snell’s law between the surfaces 𝐴 and 𝐵
437 (a)
Lens maker’s formula
1 1 1
= (μ − 1) [ − ]
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
Where , 𝑅2 = ∞, 𝑅1 = 0.3 m 𝑛1 sin 𝑖 = 𝑛2 sin 𝑟1 … (i)
1 5 1 1 Again applying Snell’s law between surfaces 𝐵
∴ = ( − 1) ( − ) and 𝐶
𝑓 3 0.3 ∞
1 2 1 𝑛2 sin 𝑟1 = 𝑛3 sin 𝑟2 … (ii)
⇒ = × From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
𝑓 3 0.3
Or 𝑓 = 0.45 m 𝑛1 𝑖𝑠𝑛 𝑖 = 𝑛3 sin 𝑟2
438 (b) Here, 𝑟2 = 90°
∴ 𝑛1 sin 𝑖 = 𝑛3
P a g e | 128
 𝑛3 Since ℎ2 > ℎ1 , the difference of real depths
⇒ sin 𝑖 =
𝑛1 = ℎ2 − ℎ1 = 𝜇(𝑑 − 𝑐 − 𝑏 + 𝑎)
Since the liquid is added in second case,
443 (b)
(𝑑 − 𝑏)
When an object is placed between 2𝑓 and 𝑓(focal ℎ2 − ℎ1 = (𝑑 − 𝑏) ⇒ 𝜇 =
(𝑑 − 𝑐 − 𝑏 + 𝑎)
length) of the diverging lens, the image is virtual,
453 (b)
erect and diminished as shown in the graph. To
Optical path μ𝑥 = constant
calculate the distance of the image from the lens,
𝑖. 𝑒. , μ1 𝑥1 = 𝜇2 𝑥2
we apply
⇒ 1.53 × 4 = μ2 × 4.5

1.53 × 4
⇒ μ𝑤 = = 1.36
4.5

454 (a)
Focal length of converging lens 𝑓 = +10 cm
1 1 1 1 1 1
= − ⟹ = − 𝑢 = -9 cm
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 −20 𝑣 30
From lens formula
(20)(30)
⇒𝑣=− 1 1 1
20 + 30 = −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
= −12 cm (to the left to the diverging lens.)
1 1 1 1 1
444 (b) 𝑜𝑟 = + = +
𝑣 𝑓 𝑢 10 (−9)
For a telescope, magnification when final image is
1 1 1
formed at infinity = −
𝑣 10 9
𝑓0 100
𝑚∞ = = = 10 𝑂𝑟 𝑣 = −90 𝑐𝑚
𝑓𝑒 10 𝑣 −90
Magnification , 𝑚 = = =10m
446 (c) 𝑢 −9
A simple microscope is just a convex lens with ∴ Apparent area of card through lens
object lying between optical centre and focus of = 10 × 10 × 1 × 1 = 100 𝑚𝑚2 = 1 𝑐𝑚2
the lens 455 (b)
447 (d) For the relaxed eye, magnifying power is
For real image 𝑚 = −2 𝑣0 𝐷
𝑀=−
𝑓 𝑓 20 𝑢0 𝑓𝑒
∴𝑚= ⇒ −2 = = ⇒𝑢 𝑣0 25 𝑣0
𝑢+𝑓 𝑢 + 𝑓 𝑢 + 20 ∴ −45 = − × , = 9
= −30 𝑐𝑚 𝑢0 5 𝑢0
448 (c) For objective lens, image is real
𝑣0
1 1 1 ∴ 𝑣0 = +𝑣0 , 𝑢0 = −
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) 9
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 2
Given, 𝑓0 = 1 cm
For biconvex lens 𝑅2 = −𝑅1 ∴ 𝑓 = (𝜇 − 1) (𝑅) 1 1 1
Form 𝑣 − 𝑢 = 𝑓
0 0 0
Given 𝑅 = ∞ ∴ 𝑓 = ∞, so no focus at real 1 9 1
+ = ; 𝑣0 =10 cm
distance 𝑣0 𝑣0 1
449 (b) Length of the tube = 𝑣0 + 𝑓𝑒 = 10 + 5 = 15 cm
Erect and enlarged image can produced by 456 (c)
concave mirror Total deviation
𝐼 𝑓 +3 𝑓
= ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑓 = −6 𝑐𝑚
𝑂 𝑓 − 𝑢 +1 𝑓 − (−4)
⇒ 𝑅 = 2𝑓 = −12 𝑐𝑚
451 (a)
The real depth = 𝜇 [apparent depth]
= (180° − 2𝛼) + (180° − 2β)
⇒ In first case, the real depth ℎ1 = 𝜇(𝑏 − 𝑎)
= 360° − 2(α + β)
Similarly in the second case, the real depth ℎ2 =
But 90° − 𝛼 + 90° − β + θ = 180°
𝜇(𝑑 − 𝑐)

P a g e | 129
 Or θ = α + β λair 600
∴ λglass = =
∴ Total deviation = 360° − 2θ μglass 1.5
457 (c) λglass = 400 nm
If eye is kept at a distance 𝑑 then 𝑀𝑃 = 𝑣air 3 × 108
𝐿(𝐷−𝑑) Also, 𝑣glass = =
𝑓0 𝑓𝑒
, 𝑀𝑃 decreases μglass 1.5
8 −1
458 (c) 𝑣glass = 2.0 × 10 ms
When 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 are focal lengths of lenses 463 (a)
1 1 1
combined together, image formation takes place = + ⇒ 𝐹 = −18 𝑐𝑚 (𝑖. 𝑒., concave lens)
𝐹 +18 (−19)
as follows
464 (d)
From lens formula
In minimum deviation 𝑖 = 𝑒 = 30°, so angle
1 1 1
− = … … … … (𝑖) between emergent ray and second refracting
𝑣′ 𝑢 𝑓1
surface is 90° − 30 = 60°
1 1 1
− = … … . . (𝑖𝑖) 465 (b)
𝑣 𝑣′ 𝑓2
Critical angle 𝐶 is equal to incident angle if ray
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 1 1 1 reflected normally ∴ 𝐶 = 90°
− = + 466 (b)
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓1 𝑓2
Red light is used in danger signals so that the
If this lens is replaced by a single lens, then focal
danger signals can be seen distinctly up to large
length of combination is
1 1 1 1 1 distances. The light used in the danger signals
= + = − should not get scattered much, while passing
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑣 𝑢
𝑓₁𝑓₂ through the atmosphere. Since, the red colour is
⟹𝐹= scattered through a small amount due to its
𝑓₁ + 𝑓₂
459 (a) longer wavelength, the danger signals make use of
Here we treat the line on the objective as the red light.
object and the eyepiece as the lens 467 (a)
Hence 𝑢 = −(𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 ) and 𝑓 = 𝑓𝑒 For concave mirror
1 1 1 15
Now 𝑣 − −(𝑓 +𝑓 ) = 𝑓 𝑢 = − cm, 𝑣 =?
𝑜 𝑒 𝑒 2
(𝑓𝑜 +𝑓𝑒 )𝑓𝑒 10
Solving we get 𝑣 = 𝑓𝑜 𝑓 = − cm = −5 cm
2
𝑣 𝑓𝑒 Image size 𝑙
Magnification = |𝑢| = 𝑓 = Object size = 𝐿 1 1 1 1 1
𝑜 = − = −
𝑣 𝑓 𝑢 −5 −15/2
∴ Magnification of telescope in normal adjustment
1 2 −1
𝑓𝑜 𝐿 =− + =
= = 5 15 15
𝑓𝑒 𝑙
Or 𝑣 = −15 cm
460 (d)
Clearly, the position of the final image is on the
𝐼 𝑣
= pole of the convex mirror
𝑂 𝑢
𝐼 −25 468 (b)
= Here the requirement is that 𝑖 > 𝑐
15 −10 𝜇2
𝐼 = 15 × 2.5 cm = 37.5 cm ⇒ sin 𝑖 > sin 𝑐 ⇒ sin 𝑖 > … (i)
𝜇1
461 (d) sin 𝛼
𝑐𝑎 𝑡𝑤 25 4 1 From Snell’s law 𝜇1 = sin 𝑟 …(ii)
𝜇= = ⇒ 𝑡𝑤 = × = 11 = 11 min 6 𝑠
𝑐𝑤 𝑡𝑎 3 3 9 B

462 (b) i
Wavelength of a certain colour in air λair =
r
600 nm. O A

Wavelength of a certain colour in glass of
refractive index μ = 1.5
Also in ∆𝑂𝐵𝐴
𝑟 + 𝑖 = 90° ⇒ 𝑟 = (90 − 𝑖)
P a g e | 130
 Hence from equation (ii) 𝑢𝑜 𝐹𝑜′ 3 × 2.5
𝑣𝑜′ = ′ = = 15 𝑐𝑚
sin 𝛼 = 𝜇1 sin(90 − 𝑖) 𝑢𝑜 − 𝐹𝑜 (3 − 2.5)
sin 𝛼 So to refocus the image, eye-piece must be moved
⇒ cos 𝑖 =
𝜇1 by the same distance through which the image
sin 𝛼 2 formed by the objective has shifted 𝑖. 𝑒. 15 − 6 =
sin 𝑖 = √1 − cos2 𝑖 = √1 − ( ) … (iii) 9 𝑐𝑚
𝜇1
474 (b)
sin 𝛼 2 𝜇 Due to high refractive index its critical angle is
From equation (i) and (iii) √1 − ( 𝜇1
) > 𝜇2
1
very small so that most of the light incident on the
⇒ sin2 𝛼 < (𝜇12 − 𝜇22 ) ⇒ sin 𝛼 < √𝜇12 − 𝜇22 diamond is total internally reflected repeatedly
and diamond sparkles
𝛼max = sin−1 √𝜇12 − 𝜇22 475 (a)
It is possible when object kept at center of
469 (a)
curvature.
𝐼 𝑓
=
𝑑 𝑢

𝑑
Or 𝐼 = 𝑢 𝑓 or 𝐼 = θ𝑓
470 (d)
𝑑 0.1
Resolving power = 1.22 𝜆 = 1.22×6000×10−10 𝑢=𝑣
𝑢 = 2𝑓, 𝑣 = 2𝑓.
≡ 1.36 × 105 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛
476 (a)
471 (b)
sin 𝑖
The following ray diagram shows the formation of
For glass-water interface g μ𝑤 = sin 𝑟 image by a compound microscope.
sin 𝑟 uo vo u=f e

For water air interface 𝑤 μ𝑎 = sin 90°

sin 𝑖 sin 𝑟
⇒ g μ𝑤 × 𝑤 μ𝑎 = × = sin 𝑖
sin 𝑟 sin 90°
Objective
μ𝑤 μ
or μg
× μ 𝑎 = sin 𝑖 Eye piece
𝑤

1 Given, 𝑓𝑒 = 10 cm, 𝑓0 = 4 cm, 𝑢0 = -5 cm, 𝐷 = 20

⇒ μg = cm
sin 𝑖
For objective lens
473 (d) 1 1 1
= −
If initially the objective (focal length 𝐹𝑜 ) forms the 𝑓0 𝑣0 𝑢0
𝑢 𝑓 3×2 1 1 1
image at distance 𝑣𝑜 then 𝑣𝑜 = 𝑢 𝑜−𝑓𝑜 = 3−2 = 6 𝑐𝑚 = −
𝑜 𝑜
4 𝑣0 −5
Now as in case of lenses in contact 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 ⟹ = − =
= + + +⋯= + ′ 𝑣₀ 4 5 20
𝐹𝑜 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓3 𝑓1 𝐹𝑜
⟹ 𝑣 0 = 20𝑐𝑚
1 1 1
{where ′ = + + ⋯ }
𝐹𝑜 𝑓2 𝑓3 𝑣 𝐷
Magnification 𝑀 = − 0 = (1 + )
𝑢0 𝑓𝑒
So if one of the lens is removed, the focal length of
the remaining lens system 20 20
1 1 1 1 1 =− (1 + ) = 4(1 + 2) = 12
= − = − ′
⇒ 𝐹𝑜 = 2.5 𝑐𝑚 −5 10
𝐹𝑜′ 𝐹0 𝑓1 2 10
This lens will form the image of same object at a 477 (c)
distance 𝑣𝑜 ′ such that
P a g e | 131
 𝐿 𝐿 𝐿 𝐿 Where ℎ = real depth
𝐼1 = 𝑟2 = 16 and 𝐼2 = 𝑟2 = 9
1 2
Here, ℎ = 𝑦
% increase in illuminance
Now, apparent depth or the apparent height of the
𝐼2 − 𝐼1 16
= × 100 = ( − 1) × 100 ≈ 78% bird from the surface of the water = 𝑦 + (𝑛 −
𝐼1 9
1)𝑦 = 𝑛𝑦
478 (a)
The total distance of the bird as estimated by fish
For lens 𝑢 = wants to see = −30 𝑐𝑚
is𝑥 + 𝑛𝑦.
And 𝑣 = cab see = −10 𝑐𝑚
490 (a)
1 1 1 1 1
∴ = − = − ⇒ 𝑓 = −15 𝑐𝑚 ℎ ℎ
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 −10 (−30) 𝜇 = ′ ⇒ ℎ′ =
ℎ 𝑛
480 (b)
491 (d)
𝑟 = 𝑓𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃
Given refracting angle of prism 𝑃
Or 𝑟 ∝ 𝑓
𝐴𝑃 = 3°
∴ 𝜋𝑟 2 ∝ 𝑓 2 And refractive index of prism 𝑃
481 (c) μ𝑃 = 1.5
𝑓𝑙 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 𝑓1 1.5 − 1
= = 𝑎𝜇𝑔 ⇒ = 1.5 ⇒ 𝑓1 And refractive index of prism 𝑄
𝑓𝑎 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 −1 2 −1 μ = 1.6
𝑎 𝜇𝑙 1.25
= 5𝑐𝑚 (μ𝑃 − 1)𝐴𝑃 = (μ0 − 1)𝐴𝑄
483 (b) (1.5 − 1)3° = (1.6 − 1)𝐴𝑄
Several images will be formed but second image Or 0.5 × 3 = 0.6 × 𝐴𝑄
will be brightest Or 𝐴𝑄 =
0.5 × 3
Incident light 0.6
90% 100%
Or 𝐴𝑄 = 2.5°
First image
90%
10% 492 (a)
10%
The communication using optical fibres is based
10% 80% Second brightest
10% image
on the principle of total internal reflection.
493 (d)
9% Third image
From figure it is clear that ∠𝑒 = ∠𝑟2 = 0
484 (b) From 𝐴 = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 ⇒ 𝑟1 = 𝐴 = 45°
360°
𝑛= −1 sin 𝑖 sin 60 3
θ ∴ 𝜇= = =√
360° sin 𝑟1 sin 45 2
3 = −1
θ
𝜃 = 90°
485 (a) 60o r1
𝑣𝑜 𝐷
For a microscope |𝑚| = × and 𝐿 = 𝑣𝑜 + 𝑢𝑒
𝑢𝑜 𝑢𝑒
For a given microscope, with increase in 𝐿, 𝑢𝑒 will
Also from 𝑖 + 𝑒 = 𝐴 + 𝛿 ⇒ 60 + 0 = 45 + 𝛿 ⇒
increase and hence magnifying power (𝑚) will
𝛿 = 15°
decrease
494 (a)
486 (d)
1 1
For a given prism, the angle of deviation depends
𝑓 = (𝜇−1) and 𝜇 ∝ 𝜆. Hence 𝑓 ∝ 𝜆 and 𝜆𝑟 > 𝜆𝑣 upon the angel of incidence of the light rays falling
488 (a) on the prism
2 Taking triangle 𝐹 𝑃𝑄𝑅, we have
𝑑
𝐷𝐹 =
𝜆 𝑆 = ∠𝐹𝑄𝑅 + ∠𝐹𝑅𝑄
−3 −3
3 × 10 (3 × 10 ) 90 Since, ∆𝐴𝑄𝑅 is an equilateral triangle, therefore,
𝐷𝐹 = −9
= m = 18m
500 × 10 5
489 (b)
When object is in rarer medium and observer is in
denser medium.
Normal shift, 𝑑 = (𝑛 − 1)ℎ

P a g e | 132
 A 1 𝜇𝑔 1 1
(
=( − 1) ( − )
o 𝑓 𝜇𝑚 𝑅1 𝑅2
60
1
F
)
Here 𝑓 = ∞ So 𝑓 = 0 ∴ 𝜇𝑔 = 𝜇𝑚
Q R
o
503 (b)
o 30 For a compound microscope 𝑓𝑜𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 < 𝑓𝑒𝑦𝑒 𝑝𝑖𝑒𝑐𝑒
30
P S
504 (b)
1 1
B C 𝑓 ∝ 𝜇−1 and 𝜇 ∝ 𝜆
505 (a)
60° 100
∠𝐹𝑄𝑅 = = 30° = ∠𝐹𝑅𝑄 Power of lens, 𝑃 (in dioptre) = focal length 𝑓 (in cm)
2
∴ δ = 30° + 30° = 60° 100
∴𝑓=
= 10 𝑐𝑚
Hence, angle of deviation of the ray is 60°. 10
495 (d) According to lens maker’s formula
Think in terms of rectangular hyperbola 1 1 1
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − )
496 (b) 𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝑓1 𝜔2 0.036 For biconvex lens 𝑅1 = +𝑅, 𝑅2 = −𝑅
For achromatic combination 𝑓 = − 𝜔 = − 0.024 =
2 1 1 1 1
3 1 1 1 ∴ = (𝜇 − 1) ( + )
− 2 and 𝑓 − 𝑓 = 90 𝑓 𝑅 𝑅
1 2
1 2
Solving above equations we get 𝑓1 = 30𝑐𝑚, 𝑓2 = ⇒ = (𝜇 − 1) ( )
𝑓 𝑅
−45𝑐𝑚
1 2
497 (a) = (𝜇 − 1) ( )
10 10
Magnifying power of a telescope having objective 1
of focal length (𝑓0) and image distance (𝑢𝑒 ) is ⇒ (𝜇 − 1) =
2
𝑓0 1 3
𝑀=− 𝜇 = +1=
𝑢𝑒 2 2
To see with relaxed eye final image should be 507 (c)
formed at infinity. 𝑓0
𝑚= −
The distance between the objective and eyepiece 𝑓𝑒
is so adjusted the image is formed at the focus of 𝑚
𝑚′ =
the eyepiece. 2
Substituting 𝑣𝑒 = 𝑓𝑒 , we get 508 (d)
𝑓0 𝐹1 Here, 𝑖1 = 60°, 𝐴 = 30°, 𝛿 = 30°
|𝑀| = = As 𝑖1 + 𝑖2 = 𝐴 + 𝛿,
𝑓𝑒 𝐹2
498 (a) 𝑖2 = 0
Incandescent electric lamp gives continuous Hence, angle between the ray and the face from
emission spectrum. Mercury and sodium vapour which it emerges = 90° − 0° = 90°
lamp give line emission spectrum 509 (d)
499 (b) 1
𝑎 μg =
From the following ray diagram it is clear that sin C
1
𝛿 = (𝛼 − 𝛽) + (𝛼 − 𝛽) = 2(𝛼 − 𝛽) ⇒ sin 𝐶 =
𝑎 μg

As μ for violet colour is maximum, so sin C is
A  – – B
    minimum and hence critical angle 𝐶 is minimum
r
O
r for violet colour.

511 (c)
Let 𝑥 be the apparent position of the silvered
501 (a) surface
Resolving limit of eye is one minute (1’)
502 (a)
P a g e | 133
 x 3 × 108 1
⇒ =
𝑣 sin 30°
Object Image 𝑣 = 1.5 × 108 ms−1

519 (b)
8 cm 12 cm
Resolving power ∝ Aperture
12 +(6–x) 520 (d)
t = 6 cm A microscope consists of lens of small focal
According to property of plane mirror lengths. A telescope consists of objective lens of
𝑥 + 8 = 12 + 6 − 𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 = 5 𝑐𝑚 large focal length
𝑡 6
Also 𝜇 = 𝑥 ⇒ 𝜇 = 5 = 1.2 521 (c)
513 (a) 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 ⇒ 𝑃 = +2 + (−1) = +1𝐷
𝐴+𝛿 +100 +100
sin( 2 𝑚) sin(𝐴 + 𝐴) /2 𝑓= = = 100 𝑐𝑚
𝜇= = 𝑃 1
𝐴
sin 2 sin(𝐴/2) 523 (a)
𝐴 For normally emerge 𝑒 = 0
= 2 cos Therefore 𝑟2 = 0 and 𝑟1 = 𝐴
2
𝜇 Snell’s law for incident ray’s
𝑜𝑟 𝐴 = 2 cos −1 ( )
2 1 sin 𝑖 = 𝜇 sin 𝑟1 = 𝜇 sin 𝐴
−1
1.5 −1
3 For small angle
= 2 cos ( ) = 2 cos ( )
2 4 𝑖=𝜇𝐴
514 (b)
524 (a)
Since object and image move in opposite 𝜔1 𝑓1 5 −(−15)
directions, the positioning should be as shown in =− ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑓2 = 9 𝑐𝑚
𝜔2 𝑓2 3 𝑓2
the figure. Object lies between focus and center of
525 (b)
curvature 𝑓 < 𝑥 < 2𝑓.
The refractive index of water with respect to air
𝐶𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝑣𝜆𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝜇= = , 𝜇 = 1.33
𝐶𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝜆𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟
𝜆𝑎𝑖𝑟 589
∴ 𝜆 in water = ⇒ 𝜆 in water = 1.33 𝑛𝑚
515 (a) 𝜇

When the final image is formed at infinity by a ⇒ 𝜆 in water = 443 𝑛𝑚

telescope, it is called in normal adjustment and 527 (b)
then length of the telescope is given by Neon street sign emits light of specific wavelength
𝐿 = 𝑓0 + 𝑓𝑒 528 (c)
Where 𝑓0 is the focal length of objective lens and Due to the absorption of certain wavelengths by
𝑓𝑒 is the focal length of eye-piece the elements in outer layers of sun
∴ 𝐿 = 𝑓0 + 𝑓𝑒 = 0.3 + 0.05 = 0.35 𝑚 529 (a)
516 (c) The coverging lens used for magnification is
Total power 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 11 − 6 = 5 𝐷 called simple microscope or a magnifier.
𝑓 ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 −1) 𝑃𝑎 ( 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 −1) When image is formed at 𝐷, the least distance of
Also 𝑓𝑙 = ( 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 −1)
⇒ 𝑃𝑙
= ( 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 −1)
𝑎 distinct vision, then magnifying power
5 (1.5 − 1) 𝐷
⇒ = ⇒ 𝑃𝑙 = −0.625 𝐷 𝑀 =1+
𝑃𝑙 (1.5/1.6 − 1) 𝑓
517 (c) Given, 𝐷 = 25 cm, 𝑓 = 10 cm
For 𝑚 = 1, 𝑢 = 2𝑓 = 40 𝑐𝑚 25
∴𝑀 =1+ = 1 + 2.5 = 3.5
518 (b) 10
Refractive index, μ = sin 𝐶
1 530 (b)
𝑐 Object should be placed on focus of concave
μ= mirror
𝑣
𝑐 1
∴ =
𝑣 sin 𝐶
P a g e | 134
 540 (a)
𝐴′
Since 𝐴(𝜇𝑦 − 1) + 𝐴′ (𝜇𝑦′ − 1) = 0 ⇒ =
Point image 𝐴
(𝜇𝑦 −1)
− (𝜇
𝑦′ −1)

541 (b)
1
532 (d) 𝐼∝
𝑟2
𝑓 542 (c)
𝑚=
𝑓−𝑢 1
𝑓𝑜 = 1.25 = 0.8 𝑚 and 𝑓𝑒 = −20 = −0.05 𝑚
1
1 200
= ∴ |𝐿∞ | = |𝑓𝑜 | − |𝑓𝑒 | = 0.8 − 0.05 = 0.75𝑚
2 200 − 𝑢
200 – 𝑢 = 400 = 75 𝑐𝑚
𝑓𝑜 0.8
𝑢 = −200 cm and |𝑚∞ | = = = 16
𝑓𝑒 0.05
𝑢 = −2 m 543 (d)
533 (d) 1.22 𝜆
1 1 1 𝑣 𝐼 Angular resolution 𝑑𝜃 =
𝑎
= + and 𝑚 = = −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 𝑢 𝑂 1.22 × 5000 × 10−10
Using above relation, the length of image = = 6.1 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑
10 × 10−2
𝑓2 544 (a)
𝐼=
𝑥−𝑓 μ = 1.5
535 (c) δ𝑚 = 𝐴
1 1
𝑓∝ and 𝜇 ∝ We know that
𝜇−1 𝜆
𝐴 + δ𝑚
536 (b) sin ( 2
)
μ= 𝐴
∵ ∠𝑖 > ∠𝑟, it means light ray is going from rarer sin 2
medium (𝐴) to denser medium 𝐴+𝐴
So 𝑣(𝐴) > 𝑣(𝐵) and 𝑛(𝐴) < 𝑛(𝐵) sin ( 2 ) sin 𝐴
1.5 = 𝐴 = 𝐴
537 (b) sin sin
2 2
When final image formed at normal adjustment, 𝐴 𝐴
2 sin 2 . cos 2
then length of compound microscope, 1.5 = 𝐴
𝑢0 𝑓0 𝑓𝑒 𝐷 sin
2
𝐿 = 𝑣0 + 𝑢𝑒 = +
(𝑢0 + 𝑓0 ) 𝑓𝑒 + 𝐷 𝐴
1.5 = 2 cos
−1.2 × 1 2.5 × 25 2
=− + 𝐴 1.5
−1.2 + 1 2.5 + 25 cos = = 0.75
6 + 2.27 = 8.27 ≈ 8.3 𝑐𝑚 2 2
538 (b) 𝑐𝑜𝑠41.4 = 0.75
For correcting the near point, required focal 𝐴
= 41.4
length 2
50 × 25 𝐴 = 82.8
𝑓= = 50𝑐𝑚 546 (c)
(50 − 25)
100 Refraction from lens
So power 𝑃 = = +2𝐷
50 1 1 1
For correcting the far point, required focal length = =
𝑣₁ −20 15
𝑓 = − (defected far point) = −3 𝑚 ∴ 𝑣 = 60 𝑐𝑚 + 𝑣𝑒 direction
1 Ie, first image is formed at 60 cm to the right of
∴ 𝑃 = − 𝐷 = −0.33 𝐷
3 lens system.
539 (a) Reflection from mirror After reflection from the
𝑛 −𝑛
The dispersive power for crown glass 𝜔 = 𝑛𝑣 −1𝑟 mirror, the second image will be formed at a
𝑦
1.5318 − 1.5140 0.0178 distance of 60 cm to the left of lens system.
= = = 0.034 1 1 1
(1.5170 − 1) 0.5170 Refraction from lens 𝑣 − 60 = 15 + ve direction
3
1.6852−1.6434
and for flint glass 𝜔′ = (1.6499−1)
= 0.064 Or 𝑣3 = 12 𝑐𝑚

P a g e | 135
 Therefore, the final image is formed at 12 cm to 𝐴𝐵 𝐷𝐸 5 ℎ
So, 𝐴𝐶 = 𝐶𝐷 ⇒ 40 = 20 ⇒ ℎ = 2.5 𝑐𝑚
the left of the lens system.
557 (a)
547 (a)
Since, lens is made of two layers of different
Yellow Blue Green
+ = refractive indices, for a given wavelength of light
(Primary) (Primary) (Secondary)
it will have two focal lengths or will form two
548 (d)
𝐷 25 images at two different points as there are 𝜇’s as
𝑚max = 1 + = 1 + = 11 1
𝑓 2.5 ∝ (𝜇 − 1)
𝑓
550 (d)
2𝜇 sin 𝜃 559 (a)
R.P. of microscope = 𝜆 𝐿∞ = 𝑣𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 ⇒ 14 = 𝑣𝑜 + 5 ⇒ 𝑣𝑜 = 9 𝑐𝑚
551 (a) Magnifying power of microscope for relaxed eye
𝑣𝑜 𝐷 9 25 9
𝑚 = . or 25 = . or 𝑢𝑜 = = 1.8 𝑐𝑚
𝑢𝑜 𝑓𝑒 𝑢𝑜 5 5
560 (b)
For normal vision (relaxed eye), the image is
formed at infinity. Hence the magnifying power of
𝑓 200
When the object is placed at focus the rays are Gallilean telescope = 𝑓𝑜 = 2 = 100
𝑒
parallel. The mirror placed normal sends them
561 (b)
back. Hence image is formed at the object itself as
In concave mirror, if virtual images are formed, 𝑢
illustrated in figure
can have values zero and 𝑓
552 (b) 𝑓 𝑓
Let 𝑆 be the light source. If light falls on the At 𝑢 = 0, 𝑚 = = =1
𝑓−𝑢 𝑓
surface at critical angle 𝐶, it grazes along the 𝑓 𝑓
At 𝑢 = 𝑓, 𝑚 = =− =∞
𝑓−𝑢 −𝑓−(−𝑓)
surface as shown.
1 1 562 (b)
sin 𝐶 = = 𝑓𝑙 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 (1.5 − 1) × 1.7
𝑛 5 = =
From ∆𝑄𝑆𝑅, we have 𝑓𝑎 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 (1.5 − 1.7)
𝑄𝑅 𝑟 0.85
tan 𝐶 = = ⇒ 𝑓1 = 𝑓 = −4.25 𝑓𝑎
𝑄𝑆 4 −0.2 𝑎
3 𝑟 563 (d)
⇒ = 1 1 1
4 4 − =
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
⇒𝑟=3 1 1 1
− =
𝑣 −15 10
Hence, diameter = 2𝑟 = 2 × 3 = 6 m 1 1 1
Or 𝑣 = − 15 + 10
553 (b) Or
1
=
−2+3
𝑣 30
𝑑1 𝑑2 1 1
ℎ′ = + = 𝑑( + ) Or 𝑣 = 30 cm
𝜇1 𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2
564 (c)
554 (d) 𝐷 25 25
Colour blindness is a genetic disease and still 𝑚 = 1 + ⇒ 10 = 1 + ⇒ 𝑓𝑒 = ≃ 25 𝑚𝑚
𝑓𝑒 𝑓𝑒 9
cannot be cured
565 (c)
555 (c)
Resolving power of the telescope is
In the following ray diagram ∆′ 𝑠, 𝐴𝐵𝐶 and 𝐶𝐷𝐸 𝑎
are symmetric =
1.22ʎ
A 60 cm Where 𝑎 = diameter of aperture of objective lens
𝜆 = wavelength of light
O C D
B
Therefore, resolving power ∝ 𝑎
h
E
As aperture of the objective lens increases,
40 cm 40 cm resolving power of telescope increases.
20 cm
566 (c)

P a g e | 136
 𝑓 = −𝑑 = −60 𝑐𝑚
100 100 10
∴𝑃= =− =− = −1.66 𝐷
𝑓 60 6
567 (c)
Resultant focal length = ∞
∴ It behaves as a plane slab of glass
568 (b)
All colour are reflected
569 (c) 100
Velocity of light water in material is 𝐼𝐴 = = 25 𝑐𝑑
22
𝑣 = 𝑣λ … (i) 100
and 𝐼𝐵 = (2.5)2 cos 𝜃
Refractive index of material is
𝑐 100 2 200
μ= … (ii) = 2
× =
𝑣 2.5 2.5 (2.5)3
Where 𝑐 is speed of light in vacuum or air Case II
𝑐
or μ = 𝑣λ
… (iii)
Given, 𝑣 = 2 × 101 ⁴Hz,
λ = 5000Å = 5000 × 10−10 m
𝑐 = 3 × 108 ms−1
Hence, from Eq (iii), we get
3 × 108
μ= = 3.00
2 × 1014 × 5000 × 10−10
570 (c)
Convexity of lens changes by the pressure applied 25
𝐼𝐵′ = 𝑋 𝐼𝐵 =
by ciliary muscles (3.25)3/2
571 (a) ′
𝐼𝐵 25 (2.5)3
so = × (3.25)3/2
𝜇𝑥 3 × 4 × 10−3 −11
𝐼𝐵 200
𝑡= = = 4 × 10 𝑠 ⇒ 𝑋 = 1/3
𝑐 3 × 108
573 (d) 577 (b)
1 1 The image formed by a plane mirror is virtual,
𝜇= ⇒ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) = 30° erect, laterally inverted, equal in size as that of the
sin 𝐶 2
574 (a) object and at a distance equal to the distance of
Here, 𝑥 = 𝑢 + 𝑣 the object in front of the mirror.
𝑓
As 𝑚 = 𝑓+𝑢 = 𝑓
𝑓−𝑣 578 (c)
When incident angle is greater than critical angle,
and image is real, magnification is negative
then total internal reflection takes place and will
𝑓 −(𝑚 + 1)𝑓
∴ −𝑚 = ,𝑢 = come back in same medium
𝑓+𝑢 𝑚
𝑓−𝑣
579 (d)
From – 𝑚 = ⇒ 𝑣 = (𝑚 + 1)𝑓 For least distance, the angular magnification of
𝑓
Put in Eq.(i) simple microscope is
−(𝑚 + 1) 𝐷
𝑥= 𝑓 + (𝑚 + 1)𝑓 𝑀 =1+
𝑚 𝑓
𝑚𝑥
Solving ,we get, 𝑓 = (𝑚+1)2 𝑜𝑟 𝑀 = 1 + 𝐷𝑃
And for normal adjustment
575 (c)
𝐷
Since intensity ∝ (Aperature)2, so intensity of 𝑀=
𝑓
image will decrease but no change in the size
𝑜𝑟 𝑀 = 𝐷𝑃
occurs
Hence, if the angular magnification of simple
576 (a)
microscope increases then the power of the lens
Case I
should increase.

P a g e | 137
580 (d) Adding (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) we get 1 + 𝑛22 =
𝐴 = 30°, 𝜇 = √2. As we know 𝑛12 + 𝑛32
𝐴 = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 = 0 + 𝑟2 ⇒ 𝐴 = 𝑟2 586 (d)
1 2
Applying Snell’s law for the surface 𝐴𝐶 Use 𝑑 = 𝑓; where, 𝑓 = (μ − 1) 𝑅 = (1.5 − 1) ×
1 sin 𝑟2 sin 𝐴 2 1
= = = 20
𝜇 sin 𝑒 sin 𝑒 20
1 sin 30° ⇒ 𝑓 = 20 cm
⇒ = ⇒ 𝑒 = 45°
√2 sin 𝑒 587 (c)
𝛿 = 𝑒 − 𝑟2 = 45° − 30° = 15° 𝑓 −16 −16
𝑚= = = =2
A 𝑓 − 𝑢 −16 − (−8) −8
i=0
588 (b)
1 1 1
r1 = 0
r2 e = (μg − 1) ( − ) … (i)
𝑓air 𝑅1 𝑅2
 1 μg 1 1
B C and = ( − 1) ( − ) … (ii)
𝑓water μ𝑤 𝑅1 𝑅2
582 (d) Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii) we get
𝑐2 𝜇 𝜀 μg − 1 (2 − 1)
3
= ∙ 𝑓water
𝑣 2 𝜇0 𝜀0 =( ) = 3/2 𝑓air
𝑓air μg /μ𝑤 − 1 ( − 1)
𝜀 9 × 1016 4𝜋 × 10−7 4/3
∴ = × = 5.8 ≈ 6
𝜀0 4 × 1016 5 × 10−7 = 4𝑓air = 4 × 10
583 (b) 𝑓water = 40 cm
5 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 = (1.5 − 1)𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 = 10° 589 (d)
584 (a) Critical angle for the material of prism 𝐶 =
1 1
The focal length of the convex lens sin−1 ( ) = sin−1 ( ) = 42° since angle of
𝜇 1.5
1 1
𝑓 = 𝑚 ⇒ 𝑓 = × 100 𝑐𝑚 incidence at surface 𝐴𝐵(60°) is greater than the
𝑃 5
⇒ 𝑓 = 20 𝑐𝑚, 𝑢 = −10 𝑐𝑚 critical angle (42°), so total internal reflection
1 1 1 1 1 1 takes place
⇒ = − ⇒ = − A
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 20 𝑣 −20
∴ 𝑣 = −20 𝑐𝑚 60o

Therefore, the image will be formed at a distance i =60o

of 20𝑐𝑚 on the behind the object
585 (d) C B
P
n2
Q
591 (a)
B
 E 90° For total internal reflection 𝑖 > 𝐶
i C r2 F
r1 r3 
A  D 1 1
n1 n3 ⇒ sin 𝐶 > sin 𝐶 ⇒ sin 𝑖 > ⇒ <𝜇
R S T 𝜇 sin 𝑖
 = 90 – r1  = 90 – r2  = 90 – r3 592 (b)
1 1 1
At 𝐵 = (𝜇 − 1) ( − )
sin 𝑖 = 𝑛1 sin 𝑟1 ⇒ sin2 𝑖 = 𝑛12 sin2 𝑟1 …(i) 𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1 1
At 𝐶 ⇒ = (1.5 − 1) ( − ) ⇒ 𝑅2 = −15 𝑐𝑚
+10 +7.5 𝑅2
𝑛1 sin(90 − 𝑟1 ) = 𝑛2 sin 𝑟2 ⇒ 𝑛22 sin2 𝑟2 =
593 (a)
𝑛12 cos2 𝑟1 …(i)
The power of the given system is a combination
At 𝐷
for the positive power of the convex lens, negative
𝑛2 sin(90 − 𝑟2 ) = 𝑛3 sin 𝑟3 ⇒ 𝑛22 cos2 𝑟2 =
power of the plano-concave lens of water and
𝑛32 sin2 𝑟3 …(iii)
zero power of the plane mirror. Clearly, the
At 𝐸
power of the system decreases
𝑛3 sin(90 − 𝑟3 ) = (1) sin(90 − 𝑖) ⇒
594 (b)
cos 2 𝑖 = 𝑛32 cos2 𝑟3 …(iv)
In two images man will see himself using left hand

P a g e | 138
595 (c) 𝑜𝑟 𝜇 = 1.414
Let as shown, 1 and 2 are positions of objects and 601 (b)
images in two different situations. The apparent depth of ink mark
Object real depth 3
= = = 2 𝑐𝑚
𝜇 3/2
2 1
Thus person views mark at a distance = 2 + 2 =
2 C F 4 𝑐𝑚
603 (c)
Let the angle between the two mirrors beθ, Ray
Image
𝑃𝑄 is parallel to mirror 𝑀1 and 𝑅𝑆 is parallel to
It is given 𝑀2 .
𝑣₁ 𝑣₂
| | = 2| |
𝑢₁ 𝑢₂
Here, 𝑢₁ = −15 𝑐𝑚, 𝑢₂ = −20 𝑐𝑚
𝑢₁ 15 3
∴ 𝑣₁ = 2𝑣₂ × = 2𝑣₂ × = 𝑣₂
𝑢₂ 20 2
1 1 1
𝑛𝑜𝑤, = −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
1 1 1 1 1 1
∴ = − 𝑎𝑛𝑑 = −
𝑓 𝑣₁ 𝑢₁ 𝑓 𝑣₂ 𝑢₂ So, ∠𝑀1 𝑅𝑆 = ∠𝑂𝑅𝑄 = ∠ 𝑀1 𝑂𝑀2 = θ
1 1 1 1 Similarly, ∠𝑀2 𝑄𝑃 = ∠𝑂𝑄𝑅 = ∠𝑀2 𝑂𝑀1 = θ
𝑠𝑜, − = −
𝑣1 𝑢1 𝑣2 𝑢2 ∴ In ∆ 𝑂𝑅𝑄, 3θ = 180°
2 1 1 1 θ = 60°
⟹ + = +
2𝑣₂ 15 𝑣₂ 20 604 (d)
⟹ 𝑣 = 20 𝑐𝑚 This is the defect of hypermetropia
𝑣₁ 𝑣₂ 20 605 (b)
∴ =2 =2 × =2
𝑢₁ 𝑢₂ 20 1
R. P. ∝ ; 𝜆Blue < 𝜆Red so (R. P. )Blue > (R. P. )Red
⟹ 𝑣₁ = 2𝑢₁ = 2 × 15 = 30 𝑐𝑚 𝜆
1 1 1 1 1
Therefore,𝑓 = 𝑣₁ − 𝑢 = 15 + 30 = 30
3 606 (a)
1
∴ 𝑓 = 10𝑐𝑚 = 0.10 𝑚 1/v

597 (b)

135°
– 45°
1/u
1 1 1 1 1 1
Since 𝑓 = + ⇒ = −𝑢 + 𝑓
𝑣 𝑢 𝑣
From above figure it can be proved that
Putting the sign convention property
separation between 𝑛th order image formed in
1 −1 1 1 1 1
the two mirrors = 2𝑛𝑎 = + ⇒ =− +
(−𝑣) (−𝑢) (−𝑓) 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
598 (d)
Comparing this equation with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐
Luminous flux = 4𝜋 𝐿 = 4 × 3.14 × 42 =
Slope = 𝑚 = tan 𝜃 = −1 ⇒ 𝜃 = 135° or −45° and
528 𝐿𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛 1
Luminous flux 528 intercept 𝐶 = + 𝑓
Power of lamp = Luminous efficiency
= 2
= 264 𝑊
607 (b)
600 (b)
1
In the case of refraction if 𝐶𝐷 is the refracted
Refractive index, 𝜇 = sin 𝐶 , wave front and 𝑣1 and 𝑣2 are the speed of light in
Where 𝐶 is the critical angle the two media, then in the time the wavelets from
Here, 𝐶 = 45° 𝐵 reaches 𝐶, the wavelet from 𝐴 will reach 𝐷, such
1 that
∴ 𝜇=
sin 45°
𝑜𝑟 𝜇 = √2

P a g e | 139
 It is observed if ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑒 deviation produced is
minimum
𝐴 + δ𝑚
And 𝑖 = 2
Here 𝐴 = 60°
3
And ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑒 = 4 ∠𝐴
3
δ𝑚 = 2 × × 60° − 60° = 30°
4
614 (b)
𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐷 𝐵𝐶 𝑣𝑎 Fraunhoffer lines observed in solar spectra are
𝑡= = ⇒ = … (i) absorption lines superposed on a continuous
𝑣𝑎 𝑣𝑔 𝐴𝐷 𝑣𝑔
But in Δ𝐴𝐶𝐵, 𝐵𝐶 = 𝐴𝐶 sin 𝜃 …(ii) spectrum, This is an example of line absorption
While in Δ𝐴𝐶𝐷, 𝐴𝐷 = 𝐴𝐶 sin 𝜙′ …(iii) spectrum
𝑣 sin 𝜃 615 (d)
From equations (i), (ii) and (iii) 𝑣𝑎 = sin 𝜙′
𝑔 Visible region decreases, so the depth of image
1 𝑣𝑎 𝜇𝑔 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Also 𝜇 ∝ ⇒ = = ⇒ 𝜇𝑔 = will not be seen
𝑣 𝑣𝑔 𝜇𝑎 sin 𝜙′ sin 𝜙′
616 (b)
608 (b) 1 1
From figure it is clear object appears to be raised 𝑓 ∝ 𝜇−1 and 𝜇 ∝ 𝜆

by
10
𝑐𝑚 (2.5 𝑐𝑚) 617 (d)
4 𝜋𝑟 2
2
Hence distance between mirror and 2
𝐼2 𝐴2 2 𝜋𝑟 − 4 3
𝐼∝𝐴 ⇒ =( ) = =
𝑂′′′′′′′′ = 5 + 7.5 = 12.5 𝑐𝑚 𝐼1 𝐴1 𝜋𝑟 2 4
3
5 cm ⇒ 𝐼2 = 4 𝐼1 and focal length remains unchanged
618 (d)
10 cm
cm O'' Length of tube = 10 cm
'''''
O 𝑓0 + 𝑓𝑒 = 10 𝑐𝑚
So final image will be formed at 12.5 𝑐𝑚 behind Magnification
the plane mirror 𝑓0
𝑚= =4
610 (b) 𝑓𝑒
1 𝑓0 = 4𝑓𝑒
𝑚∝ Putting in Eq. (I)
𝑓𝑒
611 (c) 5𝑓𝑒 = 10 𝑐𝑚
𝑛g 𝑐𝑎 𝑜𝑟 𝑓𝑒 = 2 𝑐𝑚
=
𝑛𝑎 𝑐g 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑓0 = 8 𝑐𝑚
3 3 × 108 𝑓0 = 8𝑐𝑚, 𝑓𝑒 = 2𝑐𝑚
= Hence, 𝐿4 and 𝐿1 will be used.
2 𝑐g
𝑐g = 2 × 108 619 (b)
sin 𝑖 sin 2𝑟 2 sin 𝑟 cos 𝑟
Distance Given, 𝑖 = 2𝑟, μ = = =
Time = sin 𝑟 sin 𝑟 sin 𝑟
Speed μ −1
μ
cos 𝑟 = or 𝑟 = cos ( )
4 × 10−3 2 2
= = 2 × 10−11 s −1
μ
2 × 108 𝑖 = 2𝑟 = 2 cos ( )
612 (c) 2
𝐿
620 (c)
Illuminance produced by the sun = (1.5×1011 )2 𝐴𝐵 𝐴′ 𝐵′ 2 × 1.4 × 109
10000 𝜃 = 11 = ⇒ 𝐴′ 𝐵′ =
Illuminance produce by the bulb = 10 2 1011
(0.3)2
𝐿 10000
= 2.8 𝑐𝑚
According to problem (1.5×1011 )2 = (0.3)2
2.25 × 1022 × 104
⇒𝐿= = 25 × 1026 𝐶𝑑
9 × 10−2
613 (b)

P a g e | 140
 A 2m Total deviation = 0
B 
𝛿1 + 𝛿2 + 𝛿3 + 𝛿4 + 𝛿5 = (𝜇1 − 1)𝐴1 − (𝜇2 − 1)𝐴2
F
+(𝜇3 − 1)𝐴3 − (𝜇4 − 1)𝐴4 + (𝜇5 − 1)𝐴5 = 0
 B
Image ⇒ 2 × 𝐴2 (1.6 − 1) = 3(1.53 − 1)9 ⇒ 𝐴2 = 11.9°
1011 m A 628 (b)
𝑐 𝑐
622 (c) 𝜇 = 𝑣 ⇒ 𝜇 = 𝑐/2 = 2 also for total internal
Consider the refraction of the first surface, 𝑖. 𝑒.,
reflection
refraction from rarer medium to denser medium 1
3 4 4 3 𝑖 > 𝑐 ⇒ sin 𝑖 ≥ sin 𝑐 ⇒ sin 𝑖 ≥
𝜇2 − 𝜇1 𝜇1 𝜇2 (2) − (3) 𝜇
= + ⇒ = 3 + 2 ⇒ 𝑣1
𝑅 −𝑢 𝑣1 𝑅 ∞ 𝑣1 −1 1
Hence 𝑖 ≥ sin (𝜇) or 𝜇 ≥ 30°
= 9𝑅
629 (c)
Now consider the refraction at the second surface
R
of the lens, 𝑖. 𝑒., refraction from denser medium to 60° 30° T
60° 60° 60° 30°
rarer medium Q 30°
30° S
30°
30°
P

I I1 630 (a)
When final image is formed at infinity, length of
Water Air
the tube = 𝑣𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒
3 3
1− 2 2 1 3 ⇒ 15 = 𝑣𝑜 + 3 ⇒ 𝑣𝑜 = 12 𝑐𝑚
=− + ⇒ 𝑣2 = ( ) 𝑅 1 1 1
−𝑅 9𝑅 𝑣2 2 For objective lens = −
𝑓𝑜 𝑣𝑜 𝑢𝑜
3
The image will be formed at a distance of 2 𝑅. This 1 1 1
⇒ = − ⇒ 𝑢𝑜 = −2.4 𝑐𝑚
is equal to the focal length of the lens (+2) (+12) 𝑢
623 (a) 631 (b)
When two lenses are placed coaxially at a distance Distance between object and image = 0.5 + 0.5 =
𝑑 from each other, then equivalent focal length 1𝑚
(F) is given by Object Image

1 1 1 𝑑
= + −
𝐹 𝑓₁ 𝑓₂ 𝑓₁𝑓₂ 0.5m 0.5m
When the lenses are put together,
𝑑=0 632 (c)
Hence, the focal length of the combination will 1 1
𝑎 𝜇𝑔 = ⇒𝜇= … (i)
decrease. sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
sin 𝑖 sin 𝜃
624 (d) Now from Snell’s law 𝜇 = sin 𝑟 = sin 𝑟
The image formed by a convex mirror is always sin 𝜃
virtual ⇒ sin 𝑟 = … (ii)
𝜇
625 (a) From equation (i) and (ii)
Sky appears blue due to scattering. In absence of 1 −1
1
atmosphere no scattering will occur sin 𝑟 = 2
⇒ 𝑟 = sin ( )
𝜇 𝜇2
626 (a) 633 (d)
𝑟₂ = 0 (∵ No refraction is there at second When total internal reflection just takes place
surface) from lateral surface 𝑖 = 𝐶, i.𝑒. ,60° = 𝐶
∴ 𝑟1 = 𝐴 = 30° 1 2
sin 𝑖₁ sin 𝑖₁ 1 1 ⇒ sin 60° = sin 𝐶 = ⇒ 𝜇 =
𝜇 √3
𝑛= = = √2 × =
sin 𝑟₁ sin 30° 2 √2 Time taken by light to traverse some distance in a
1 2
×103
sin 𝑖₁ = 𝜇𝑥 √3
√2 medium 𝑡 = 𝑐
= 3×108
3.85 𝜇 𝑠.
𝑖₁ = 45° 634 (a)
627 (a)

P a g e | 141
 1 1 1 Where 𝜃 is in degrees, ∴ 5 =
360°
− 1
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) 𝜃
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 360°
For double convex lens, 𝑅1 = 𝑅, 𝑅2 = −𝑅 or 𝜃 = 𝜃
= 60°
1 1 1 New angle, 𝜃 ′ = 𝜃 − 30° = 60° − 30° = 30°
= (1.5 − 1) ( + ) 360°
5 𝑅 𝑅 Number of images = − 1 = 11
30°
1 2
𝑜𝑟 = 0.5 × 645 (b)
5 𝑅
𝑜𝑟 𝑅 = 5 𝑐𝑚 According to Cauchy’s formula, refractive index
635 (c) (𝜇) depends on the wavelength on the wavelength
𝐿 = 𝑣0 + 𝑢𝑒 and 𝑣0 ≫ 𝑓0 , 𝑢𝑒 ≃ 𝑓𝑒 of light as
𝐵 𝐶
636 (a) 𝜇 =𝐴+ 2+ 4
𝜆 𝜆
By using formula,
μ₂ μ₁ μ₂ − μ₁ Where 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶 are consists
− = Angle of deviation, 𝛿 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴′ [𝐴′ = angle of
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅
1.5 1 1.5 − 1 prism]
⟹ − = ∴ 𝜆Violet < 𝜆Green < 𝜆Red
𝑣 (−15) +30
𝜇Violet > 𝜇Green > 𝜇Red ⇒ 𝛿Violet > 𝛿Green > 𝛿Red
⟹ 𝑣 = −30 𝑐𝑚 According to given problem 𝜃1 < 𝜃2 < 𝜃3
646 (a)
637 (b)
𝛿𝑉 − 𝛿𝑅 3.72 − 2.84
This is a modified displacement method problem 𝜔= = = 0.268
𝑎+𝑑 2 𝛿𝑌 3.28
Here, 𝑎 = 1.8m and = 647 (a)
𝑎−𝑑 1
Solving we get 𝑑 = 0.6 m According to given conditions TIR must take place
𝑎2 − 𝑑 2 at both the surfaces 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐴𝐶. Hence only option
∴𝑓=
4𝑎 (𝑎) is correct
= 0.4m 648 (d)
639 (b) Using 𝛿 = 𝑖1 + 𝑖2 − 𝐴 ⇒ 55 = 15 + 𝑖2 − 60 ⇒
𝑅 60 𝑖2 = 100°
𝑓= = = 100 𝑐𝑚
(𝜇 − 1) (1.6 − 1) 649 (b)
640 (d) After completely immersed in water this bag will
1 1 1 behave as convergence lens.
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 650 (a)
For planoconvex lens For a prism, as the angle of incidence increases,
𝑅₁ = ∞, 𝑅₂ = −𝑅 = −1.5 𝑐𝑚, 𝜇 = 1.4 the angle of deviation first decreases, goes to a
1 1 minimum value of then increases
∴ = (1.4 − 1) (0 + )
𝑓 15 652 (d)
1 1
𝑜𝑟 = 0.4 × Apparent height of flame above water surface.
𝑓 15 4 8
Therefore, power of the lens in diopter ℎ′ = μℎ = × 2 = m
3 3
100 40 Therefore, apparent height of the flame from the
𝑃= = = 2.66 𝐷
𝑓 15 eye of fish
641 (d) 8 20
Resolving power of an optical instrument is = 𝑑 + ℎ′ = 4 + = m
3 3
1
inversely proportional to 𝜆 𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝑅𝑃 ∝ 𝜆 653 (c)
𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑎𝑡 𝜆1 𝜆2 5000 𝜃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝜃 + 𝜃 ′ = 0 ⇒ 𝜔𝑑 + 𝜔′ 𝑑′ = 0
∴ = = = 5: 4 (𝜃 = Angular dispersion = 𝜔. 𝛿𝑦 )
𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑎𝑡 𝜆2 𝜆1 4000
642 (a) 654 (d)
1 The atmosphere can be considered to consist of a
Refractive index ∝ (Temperature)
number of parallel layers of air of different
643 (c) densities and therefore of different refractive
360°
Number of images = 𝜃
− 1

P a g e | 142
 indices. The density and the refractive index of 𝜇𝜀
layers decrease with altitude. 𝜇=√ = √𝜇𝑟 𝐾
𝜇0 𝜀0
The rays of light coming from a star to the earth
are thus continually refracted from the rarer to 661 (a)
the denser layers and so they bend slightly 1 1 1 2 2
= ( 𝑔 𝜇𝑎 − 1) ( − ) = ( − 1) ( )
towards the normal at each refraction from one 𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 3 10
layer to the next. Thus, they follow a curved path ⇒ 𝑓 = −15 𝑐𝑚, so behaves as concave lens
and reach the eyes of the observer at 𝑂 as shown 662 (b)
in figure. Hence, the image of the star 𝑆 is seen Number of images formed
360°
as 𝑆′. But due to the wind and the convection =
currents in air the density of layers keep on θ
360°
changing and hence, the position of the stat 𝑆′ as = =5
72
seen, keeps on changing. These different images 663 (a)
of the start give an impression to an observer that When a mirror is rotated by an angle 𝜃, the
the star is twinkling. reflected ray deviates from its original path by
655 (c) angle 2𝜃
Real & apparent depth are explained on the basis 664 (d)
of refraction only. TIR not involved here 𝑓2
656 (b) 𝑡∝ 2
𝑑
1 1 𝑑 𝑓 𝑓
𝑃= + − =0 means that the diameter of aperture is
𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑑 2
1 𝑓2
1 1 𝑑 Now, 100 ∝
∴ + = 𝑓 2
( )
𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓1 𝑓2 2
1
1 1 𝑑 Or 100 ∝ 4 …(i)
− =
20 56 20(−56) 𝑓2
Again, 𝑡 ∝ 𝑓 2
56 − 20 𝑑 ( )
= 8
20 × 56 −20 × 56 Or 𝑡 ∝ 64 …(ii)
𝑑 = −36 cm
Dividing Eq.(ii) by Eq.(i)
657 (b) 64 16
For improving far point, concave lens is required 100𝑡 = = 16 or 𝑡 = 𝑠
4 100
and for this concave lens 𝑢 = ∞, 𝑣 = −30 𝑐𝑚 666 (a)
1 1 1
So 𝑓 = −30 − ∞ ⇒ 𝑓 = −30 𝑐𝑚 Since light transmitting area is same, there is no
1 1 1 effect on intensity
For near point = −
−30 −15 𝑢 667 (b)
⇒ 𝑢 = −30 𝑐𝑚 Refractive index, 𝑎 μg = 1.5
658 (b) 1
When object is placed between 𝐹 and pole of a = 1.5
sin 𝐶
convex lens then a virtual, erect and magnified ⇒ 𝐶 = 42°
image will be formed on the same side behind the
object. Critical angle for glass = 42°
659 (b)
1 1 1 When the angle of incidence in the denser
= + … (i) medium is greater than the critical angle,
60 𝑓1 𝑓2
1 1 1 10 reflection takes place inside the denser medium.
And 30 = 𝑓 + 𝑓 − 𝑓 𝑓 …(ii)
1 2 1 2
On solving (i) and (ii) 𝑓1 𝑓2 = −600 and 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 = Hence, a ray of light incident at 50° in glass
−10 medium undergoes total internal reflection.
Hence 𝑓1 = 20 𝑐𝑚 and 𝑓2 = −30 𝑐𝑚
Deviation (δ) = 180° − (50° + 50°)
660 (c)
(from the figure)

P a g e | 143
 Or δ = 80° 675 (c)
1 1 1
According to lens formula 𝑓 = (𝜇 − 1) [𝑅 − 𝑅 ]
668 (a) 1 2

𝜇𝑤 < 𝜇𝑔 ⇒ 𝑐𝑤 > 𝑐𝑔 The lens is plano-convex 𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝑅1 = 𝑅 and 𝑅2 = ∞

1 𝜇−1 𝑅
670 (b) Hence 𝑓 = 𝑅
⇒ 𝑓 = 𝜇−1
𝐼 𝑓 𝐼 𝑓
𝑂
= 𝑓−𝑢 ; where 𝑢 = 𝑓 + 𝑥 ∴ 𝑂 = − 𝑥 Speed of light in medium of lens 𝑣 = 2 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
671 (c) 𝑐 3 × 108 3
⇒𝜇= = = = 1.5
In chromatic aberration the image formed by a 𝑣 2 × 108 2
A
lens has coloured fringes, because the refractive
index for different colours is different and hence R r
the focal length of lens for different colours is B
O
(R–y) y
different. So, the cause of chromatic aberration is
the variation of focal length with colour.
C
672 (a)
If 𝑟 is the radius and 𝑦 is the thickness of lens (at
1
Critical angel θ𝐶 = sin−1 (μ) the centre), the radius of curvature 𝑅 of its curved
Wavelength increases in the sequence of surface in accordance with the figure is given by
VIBGYOR. According to Cauchy’s formula 𝑅 2 = 𝑟 2 + (𝑅 − 𝑦)2 ⇒ 𝑟 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑅𝑦 = 0
𝑟2 (6/2)2
refractive index (μ) decreases as the wavelength Neglecting 𝑦 2 ; we get 𝑅 = 2𝑦 = = 15 𝑐𝑚
2×0.3
increases. Hence, the refractive index will 15
increase in the sequence of ROYGBIV. The critical Hence 𝑓 = 1.5−1 = 30 𝑐𝑚
angle θC will thus increase in the same order 676 (a)
VIBGYOR. For green light the incidence angle is From the geometry of the figure
P1
just equal to the critical angle. For yellow, orange
and red the critical angle will be greater than the a
30°
incidence angel. So these colours will emerge 60°
from the glass air interface.
673 (b)
𝐷 2 −𝑥 2 P2 a P3
𝑓= [Focal length by displacement method]
4𝐷
(100)2 − (40)2 𝑃1 𝑃2 = 2𝑎 sin 60°
⇒𝑓= = 21 𝑐𝑚 𝐿
4 × 100 So, 𝐼𝑃2 = (𝑃 2
2 𝑃2 )
100 100
∴𝑃= = = 5𝐷 𝐿 𝐿
𝑓 21 = 2
= 2
(2𝑎 sin 60°) 3𝑎
674 (c) 𝐿
𝑟 and 𝐼𝑃3 = (𝑃 2 +𝑎2 ) cos 30°
From figure, tan 𝐶 = 12 𝑃
1 2

r 𝐿 √3 √3𝐿
= 2 2
=
[(2𝑎 sin 60°) + 𝑎 ] 2 8 𝑎2
C
3√3 3√3
⇒ 𝐼𝑃3 = 𝐼𝑃2 = 𝐼
8 8 0
677 (c)
c
(

Image can be formed on the screen if it is real.

or 𝑟 = 12 tan 𝐶 Real image of reduced size can be formed by a
12 sin 𝐶 concave mirror or a convex lens
or 𝑟 = Let 𝑢 = 2𝑓 + 𝑥, then
√1 − sin2 𝐶
1 1 1 1
12 × μ 12 12 + =
𝑟= = = 𝑢 𝑣 𝑓
2 2
√1 − μ2 √μ − 1 √(4) − 1
1 1 1 1
3 ⇒ + =
2𝑓 + 𝑥 𝑣 𝑓
12 × 3 1 1 1 𝑓+𝑥
𝑖𝑒, 𝑟 = ⇒ = − =
√7 𝑣 𝑓 2𝑓 + 𝑥 𝑓(2𝑓 + 𝑥)
P a g e | 144
 𝑓(2𝑓 + 𝑥) 680 (a)
⇒𝑣=
𝑓+𝑥 3000
𝜙surface = = 500 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
It is given that 𝑢 + 𝑣 = 1.0 m 6
𝑓(2𝑓+𝑥) 𝑓 681 (d)
2𝑓 + 𝑥 + 𝑓+𝑥
= (2𝑓 + 𝑥) [1 + 𝑓+𝑥] < 1.0m
Virtual image is seen on the photograph
(2𝑓+𝑥)2
Or < 1.0m 682 (b)
𝑓+𝑥
Or (2𝑓 + 𝑥)2 < (𝑓 + 𝑥) From the following ray diagram
This will be true only when 𝑓 < 0.25 m d
B
678 (c)
0.2m
𝑣 = √2𝑔ℎ = √2 × 10 × 7 30o 30o

= 12 ms−1 A
In this case when eye is inside water,
0.2
𝑑 = 0.2 tan 30° =
√3
𝐼 2√3
⇒ = = 30
𝑑 0.2/√3
Therefore maximum number of reflections are 30
683 (c)
In minimum deviation condition ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑒, ∠𝑟1 =
∠𝑟2
684 (d)
speed of light in air 𝑐
𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝜇water = =
speed of light in water 𝑣
𝑣𝜆𝑎𝑖𝑟
∴ 𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝜇water =
𝑣𝜆water
𝑥app. = μ𝑥 𝜆𝑎𝑖𝑟 4200 3
𝑑𝑥app. ⇒ 𝜆water = = = × 4200
𝑑𝑥 𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝜇water (4/3) 4
∴ = μ.
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 3150 Å
4
Or 𝑣app. = μ𝑣 = 3 × 12 = 16 ms −1 685 (a)
𝑓𝑓
679 (b) 𝐹 = 𝑓 1−𝑓2 , 𝐹 will be negative if 𝑓1 > 𝑓2
Real depth (𝑑) 2 1
Refractive index μ = Apparent depth (𝑥) 686 (b)
For 1st liquid, √2 = 𝑥
𝑑 Here, angle of incidence 𝑖 = 45°
1
𝑑
⇒ 𝑥1 =
√2

Similarly, for 2nd liquid,

𝑑
𝑛=
𝑥2

𝑑
⇒ 𝑥2 =
𝑛 Lateral shift(𝑑) 1
=
Thickness of glass slab (𝑡) √3
Total apparent depth = 𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑡 sin δ 𝑡 sin(𝑖−𝑟)
Lateral shift 𝑑 = cos 𝑟
= cos 𝑟
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 sin(𝑖 − 𝑟)
= + ⇒ =
√2 𝑛 𝑡 cos 𝑟
𝑑(𝑛 + √2) 𝑑 sin 𝑖 cos 𝑟−cos 𝑖 sin 𝑟
= or 𝑡 = cos 𝑟
𝑛√2

P a g e | 145
 𝑑 sin 45° cos 𝑟−cos 45° sin 𝑟 cos 𝑟−sin 𝑟 From figure it is clear that TIR takes place at
or 𝑡 = cos 𝑟
=
√2 cos 𝑟
surface 𝐴𝐶 and 𝐵𝐶
𝑑 1 A
or 𝑡 = (1 − tan 𝑟)
√2 45o

1 1 45o
or = (1 − tan 𝑟)
√3 √2
90o 45o
√2
or tan 𝑟 = 1 − C B
√3
𝑖. 𝑒. 45° > 𝐶
√2
or 𝑟 = tan−1 (1 − ) ⇒ sin 45 > sin 𝐶
√3
1 1
⇒ > ⇒ 𝜇 > √2
688 (a) √2 𝜇
Given that, 𝑅 = −24 cm Hence 𝜇least = √2
𝑓 = −12 cm and 𝑚 = 1.5 698 (b)
By the lens formula, 1 2
1 1 1 = (1.65 − 1) ( )
+ = 𝑓 40
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓 1 0.65
Or =
1 1 1 𝑓 20
+ = − 20
1.5𝑢 𝑢 12 Or 𝑓 = 0.65
cm
2.5 1
= − = 30.77 cm ≈ 31 cm
1.5𝑢 12 699 (a)
Or𝑢 = −20 cm
real depth
689 (a) Refractive index =
apparent depth
For a telescope 𝑥 0.21 − 𝑥
𝛽 𝑓0 ∴ =
= 0.04 0.10
𝛼 𝑓𝑒 ⇒ 0.21 × 0.04 − 𝑥 × 0.04 = 0.10𝑥
𝛽 0.3
∴ = ⟹ 𝛽 = 5°
0.5° 0.03 0.21 × 0.04
⇒ 𝑥= = 0.06 m
691 (c) 0.14
𝑣
𝑚 = = 5 ⇒ 𝑣 = 5 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ [Given 𝑢 = 1 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ] 700 (c)
𝑢
Using sign convention 𝑢 = −1 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ, 𝑣 = −5 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ 𝑦 = √𝑦1 × 𝑦2 = √16 × 9 = 4 × 3 = 12 cm
1 1 1 1 1 701 (d)
∴ = − = − ⇒ 𝑓 = 1.25 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 −5 −1 𝑓0
692 (a) In this case |𝑚| = = 5 . . . . . . . . . (𝑖)
𝑓𝑒
𝐿 And length of telescope
𝐼 = 2 ⇒ 𝐿 = 𝐼. 𝑟 2 = 25 × 22 = 100
𝑟 = 𝑓0 + 𝑓𝑒 = 36 . . . . . . . . . . . (𝑖𝑖)
Now 𝜙 = 4𝜋𝐿 = 4 × 3.14 × 100 = 1256 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
Solving eqs (i) and (ii), we get
695 (a)
𝑓𝑒 = 6 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓0 = 30 𝑐𝑚
Range of vision for healthy eye is 25 cm (near
702 (c)
point) to ∞ (far point). If the person can see
Size of image = 𝑓𝜃 = 0.5 × (1 × 10−3 ) = 0.5 𝑚𝑚
clearly only upto a maximum distance of 50 cm he f
is suffering from myopia (short sightedness). A
Object
shortsighted eye can see only nearer objects. This 

defect can be removed by using a concave lens of Image

suitable focal length 𝑓 = 50 cm.

703 (d)
696 (a) 1
Because achromatic combination has same 𝜇 for Amount of scattering of light 𝐼𝑠 ∝
𝜆4
all wavelengths Now here 𝜆1 = 440𝑛𝑚, 𝐼𝑠 = 𝐴
697 (a) For 𝜆2 = 660 𝑛𝑚, let 𝐼𝑠 = 𝐴′
𝐴′ 440 4 2 4 𝐴
then 𝐴
= (660) ⇒ 𝐴′ = (3) 𝐴 = 5
P a g e | 146
704 (c) 713 (a)
𝑓𝑙 𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1 1 16
= ⇒ 𝑓𝑙 = 4𝑅 2
=
𝑓𝑎 𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1 𝑥 (100 − 𝑥)2
1 4
705 (b) Or = 100−𝑥
𝑥
Image formed by convex lens at 𝐼1 will act as a Or 5𝑥 = 100 or 𝑥 = 20 cm
virtual object for concave lens. For concave lens 714 (b)
5 cm
Because size of the aperture decreases
I1 715 (d)
Line and band spectrum are also known as atomic
I2
and molecular spectra respectively
716 (c)
28 cm 4 cm
𝐼𝑜
𝐼𝜃 = 𝐼𝑜 cos 𝜃 = 𝐼𝑜 cos 60° =
1 1 1 2
− = 717 (b)
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
1 1 1 Wave length of the electron wave be 10 ×
𝑜𝑟 − = 10−12 𝑚,
𝑣 4 −20
ℎ ℎ2
Or 𝑣 = 5cm Using 𝜆 = 2𝑚𝐸 ⇒ 𝐸 = 𝜆2 ×2𝑚
√
Magnification for concave lens
(6.63 × 10−34 )2
𝑣 5 = 𝐽𝑜𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑚 = = = 1.25 (10 × 10−12 )2 × 2 × 9.1 × 10−31
𝑢 4
(6.63 × 10−34 )2
As size of the image at 𝐼1 is 2 cm. Therefore, size of = 𝑒𝑉
image at 𝐼2 will be 2 × 1.25 = 2.5 cm. (10 × 10−12 )2 × 2 × 9.1 × 10−31 × 1.6 × 10−19
706 (c) = 15.1 𝐾𝑒𝑉
Cylindrical lens are used for removing 718 (a)
astigmatism A plano-convex lens behaves as a concave mirror
708 (d) if it’s one surface (curved) is silvered. The rays
𝑐 3 × 108 refracted from plane surface are reflected from
𝜇= = = 2 curved surface and again refract from plane
𝑣 1.5 × 108
709 (a) surface. Therefore, in this lens two refractions and
1 1 1 one reflection occur.
− = Let the focal length of silvered lens is 𝐹.
𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
𝑢 𝑢 1 1 1 1 2 1
Or − 1 = = + + = +
𝑣 𝑓 𝐹 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓𝑚 𝑓 𝑓𝑚
𝑢 𝑢+𝑓 Where 𝑓 = focal length of lens before silvering
Or = ( )
𝑣 𝑓 𝑓𝑚 =focal length of spherical mirror.
𝑣 𝑓 1 2 2
𝑚= =( ) ∴ = + … . . (𝑖)
𝑢 𝑢+𝑓 𝐹 𝑓 𝑅
20 (∵ 𝑅 = 2𝑓𝑚 )
𝑚25 (−25 + 20)
= = 6 1 1 1
𝑚50 ( 20 ) 𝑛𝑜𝑤 , = (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) … . (𝑖𝑖)
−50 + 20 𝑓 𝑅₁ 𝑅₂
710 (c) ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒, 𝑅₁ = ∞, 𝑅₂ = 30 𝑐𝑚
1 𝑣1 𝜇2 𝑣𝑔 𝜇𝑤 4/3 8 1 1 1
𝑣∝ ⇒ = ⇒ = = = ∴ = (1.5 − 1) ( − )
𝜇 𝑣2 𝜇1 𝑣𝑤 𝜇𝑔 3/2 9 𝑓 ∞ 30
711 (c) 1 0.5 1
⟹ = − =−
μ1 μ2 μ3 1 𝑓 30 60
2 μ1 ×3 μ2 ×4 μ3 = × = =4 μ1 = ⟹ 𝑓 = −60 𝑐𝑚
μ2 μ3 μ4 1 μ4
712 (c) Hence from eq (i)
For a lens 𝑓𝑟 − 𝑓𝑣 = 𝜔 𝑓𝑦 1 2 2 6
= + =
𝑓𝑟 − 𝑓𝑣 0.214 − 0.200 14 𝐹 60 30 60
⇒𝜔= = = 𝐹 = 10 𝑐𝑚
𝑓𝑦 0.205 205

P a g e | 147
 Again given that, 1
μ= = √2 = 1.414
Size of object = size of image sin 45°
⟹ 𝑂=𝐼 Because the refractive index for green is 1.44 and
𝑣 𝐼 𝑣 blue is 1.47. So, red alone will be transmitted.
∴ 𝑚 = − = ⟹ = −1 722 (c)
𝑢 𝑂 𝑢
⟹ 𝑣 = −𝑢 1 1
𝑃= ⇒𝑓= = 2𝑚
Thus, from lens formula 𝑓 0.5
1 1 1 724 (b)
= −
𝐹 𝑣 𝑢 According to Rayleigh scattering formula intensity
1 1 1 1
= − of scattered light, 𝐼 ∝ (𝑤𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝜆)4
10 −𝑢 𝑢
4
1 2 or 𝐼 ∝ (frequency 𝑓)4 ∴ 𝐼1 = (𝑓1 )
𝐼 𝑓
= −
10 𝑢 2 2

∴ 𝑢 = −20 𝑐𝑚 𝑓1 𝐼1 1/4 256 1/4 4

=( ) =( ) =
Hence, to get a real image, object must be placed 𝑓2 𝐼2 81 3
at a distance 20 cm on the left side of lens. 725 (a)
719 (a) 1 1 1
− =
The critical angle (θ𝐶 ) is given by 𝑣 −𝑓/2 𝑓
𝑛2 1 1 2 1
θ𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) = − =−
𝑛1 𝑣 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓
Where 𝑛2 is refractive index of less denser or 𝑣 = −𝑓
medium and 𝑛1 is refractive index of the denser 𝑣 −𝑓
Again, 𝑚 = 𝑢 = −𝑓/2 = 2
medium.
𝑛 𝑣 Clearly, the image is virtual and double the size
Also, 𝑛2 = 𝑣2
1 1 726 (c)
𝑣2 Longitudinal chromatic aberration
∴ θ𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
𝑣1 = 𝜔𝑓 = 0.08 × 20 = 1.6𝑐𝑚
Given, 𝑣2 = 2 × 108 ms−1 727 (d)
𝑣1 = 2.4 × 108 ms−1 Maximum lateral displacement is 𝑡.
2 × 108 728 (d)
θ𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
2.4 × 108 sin 𝑟
From graph it is clear that tan 30° = sin 𝑖
5
θ𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) 1 sin 𝑟 1
6 ⇒ = = ⇒ 𝜇 = √3
720 (b) √3 sin 𝑖 𝜇
𝑐 1 1
Given, 𝐴 = 60° Also 𝑣 = 𝜇 = 𝑛𝑐 ⇒ 𝑛 = 𝜇 = = (3)−1/2
√3
3 729 (d)
𝑖 = 𝑖 ′ = , 𝐴 = 45°
4 Ray optics is valid when size of the objects is
∴ 𝑖 + 𝑖′ = 𝐴 + 𝛿
much larger than the order of wavelength of light
Or 90° = 60° + 𝛿 730 (b)
∴ 𝛿 = 30°
If end 𝐴 of rod acts an object for mirror then it’s
image will be 𝐴′ and if

2f
f/3 u = 2f – (f/3)
A
F
Note that 𝑖 = 𝑖 ′ is the condition for minimum A' C

deviation v
Hence, 𝛿 = 30° = 𝛿min
𝑓 5𝑓
721 (a) 𝑢 = 2𝑓 − =
1
3 3
The refractive index μ = sin θ 1
So by using = +
1 1
𝐶 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢

P a g e | 148
 1 1 1 5 743 (b)
⇒ = + −5𝑓 ⇒ 𝑣 = − 𝑓
−𝑓 𝑣 2 𝜆𝑣𝑎𝑐𝑢𝑢𝑚
3 𝜆𝑚𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑚 =
5 𝑓 𝜇
∴ Length of image = 2 𝑓 − 2𝑓 = 2 744 (b)
731 (d) The line of sight of the observer remains constant
Diminished erect image is produced only by a making an angle of 45° with the normal
concave lens
732 (a)
h
𝑓 45o h
𝑚=
𝑓−𝑢 h
−0.2 3h 2h 
2=
−0.2 − 𝑢 h
0.2
Or 2 = 0.2+𝑢 or 0.4 + 2𝑢 = 0.2
Or 2𝑢 = 0.2 − 0.4 = −0.2 ℎ 1
sin 𝜃 = =
Or 𝑢 = −0.1 m √ℎ2 + (2ℎ)2 √5
733 (a) sin 45°
𝜇=
𝛿𝑚 = (𝜇 − 1)(2𝑟) = (1.5 − 1)2𝑟 = 0.5 × 2𝑟 = 𝑟 sin 𝜃
735 (c) 1/√2 5
For reading purpose = = √( )
1/√5 2
𝑢 = −25 cm, 𝑣 = −50 cm, 𝑓 =?
1 1 1 1 1 1 745 (b)
∴ = − = + = 𝛿𝑚 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴. 𝐴 = angle of prism
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 50 25 50
100 746 (d)
P= = +2D From the following figures it is clear that real
𝑓
For distinct vision, image (𝐼) will be formed between 𝐶 and 𝑂
𝑓 ′ =distance of far point = −3m
1 1
𝑃 = 𝑓′ = − 3D =−0.33 D C C Object

736 (b)
As no scattering of light occurs. Space appears I

black
738 (c)
For total internal reflection 𝜃 > 𝐶 O O
1 Initially Finally
⇒ sin 𝜃 > sin 𝐶 ⇒ sin 𝜃 >
𝜇 747 (c)
1 1 1
or 𝜇 > sin 𝜃
⇒𝜇> sin 45°
⇒ 𝜇 > √2 ⇒ 𝜇 > 1.41 Magnifying power of a microscope 𝑚 ∝ 𝑓
739 (a) Since 𝑓violet < 𝑓red ; ∴ 𝑚violet > 𝑚red
𝜇 𝜇 𝜇 −𝜇
By using 2 − 1 = 2 1
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅
748 (a)
where 𝜇1 =
4
,𝜇 = 1, 𝑢 = −6𝑐𝑚, 𝑣 =? 𝑓𝑜 − 𝑓𝑒 = 9 𝑐𝑚 and 𝑓𝑒 = 𝑓𝑜 − 9 = 15 − 9 = 6 𝑐𝑚
3 𝑓𝑜 15
On putting values 𝑣 = −5.2 𝑐𝑚 ⇒𝑚= = = 2.5
𝑓𝑒 6
740 (c)
𝜔 𝜔 749 (c)
For an achromatic combination 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 = 0 Snell’s law in vector form is 𝑖̂ × 𝑛̂ = 𝜇(𝑟̂ × 𝑛̂)
1 2
𝑖. 𝑒., 1 convex lens and 1 concave lens 750 (c)
741 (a) 1 1 1 1
For lens (1) 𝑓 = 𝑣 − 𝑢 ⇒ (−8) = 𝑣 − (−12)
1 1

𝑐 𝑛𝜆𝑎 𝜆𝑎
𝜇𝑚 = = = ⇒ 𝑣 = 24 𝑐𝑚 𝑖. 𝑒. image 𝐴′𝐵′ is obtained 6 𝑐𝑚
𝑣 𝑛𝜆𝑚 𝜆𝑚
before the lens 2 or at the focus of lens 2. Hence
742 (b)
final image formed by lens 2 will be real enlarged
When object is placed, between focus and pole,
and it is obtained at ∞
image formed is erect, virtual and enlarged

P a g e | 149
 f1 = 8 cm f1 =6 cm ∴ λdomer < λwater
A 1 2 𝑖𝑒, wavelength decreases.
B 761 (c)
B Let 𝑟 be the radius of circle through which other
A objects become visidble. The rays of light must be
24 cm 6 cm
u1=12 cm incident at critical angle C
30 cm
1 𝑟
751 (a) sin 𝐶 = =
μ √𝑟 2 + ℎ2
At 𝑢 = 𝑓, 𝑣 = ∞
μ 𝑟 = 𝑟 2 + ℎ2
2 2
At 𝑢 = 0, 𝑣 = 0 (𝑖. 𝑒. object and image both lies at
(μ2 − 1)𝑟 2 = ℎ2
pole)
ℎ
Satisfying these two conditions, only option (a) is 𝑟=
correct √μ2 − 1
2ℎ
752 (c) Diameter 2𝑟 =
√μ2 −1
Here, angle of incidence, 𝑖 = 60°
762 (d)
∴ Angle of deviation
Here 𝑢 = 𝑚𝑓
δ = 180° − (𝑖 + 𝑟)
For divergent lens (concave)
= 180° − 2𝑖 (As 𝑖 = 𝑟) 𝑚𝑓
= 180° − 2 × 60° = 60° ∴𝑣=
𝑚+1
754 (d) 𝑣 𝑚𝑓 1 1
Now magnification = = × =
When light travels from rarer to denser medium 𝑢 𝑚+1 𝑚𝑓 𝑚+1

its wavelength reduces. Wavelength in water 763 (a)

𝜆𝑎 For largest magnification focal length of eye lens
= should be least
μ𝑤
500 764 (d)
= = 375 nm = 376 nm (Blue colour)
(4/3) Convex lens, glass slab, prism and glass sphere
755 (b) they all disperse the light
Given wavelength does not belong to green 765 (b)
therefore all light will be absorbed In continuous spectrum all wavelength are
756 (a) present
For convex lens (for real image) 𝑢 + 𝑣 ≥ 4𝑓 766 (a)
For 𝑢 = 2𝑓, 𝑣 is also equal to 2𝑓 1 1 1
Hence 𝑢 + 𝑣 = 4𝑓 + =
𝑢 𝑣 𝑓
757 (d) 1 𝑑𝑢 1 𝑑𝑣
Deviation = zero ⇒− 2 − =0
𝑢 𝑑𝑡 𝑣 2 𝑑𝑡
So, 𝛿 = 𝛿1 + 𝛿2 = 0
(𝜇1 − 1)𝐴1 + (𝜇2 − 1)𝐴2 = 0 𝑑𝑣 𝑣 2 𝑑𝑢
⇒ = − 2( )
𝐴2 (1.75 − 1) = −(1.5 − 1)15° 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 𝑑𝑡
0.5 𝑣 𝑓
𝐴2 = − × 15° ⇒ 𝐴2 = −10° But =
0.75 𝑢 𝑢−𝑓
758 (d)
2
𝛿 = (360 − 2𝜃) = (360 − 2 × 60) = 240° 𝑑𝑣 𝑓 𝑑𝑢
∴ = −( ) ( )
759 (c) 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 − 𝑓 𝑑𝑡
1 1 1 2
+ = 0.2 1
−30 𝑣 30 =( ) × 15 = ms −1
1 2
Or 𝑣 = 30 = 15
1 −2.8 − 0.2 15

Or 𝑣 = 15 cm 767 (b)
760 (a) During minimum deviation the ray inside the
1 prism is parallel to the base of the prism in case of
μ∝
λ an equilateral prism.
μwater < μ 768 (a)

P a g e | 150
 The critical angle for region II and III 770 (b)
I II III
Critical angle from region III to region IV
)
C
( 𝑛0 /8 3
sin θ𝐶 = =
n0 n0 𝑛0 /6 4
2 Now applying Snell’s law in region I and region III
C
𝑛0
) 𝑛0 sin θ = sin θ𝐶
θ (
n0 6
1 1 3 1
√2 Or sin θ = 6 sin θ𝐶 = 6 (4) = 8
𝑛0 1
μIII 2 1 ∴ θ = sin−1 ( )
sin 𝐶 = = 𝑛0 = 8
μII √2 771 (d)
√2
sin 30° 1
𝑖𝑒. ∠ 𝐶 = 45° At point 𝐴. sin 𝑟 = 1.44
The ray, if incident at 45° at the interface of II and A
III it will be totally internally reflected. r
Now, from Snell’s lay in region I and II. 30°
𝑛0 60° 120°
𝑛0 sin θ = sin 𝐶 B  
D
√2
1
Or sin θ = × sin 45° C
√2
1 1
Or sin θ = × ⇒ 𝑟 = sin−1 (0.72) also ∠𝐵𝐴𝐷 = 180° − ∠𝑟
√2 √2 In rectangular 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷, ∠𝐴 + ∠𝐵 + ∠𝐶 + ∠𝐷 =
1
Or sin θ = 360°
2
⇒ (180° − 𝑟) + 60° + (180° − 𝑟) + 𝜃 = 360°
Or θ = 30°
⇒ 𝜃 = 2[sin−1(0.72) − 30°]
769 (a)
772 (c)
(i)When angle of prism is small and angle of
A bifocal lens consist of both convex and concave
incidence is also small, the deviation is given by
lenses with lower part is convex
𝛿 = (μ − 1)𝐴. Net deviation by the prism is zero.
773 (b)
So, 𝜋
Diameter of image 𝑑 = (0.5 × 180) × 500 𝑚𝑚 =
4.36 𝑚𝑚
50cm


𝛿1 + 𝛿2 = 0  = 0.5°
d
Or (μ1 − 1)𝐴1 + (μ2 − 1)𝐴2 = 0
Here, μ1 and μ2 are the refractive indices for
774 (d)
crown and flint glass respectively
1.51+1.49 1 1 1
Hence, μ1 = = 1.5 and = −
2 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
1.77 + 1.73 1 1 1 100 25
μ2 = = 1.75 2.5 = − or = − −
2 −0.75 𝑢 𝑢 75 10
This gives 𝐴2 = −4° 1 4 5 1 −8−15 23
Or = − − or = =−
Hence, angle of flint glass prism is 4°. Negative 𝑢 3 2 𝑢 6 6
6
sign shows that flint glass prism is inverted with Or 𝑢 = − 23 m = −0.26m
respect to the crown glass prism 775 (b)
(ii)Net dispersion due to the two prism is 𝑅
𝑓 = 2 and 𝑅 = ∞ for plane mirror
= (μ𝑏 1 − μ𝑟 1 )𝐴1 + (μ𝑏 2 − μ𝑟 2 )𝐴2 776 (c)
= (1.51 − 1.49)(6°) + (1.77 − 1.73)(−4°) 𝐴 = 𝑟 + 0 ⇒ 𝑟 = 30°
= −0.04° sin 𝑖 sin 45°
∴ Net dispersion is −0.04° ∴𝜇= = = √2
sin 𝑟 sin 30°

P a g e | 151
 From 𝛿 = 360 − 2𝜃
⇒ 180 = 360 − 2𝜃
⇒ 𝜃 = 90°

P Q

777 (b)
𝑂 = √𝐼1 𝐼2 = √4 × 16 = 8 𝑐𝑚 O

779 (a) 782 (d)

𝑅 𝑅
In given images, 𝑃, 𝑄 and 𝑅 lenses in contact for 𝑃 𝑓= , 𝑓′ = ⇒ 𝑓 ′ = 2𝑓
combination of lenses 2(𝜇 − 1) (𝜇 − 1)
1 1 1 2 783 (c)
= + = 1 1
𝐹𝑃 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓∝ and 𝜇 ∝
𝜇−1 𝜆
𝑓 784 (b)
𝐹𝑃 =
2 𝑓
Since 𝑚 = 𝑓𝑜
Similarly for 𝑄 and 𝑅 combination 𝑒
𝑓 Angle subtended by the image
𝐹𝑄 = Also 𝑚 = Angle subtended by the object
2
𝑓 𝑓𝑜 𝛼 𝑓𝑜 × 𝛽 60 × 2
𝐹𝑅 = ∴ = ⇒𝛼= = = 24°
2 𝑓𝑒 𝛽 𝑓𝑒 5
Then 𝑃 ∶ 𝑄 ∶ 𝑅 = 1 ∶ 1 ∶ 1 785 (b)
780 (b) 𝐼 cos 60°
5 × 10−4 =
For total internal reflection from glass-air 200 × 200
interface, critical angle 𝐶 must be less than angle Or 𝐼 = 5 × 10−4 × 4 × 104 × 2 = 40 cd
of incidence. 786 (d)
𝑖𝑒 𝐶 < 𝑖 If final image is formed at least distance of distinct
𝑜𝑟 𝐶 < 45° (∵ ∠𝑖 = 45°) vision, magnification
1 1 𝐷
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑛 = ⟹ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) =1+
sin 𝐶 𝑛 𝑓
Or magnification
25
=1+( )=6
5
787 (b)
Power of lens is reciprocal of its focal length.
Power of combined lens is
𝑃 = 𝑃₁ + 𝑃₂
= −15 + 5 = −10 𝐷
1 100
∴𝑓= = 𝑐𝑚
𝑃 −10
1
∴ sin−1 ( ) < 45° 𝑓 = −10 𝑐𝑚
𝑛
1 788 (c)
⟹ < sin 45° As 𝑢 → 𝑓, 𝑣 → ∞; 𝑢 → ∞, 𝑣 → 𝑓
𝑛
1 789 (c)
⟹𝑛> The walls will act as two mirrors inclined to each
sin 45°
1 360
⟹𝑛> 1 other at 90° and so will form ( 90 − 1) = 4 −
( 2) 1, 𝑖. 𝑒. , 3 images of the person. Now these images
√
⟹ 𝑛 > √2 with person will act as objects for the ceiling
781 (b) mirror and so ceiling mirror will form 4 images
Incident ray and finally reflected ray are parallel further. Therefore total number of images formed
to each other means 𝛿 = 180° =3+3+1=7
P a g e | 152
 Note : He can see, 6 images of himself λ
λ′ =
790 (b) μ
Final image formed by astronomical telescope is For water, μ > 1
inverted not erect So,
791 (a) λ′ < 𝜆
𝑚𝐿 = 4 Hence, wavelength of light decreases, when light
2 ′ 2 enter to water from vacuum.
𝑚𝐴 = (𝑚1 ) so that 𝐴 = 𝐴0 × 16 = 1600 𝑐𝑚
792 (d) 799 (b)
Velocity and wavelength change but frequency 𝑐
μ=
remains same 𝑣
𝜇 𝑣′
793 (b) ∴ =
According to Rayleigh’s law of scattering, μ′ 𝑣
1.5 𝑣′
intensity scattered is inversely proportional to the =
forth power of wavelength. So red is least 1.8 2 × 108
′
3 × 108
scattered and sun appears Red 𝑣 = = 1.67 × 108 ms−1
1.8
794 (b)
800 (c)
Angular description,
The dispersion produced by a spherical surface
𝛿𝑏 − 𝛿𝑟 = (𝜇𝑏 − 𝜇𝑟 )𝐴
depends on it’s radius of curvature. Hence, a lens
= (1.659 − 1.641)5°
will not exhibit dispersion only if it’s two surfaces
= 0.09°
have equal radii, with one being convex and the
795 (a)
other concave
𝑓0 𝑓𝑒
(1)𝑀 = − (1 + ) 801 (b)
𝑓𝑒 𝐷
Here, angular deviation
200 5
𝑀=− (1 + ) δ = 2π − 2θ
5 25 π
1 6 = 2π − 2 × = π
𝑀 = −40 (1 + ) = −40 × = −48 2
5 5
𝑓 200
(2) 𝑀 = 𝑓𝑜 = − 5 = −40
𝑒
P
796 (c)
P Q
For lens 𝑢 = 30 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓 = 20 𝑐𝑚, hence by using
1 1 1 1 1 1
= − ⇒ = − ⇒ 𝑣 = 60 𝑐𝑚
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 +20 𝑣 −30
The final image will coincide the object, if light ray O
falls normally on convex mirror as shown. From
figure it is seen clear that separation between lens Hence, final emergent ray is parallel to incident
and mirror is 60 − 10 = 50 𝑐𝑚 ray.
802 (a)
When the screen is equally illuminated,
𝐸1 = 𝐸2
O I 𝐼1 𝐼2 𝐼1 𝑟12 30×30 9
Or = or = = =
𝑟12 𝑟22 𝐼2 𝑟22 50×50 25

30 cm 10 cm 803 (c)
60 cm 1 3
𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) = sin−1 ( )
797 (a) μ 4
Optical fibres are used to send signals from one
place to another
798 (a)
When light enters water from vacuum, then
wavelength of light

P a g e | 153
 F O
F
I 12 cm

B
20 cm

810 (d)
806 (b) Focal length of eye lens = −2 𝑚
1 1
So , power of lens = =
𝑓 −2
= -0.5 D (short-sighted)
811 (c)
1 1.22 𝜆
Minimum angular separation ∆𝜃 = 𝑅.𝑃. = 𝑑
1.22 × 5000 × 10−10
= = 0.3 × 10−6 𝑟𝑎𝑑
1 1 sin 𝑖 2
sin 𝐶 = = ′
= 814 (b)
μ sin 𝑟 / sin 𝑖 sin 𝑟′
As is clear as shown in figure ℎ
tan 45° = ⇒ ℎ = 60 𝑚
∠𝐶𝐵𝐷 = 90° 60
Tower
∴ 90° − 𝑟 + 90° − 𝑟 ′ = 90°
Or 𝑟 ′ = 90° − 𝑟 h
sin 𝑖 sin 𝑖
∴ sin 𝐶 = = 45o
sin(90° − 𝑟) cos 𝑟 45o 60 m
sin 𝑖 Image
= = tan 𝑖 (∵ 𝑖 = 𝑟)
cos 𝑖
𝐶 = sin−1(tan 𝑖) = sin −1 (tan 𝑟)
807 (a) 817 (a)
Only one converging point is found by this lens. 𝑣
Magnification 𝑚 =
Therefore only one image is formed 𝑢
𝑣
808 (d) −4 =
𝑢
The rainbow is formed due to the dispersion of Or 𝑣 = −4 𝑢
white light from the sun and due to one or two Now, 𝑣 − 𝑢 = 10
total internal reflections from the water droplets Or − 5𝑢 = 10
behaving like prisms. The rainbow is not seen Or 𝑢 = −2 m
after every rain necessarily. 𝑣 =8m
809 (b) 1 1 1
Sun is at infinity, 𝑖. 𝑒., 𝑢 = ∞ so from mirror Again, = −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
1 1 1
formula we have 𝑓 = −32 + (−∞) ⇒ 𝑓 = −32 𝑐𝑚 1 1 1
Or = −
When water is filled in the tank upto a height of 𝑓 8 −2
20 𝑐𝑚, the image formed by the mirror will act as 1 1 1
Or = +
virtual object for water surface. Which will form 𝑓 8 2
Actual height 1+4 5
it’s image at 𝐼 such that Apparent height = = =
8 8
𝜇𝜔 𝐵𝑂 4/3
, i. e. , 𝐵𝐼 = 1 8
𝜇𝑎 Or 𝑓 = m = 1.6 m
5
3 3 818 (c)
⇒ 𝐵𝐼 = 𝐵𝑂 × = 12 × = 9 𝑐𝑚
4 4 𝑓
𝑚 = ±3, using 𝑚 = 𝑓+𝑢
𝑓
For virtual image 3 = 𝑓−8 …(i)
𝑓
For real image −3 = …(ii)
𝑓−16

P a g e | 154
 Solving (i) and (ii) we get 𝑓 = 12 𝑐𝑚 We know that
819 (a) 1 1 1
= −
When monochromatic light pass through a prism, 𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
𝑣 𝑣
the red colour suffers minimum deviation. ⇒ 𝑓 = 1 − 𝑢 (∴ 𝑢 is negative)
820 (b) 𝑣 = 𝑓(𝑚 + 1)
1
𝜇 ∝ , 𝜆𝑟 > 𝜆𝑣 829 (a)
𝜆 1
821 (b) Apparent shift = 𝑡 (1 − μ)
1 1 1 1 1 1
+ 𝑣 = 𝑓 or 𝑣 = − 𝑢 + 𝑓 1 1 1
𝑢 8 = 40 (1 − ) or = 1 −
μ 5 μ
Now, compare with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 1 4 5
Therefore graph is a straight line having negative Or = or μ =
μ 5 4
slope 830 (a)
822 (a) 0.6
𝑓=− = −0.3 m = −30 cm
Dispersion take place because the refractive index 2
of medium for different colours is different, for 1 1 1
+ =
example, red light bends less than violet, 𝑣 −10 −30
1 1 1 3−1
refractive index of the material of the prism for = − =
red light is less than that for violet light. 𝑣 10 30 30
30
Equivalently, we can say that red light travels Or 𝑣 = 2 cm = 15 cm
faster than violet light in a glass prism 𝑣 15
𝑚=− =− = 1.5
823 (a) 𝑢 −10
Lens maker’s formula Object lies between principal focus and pole. So,
1 1 1 the image is virtual and erect
= (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) 831 (c)
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
Where, 𝑅₂ = ∞, 𝑅₁ = 0.3 𝑚 At minimum distance, incidence is normal.
𝐼 250
1 5 1 1 Therefore, 𝐸 = 𝑟2 = = 6.94 lux
∴ = ( − 1) ( − ) 62
𝑓 3 0.3 ∞ 832 (b)
1 2 1 If object in a denser medium is seen from a rarer
⇒ = ×
𝑓 3 0.3 medium then image of object will appear at a
𝑜𝑟 𝑓 = 0.45 𝑚 leaser distance. The distance between object and
824 (b) its image, called as normal shift is given by
Magnifying power of astronomical telescope 1
𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 200 5 𝑥 = 𝑡 [1 − ]
𝑚 = − (1 + ) = − (1 + ) = −48 μ
𝑓𝑒 𝐷 5 25 Here, 𝑡 = 6 cm, μ = 1.5
825 (b) 1
1 1 1 ∴ 𝑥 = 6 [1 − ]
= (μ − 1) ( − ) 1.5
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 0.5
= 6 [ ] = 2 cm
Also, by Cauchy’s formula 1.5
𝐵 𝐶 833 (d)
μ = 𝐴 + 2 + + ⋯. 9
λ λ⁴ μ=
λblue < λred 8
μblue > μred 1 8
sin 𝐶 = =
Hence, 𝑓red > 𝑓blue ᷿ 𝑤 μ𝑔 9
826 (a) 8
𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
Sunlight consists of all the wavelength with some 9
black lines 8
θ > sin−1
827 (b) 9
834 (a)
𝜔 depend only on nature of material
Power of combination 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2
828 (d)
= +20 − 10 = +10D
Image will be real

P a g e | 155
 1 1 𝑏
𝐹 = 𝑃 = 10m =10 cm ∵ 𝜇 = 𝑎 + 𝜆2 [Cauchy’s equation]
For image at infinity 𝑑𝜇 2𝑏
and dispersion 𝐷 = − 𝑑𝜆 ⇒ 𝐷 = −(−2𝜆−3 )𝑏 = 𝜆3
𝐷 25
𝑀= = = 2.5 1 𝐷′ 𝜆 3 𝜆 3 1 𝐷
𝐹 10 ⇒𝐷∝ 3
⇒ ( ′
) = ( ) = ⇒ 𝐷′ =
835 (a) 𝜆 𝐷 𝜆 2𝜆 8 8
The black lines in solar spectrum are called 844 (d)
By using lens formula
Fraunhoffer lines
1 1 1 1 1 1 4−3
836 (b) = − ⇒ = − = ⇒𝑣
𝑡2 5.6 2
−16 𝑣 (−12) 𝑣 12 16 48
2
Time of exposure ∝ (𝑓. number) ⇒ 𝑡 = (2.8) = = 48 𝑐𝑚
1
Virtual Real
4
object Image
1 1
𝑡2 = 4𝑡1 = 4 × = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 = 0.02 𝑠𝑒𝑐 P
200 50
837 (c) u = 12 cm
From ray diagram v
A
845 (a)
A Focal length in air is given by
1 1 1
90° C  = ( 𝑎 μg − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑎 ₐ 𝑅1 𝑅2
The focal length of lens immersed in water is
B C
given by
1 1 1
𝐴 = 𝐶 + 𝜃 for TIR at 𝐴𝐶 = ( 𝑙 𝑛g − 1) ( − )
𝑓1 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝜃 > 𝐶 so 𝐴 > 2𝐶
When, 𝑅1 , 𝑅2 are radii of curvatures of the two
839 (a)
surfaces of lens and 𝑙 𝑛g is refractive index of glass
1
|𝑚| ∝ with respect to liquid.
𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 𝑎 𝑛g
840 (b) Also, 𝑙 μg = ₐ
𝑎 𝑛𝑙
𝐿 cos 𝜃 𝐿ℎ Given, ₐ 𝑎 𝑛g = 1.5, 𝑓𝑎 ₐ = 12 cm, ₐ 𝑎 𝑛𝑙 =
4
𝐼edge = 2 2
= 2 3
(ℎ + 𝑟 ) (ℎ + 𝑟 2 )3/2
𝑑𝐼 𝑓𝑙 (ₐ 𝑎 𝑛g − 1)
For maximum intensity =0 ∴ =
𝑑ℎ 𝑓𝑎 ₐ ( 𝑙 𝑛g − 1)
𝑟
Applying this condition have get ℎ = 𝑓1 (1.5 − 1) 0.5 × 4
√2
= =
841 (b) 12 ( 1.5 − 1) 0.5
4/3
We know that
velocity of light in vacuum ⇒ 𝑓1 = 4 × 12 = 48 cm
μ=
velocity of light in water 846 (b)
4 3 × 1010 From Rayleigh scattering concept
=
3 velocity in light in water 1 𝐼1 𝜆2 4
⇒ velocity of light in water = 2.25 × 1010 cms−1 𝐼 ∝ 4 𝑜𝑟 = ( )
𝜆 𝐼2 𝜆1
500×100
Time taken = 2.25×1010 = 2.22 × 10−6 s 𝜆2 4
1
𝑜𝑟 ( ) =
Equivalent optical path = μ × diatance travelled 𝜆1 4
in water 1/2
𝜆2 1
4 𝑜𝑟 =( )
= 3 × 500 = 666.64 m 𝜆1 2
842 (c) 𝜆1 √2
𝑜𝑟 =
Refractive index of refracted medium w.r.t. 𝜆2 1
incident medium 847 (a)
Speed in incident medium 𝐷 25
= or
Speed in refracted medium 𝐹 𝐹
843 (a) 848 (a)

P a g e | 156
 Focal length of lens image is called chromatic aberration and arises
1 1 1 due to the fact that focal length of a lens is
= (𝜇 − 1)( − )
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 different for different colours. In case of two thin
For equi-convex lens, lenses in contact, the combination will be free
𝑅1 = +𝑅, 𝑅2 = −𝑅 from chromatic aberration. The lens combination
1 1 1 which satisfies this condition is called achromatic
∴ = (𝜇 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑅 −𝑅 lenses.
1 2 856 (d)
= (𝜇 − 1) ( )
𝑓 𝑅 When a ray of light moves from one medium to
𝑅 other, its velocity changes. This change depends
𝑓=
2(𝜇 − 1) on refractive index of the medium. Light travels
𝑓 < 𝑅, 𝑠𝑜, 2(𝜇 − 1) < 1 from denser to rarer medium, 𝑖𝑒., from medium of
1 higher refractive index to lower refractive index.
(𝜇 − 1) <
2 So, in second (rarer) medium, its velocity
(𝜇 − 1) < 0.5
increases.
𝜇 < 1.5
857 (b)
Focal length of convex lens is positive. So,
According to the following ray diagram length of
𝜇 cannot be negative, hence should be greater
mirror
than zero but less than 1.5 1
849 (c) = (10 + 170) = 90𝑐𝑚
2
1
Critical angle = sin−1 (𝜇) H
10 cm

1 1 E
180 cm

∴ 𝜃 = sin−1 (𝜇 ) and 𝜃 ′ = sin−1 (𝜇 ) 1m 180/2 cm

𝜆1 𝜆2

Since 𝜇𝜆2 > 𝜇𝜆 1 , hence 𝜃 ′ < 𝜃

850 (d) F

𝐼1 𝐷12 𝑡1 = 𝐼2 𝐷22 𝑡2 [𝐷 is diameter of aperature] 858 (a)

𝐿
Here 𝐷 is constant and 𝐼 = 𝑑 = 𝑓1 − 𝑓2 = 7.5 − 7.3 = 0.2 𝑐𝑚
𝑟2
𝐿 𝐿 60 120 859 (b)
So 𝑟12 × 𝑡1 = 𝑟22 × 𝑡2 ⇒ (2)2 × 10 = (4)2 × 𝑡 ⇒
1 2 From figure
20 𝑠 = 𝑡 1
851 (b) 𝐴 = 𝑟1 + 𝑐 = 𝑟1 + sin−1 ( )
𝜇
A 1
⇒ 𝑟1 = 75 − sin−1 ( )
𝜇
From Snell’s law At 𝐵
r
2A sin 𝑖 sin 𝑖
𝜇= ⇒ √2 = ⇒ 𝑖 = 45°
sin 𝑟1 sin 30°
A
B C
sin 𝑖 A
𝐴 = 𝑟 + 0 and 𝜇 =
sin 𝑟
sin 2𝐴 i r1 C 90°
⇒𝜇=
sin 𝐴
2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴
= = 2 cos 𝐴 B C
sin 𝐴
852 (b)
𝑓𝑜 > 𝑓𝑒 for telescope 860 (c)
853 (a) Suppose the maximum height of the liquid is ℎ for
hr. min. which the source is not visible
Subtract the given time from
11 ∶ 60 Hence radius of the disc
855 (c) ℎ
𝑟=
The image of an object in white light formed by a √𝜇2 − 1
lens is usually coloured and blurred. This defect of

P a g e | 157
 ℎ 870 (a)
1= ⇒ ℎ = 1.33 𝑐𝑚
2 Focal length of the mirror remains unchanged
√(5) − 1
3 871 (d)
𝑑
Resolving power of telescope = 1.22 𝜆
872 (d)
h 𝑢𝑜 𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 𝐷
𝐿 = 𝑣𝑜 + 𝑢𝑒 = +
(𝑢𝑜 − 𝑓𝑜 ) 𝑓𝑒 + 𝐷
S 2 × 1.5 6.25 × 25
⇒𝐿= + = 11 𝑐𝑚
861 (a) (2 − 1.5) (6.25 + 25)
𝜔1 𝑓1 2 873 (c)
=− =−
𝜔2 𝑓2 3 It lamp is placed at the focus of concave mirror
862 (a) then we get parallel beam of light.
𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 − 𝜇1 1.5 1 (1.5 − 1) 874 (d)
− = ⇒ − = 1 1
𝑣 𝑢 𝑅 +𝑂𝑄 (−𝑂𝑃) +𝑅
𝑃 = (μ − 1) ( − )
On putting 𝑂𝑄 = 𝑂𝑃, 𝑂𝑃 = 5𝑅 𝑅1 𝑅2
863 (a) μ decreases, 𝑃 decreases and 𝑓 increases
The atoms in the chromosphere absorb certain 875 (c)
wavelengths of light coming from the In case of a telescope if object and final image are
𝑓𝑜
photosphere. This gives rise to absorption lines at infinity then 𝑚 =
𝑓𝑒
864 (b)
876 (a)
For passing the ray from prism,
When two lenses of different powers are
𝐴
μ < 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 combined, the power of combination is sum of
2
90° individual powers
μ < 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 ( ) ∴ 𝑃 = 𝑃₁ + 𝑃₂
2
μ < √2 𝑃 = 3𝐷 + (−5𝐷) = −2𝐷
1
μmax = √2 Also power = 𝑓 𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑝𝑖𝑟𝑒
865 (b) 100 100
∴𝑓= = − 𝑚 = −50 𝑚
𝑃 2
2f From lens formula
l ( 2f – l) 1 1 1
A = −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
F
A' C Putting 𝑓 = −50 𝑐𝑚, 𝑢 = −50 𝑐𝑚
1 1 1
v − = − (− )
50 𝑣 50
End 𝐴 of the rod acts as an object for mirror and ⟹ 𝑣 = −25 𝑐𝑚
𝐴′ will be its image so 𝑢 = 2𝑓 − 𝑙 = 20 − 5 = Hence, image is formed at same side as object.
15 𝑐𝑚 877 (c)
1 1 1 1 1 1 If nothing is said then it is considered that final
∵ = + ⇒ = − ⇒ 𝑣 = −30 𝑐𝑚
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 −10 𝑣 15 image is formed at infinite and 𝑚∞ =
Length of image (30−20) (𝐿∞ −𝑓𝑜−𝑓𝑒 ).𝐷 𝐿𝐷
Now 𝑚 = Length of object = 5
=2 ≃𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 0 𝑒
866 (c) 20 × 25
Glass lens will disappear if 𝜇𝐿 = 𝜇𝑔 . Therefore, ⇒ 400 = ⇒ 𝑓𝑒 = 2.5 𝑐𝑚
0.5 × 𝑓𝑒
when a glass lens of refractive index 1.47 is 878 (b)
immersed in glycerin whose refractive index is In telescope 𝑓𝑜 ≫ 𝑓𝑒 as compared to miscroscope
1.473 (at 20℃), the glass lens look like 880 (b)
disappeared Light is travelling from glass to air. 𝑖𝑒, form
868 (c) denser medium to rarer medium, so it will bend
In both 𝐴 and 𝐵, the refracted ray is parallel to the away from the normal, so θ2 > θ1 .
base of prism
P a g e | 158
881 (d)
Rarer  
When object is kept at centre of curvature. It’s
real image is also formed at centre of curvature Denser   
882 (b)
Huygen eyepiece satisfies the conditions for
elimination of the chromatic aberration as well as
spherical aberration. 887 (b)
883 (d) Here, 𝐴 = 60°, μ = √2
Clearly, 2𝑓 = 20 cm or 𝑓 = 10 cm Now,
Now, 𝑢 = −15 cm, 𝑣 =? 𝐴+δ
sin ( 2 𝑚)
𝐹 = 10 cm μ= 𝐴
… (i)
1 1 1 sin ( )
2
− =
𝑣 −15 10 Substituting given values in Eq. (i) , we get
1 1 1 1 1 1 60° + δ
Or 𝑣 + 15 = 10 or 𝑣 = 10 − 15 sin ( 2 𝑚)
1 3−2 1 √2 = 60°
Or = = or 𝑣 = 30 cm sin ( 2 )
𝑣 30 30
The charge in image distance is (30 − 20)cm 𝑖𝑒, δ𝑚
10 cm Or sin (30° + ) = √2 sin 30°
2
884 (d) δ𝑚 1 1
Or sin (30° + ) = √2 × =
𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 2 2 √2
100 100 δ
= 𝑓 + 𝑓 , both 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 are in cm. 𝑚
1 2 Or sin (30° + ) = 45°
100 100 2
= − δ𝑚
50 40 Or (30° + ) = sin 45°
2
=2-2.5=-0.5 D
Or δ𝑚 = 30°
885 (c)
𝐴 + δ𝑚
To see the container half-filled from top, water ∴ Angle of incidnece 𝑖 =
2
should be filled up to height 𝑥 so that bottom of 60° + 30°
the container should appear to be raised upto = = 30°
2
height (21 − 𝑥) 888 (b)
′ 𝑣𝑜 𝐷 𝐷
As shown in figure apparent depth ℎ = (21 − 𝑥)
𝑚 = (1 + ) = 𝑚𝑜 (1 + )
Real depth ℎ = 𝑥 𝑢𝑜 𝑓𝑒 𝑓𝑒
(21 – x )
25
⇒ 30 = 𝑚𝑜 (1 + ) = 𝑚𝑜 × 6 ⇒ 𝑚𝑜 = 5
5
(21 – x ) 889 (a)
21 cm x
Here 𝑑 = 1 𝑚, 𝜆 = 4538 Å
= 4.538× 10−7 𝑚
1.22𝜆
Bottom Raised bottom Resolving limit 𝜃 = 𝑑
ℎ 4 𝑥 1.22 × 4.538 × 10 ̄⁷
∴𝜇= ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑥 = 12 𝑐𝑚
ℎ ′ 3 21 − 𝑥 =
1
886 (c)
= 5.54× 10−7 rad
When the ray passes into the rarer medium, the
891 (a)
deviation is 𝛿 = 𝜙 − 𝜃. This can have a maximum
So, velocity of light in glass
𝜋 𝜋
value of ( 2 − 𝐶) for 𝜃 = 𝐶 and 𝜙 = 2 𝑉𝑚
𝑉𝑔 =
When total internal reflection occurs, the 𝜇
deviation is 𝛿 = 𝜋 − 2𝜃, the minimum value of 𝜃 𝑉𝑚
𝑉𝑚 − 𝑉𝑔 = 𝑉𝑚 −
being 𝐶. The maximum value of 𝛿 = 𝜋 − 2𝐶 𝜇
1
∴ 6.25 × 107 = 𝑉𝑚 (1 − 4 )
3
𝑉𝑚 = 6.25 × 107 × 4
P a g e | 159
 = 2.5 × 108 𝑚𝑠 −1 𝑢 = −6 cm, 𝑣 = (−6 m)cm
1 1 1
892 (c) From −𝑢 =𝑓
𝑣
In fog, visible light is scattered more according to 1 1 1 1 6
Rayleigh scattering, but scattering of infrared −6𝑚
+ 6 = 𝑓 or 1 − 𝑚 = 𝑓, …(ii)
radiations is less due to high wavelengths, hence Add Eq.(i) and Eq.(ii) we have
22 22
in fog, photographs of the objects taken with 2= or 𝑓 = = 11 cm
𝑓 2
infrared radiations are clearer.
901 (c)
893 (d) 1 1 1
𝑅 2(𝜇 − 1) 2(1.5 − 1) 𝑣
− 𝑢 = 𝑓 = constant, so (c) is correct graph.
𝑓= ⇒𝑃= =
2(𝜇 − 1) 0.2 0.2 902 (c)
= +5𝐷 In plane mirror, size of the image is independent
894 (b) of the angle of incidence
𝑐 sin 𝑖 sin 45° 903 (b)
𝜇= = =
𝑣 sin 𝑟 sin 30° Apparent depth of bottom
3 × 108 𝐻/4 𝐻/4 𝐻/4 𝐻/4
⇒𝑣= = 2.12 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 = + + +
√2 𝜇1 𝜇2 𝜇3 𝜇4
895 (b) 𝐻 1 1 1 1
= ( + + + )
Power of the system decreases due to separation 4 𝜇1 𝜇2 𝜇3 𝜇4
between the lenses. So, the focal length increases 904 (b)
896 (b) As is clear from figure, 𝐴 = 30°, 𝑖1 = 60°
Resolving limit (minimum separation) ∝ 𝜆 As the ray retraces its path on reflection at the
𝑃𝐴 2000 silvered face, therefore,
⇒ = ⇒ 𝑃𝐴 < 𝑃𝐵
𝑃𝐵 3000 𝑖2 = 0, 𝑟2 = 0
897 (d) As 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 = 𝐴
Size of object ∴ 𝑟1 + 0 = 30°
ℎ = √ℎ1 ℎ2 Or 𝑟1 = 30°
898 (b)
𝐴+𝛿𝑚
sin ( 2
)
𝐴 = 60°, 𝛿𝑚 = 30° 𝑠𝑜 𝜇 = 𝐴
sin ( )
2
60°+30°
sin ( ) sin 45°
2
𝜇= 60°
= = √2
sin ( 2 ) sin 30°
sin 𝑖1 sin 60° √3/2
1 1 μ= = = = √3
Also 𝜇 = ⇒ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( ) ⇒ 𝐶 = 45° sin 𝑟1 sin 30° 1/2
sin 𝐶 𝜇
899 (b) 905 (c)
distance 𝑡 𝑛𝑡
For real image 𝑣 = 0 Time = = =
1 1 1 speed 𝑐/𝑛 𝑐
∴ From 𝑓 = 𝑣 + 𝑢
906 (a)
900 (b) For total internal reflection at 𝐴𝐶 face
As a convex lens alone can form a real images as μ𝑤
sin 𝑖 ≥
well as a virtual images, therefore, the lens in the ug
present question is a convex lens. Let 𝑓 be the 4
sin θ ≥
focal length of the lens and 𝑚 be the magnification 3 × 1.5
produced 8
sin θ ≥
In the first case, when image is real, 9
𝑢 = −16 cm, 𝑣 = (𝑚 × 16)cm 907 (d)
1 1 1 Suppose water is poured up to the height ℎ,
As 𝑣
−𝑢 = 𝑓 1
So ℎ (1 − ) = 1 ⇒ ℎ = 4 𝑐𝑚
1 1 1 1 16 𝜇
∴ + = or 1 + = ...(i)
16𝑚 16 𝑓 𝑚 𝑓 909 (b)
In the second case, when image is virtual

P a g e | 160
 In each case two plane-convex lens are placed 𝑓𝑤 (1.5 − 1)
1 1 1 ⇒ = ⇒ 𝑓𝑤 = 32 𝑐𝑚
close to each other, and = + 𝑓𝑎 ( 1.5 − 1)
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 1.33
911 (c) 919 (c)
Ray from setting sun will be refracted at angle 8 Cd P 32 Cd

equal to critical angle x (120–x)

912 (b) 120 cm

𝐿 𝐿1 𝐿2
𝐼= 2⇒ 2= 2
𝑟 𝑟1 𝑟2
o
90o 60o 60 8 32
60o
or 𝑥 2 = (120−𝑥)2
Solving it we get 𝑥 = 40 𝑐𝑚
913 (b) 920 (b)
For 𝑇𝐼𝑅 at 𝑃𝑄; 𝜃 > 𝐶 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 9
From geometry of figure 𝜃 = 60°, 𝑖. 𝑒. , 60° < 𝐶 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 − 𝑑𝑃1 𝑃2
⇒ sin 60 > sin 𝐶 27 20
=9− × 𝑃1 𝑃2
√3 𝜇𝐿𝑖𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑑 √3 9 100
⇒ > ⇒ 𝜇𝐿𝑖𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑑 < × 𝜇Pr 𝑖𝑠𝑚 The above equation is correct for 𝑃1 = 3 and 𝑃2 =
2 𝜇Pr 𝑖𝑠𝑚 2
6
√3
⇒ 𝜇𝐿𝑖𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑑 < × 1.5 ⇒ 𝜇𝐿𝑖𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑑 < 1.3 921 (c)
2
When light waves are incident on the interface
915 (c)
between air and glass, then for the first ray there
From law of reflection, ∠ 𝑖 = ∠ 𝑟 … (i)
sin 𝑟 ′ 𝜇𝑑
is no phase change on reflection from such an
And sin 𝑖
= 𝜇𝑟
… (ii) interface. The second ray is reflected at an
From the figure, interface between an optically less dense medium
𝑟 + 𝑟′ + 90° = 180° (air) through which the ray travels and a dense
⇒ 𝑟 + 𝑟′ = 90° medium (glass). There is a 180° phase change on
reflection from such an interface.
Or 𝑖 + 𝑟′ = 90° 922 (d)
In general, the simple microscope is used with
𝑟 ′ = (90° − 𝑖) … (iii)
image at 𝐷, hence
From Eq. (ii),
sin(90° − 𝑖)
=
μ𝑑 𝐷 25
sin 𝑖 μ𝑟 𝑚 =1+ =1+ =6
𝑓 5
cos 𝑖 μ𝑑 𝜇𝑑 923 (d)
Or sin 𝑖 = ⇒ cot 𝑖 =
μ𝑟 𝜇𝑟 3
𝜙= × 0.685 = 1.37 × 103 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛
μ 1.5 × 10−3
But μ𝑑 = sin 𝐶 (where 𝐶 is critical angle) 924 (b)
𝑟
1 3/2
∴ cot 𝑖 = sin 𝐶 ⇒ 𝐶 = sin −1
(cot 𝑖) 𝐼centre (𝑟 2 + ℎ2 )3/2 (1 + 4) 5 3/2
= = = ( )
𝐼edge ℎ3 13 4
916 (a) 925 (b)
When final image is formed at ∞, 3.5 × 103 3.5 180°
𝑣0 𝐷 𝑣𝑜 𝐷 𝛼= 5
rad = ×
𝑀= ( )= ( ) 3.8 × 10 3.8 × 100 𝜋
𝑢0 𝑓𝑒 𝑓𝑜 𝑓𝑒 3.5 × 180 × 7°
Now, 𝑣𝑜 = 16 − 𝑓𝑒 = 16 − 2.5 = 13.5 cm =
38 × 100 × 22
13.5 25 𝑓 400
Also, 𝑀 = 𝑓𝑜 = 10 = 40
𝑀= × = −337.5
−0.4 2.5 𝑒

917 (d) 40 × 35 × 180 × 7°

β= = 21.1° ≈ 21°
𝑓𝑙 (𝑎 𝜇𝑔 − 1) 35 × 100 × 22
= 926 (b)
𝑓𝑎 (𝑙 𝜇𝑔 − 1)

P a g e | 161
 Colour of light is determined by its frequency and
as frequency does not change, colour will also not
change and will remain green
933 (a)
Virtual image formed is larger in size in case of
concave mirror
934 (c)
The variation of relative luminosity with
Form ∆ 𝑎𝑏𝑐, 𝐴 + 90° + (90° − 𝑖) = 180° wavelength is shown here
Or 𝑖 = 𝐴
Now, complementary angle at point 𝑑, θ = 2𝑖
∴ θ = 2𝐴
Only option (b) satisfies this
927 (d)
1 1 1 1
= + +
𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 𝑓3

935 (a)
 + + 1 sin 30°
For surface 𝐴𝐶 = 𝜇 = sin 𝑒
⇒ sin 𝑒 = 𝜇 sin 30°
A

F f1 f2 f3 30°
1 1 1 0.6 3 90° 90°
= (1.6 − 1) ( − ) = − =− … (i) e
𝑓1 ∞ 20 20 100 30°

1 1 1 1
= (1.5 − 1) ( − )= … (ii)
𝑓2 20 −20 20 B C
1 1 1 3 1
= (1.6 − 1) ( − )=− … (iii) ⇒ sin 𝑒 = 1.5 × = 0.75
𝑓3 −20 ∞ 100 2
1 3 1 3 ⇒ 𝑒 = sin−1 (0.75) = 48°36′
⇒ =− + − ⇒ 𝐹 = −100 𝑐𝑚
𝐹 100 20 100 From figure 𝛿 = 𝑒 − 30°
928 (d) = 48° 36′ − 30° = 18°36′
Length of the telescope when final image is 936 (b)
formed at least distance of distinct vision is When an object is placed in front of convex
𝑓𝑒 𝐷 5 × 25 mirror, then for all positions of object, convex
𝐿 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑢𝑒 = 𝑓𝑜 + = 50 +
𝑓𝑒 + 𝐷 5 + 25 mirror forms erect and diminished image of that
325 object. So, it is obvious that man seeing his image
= 𝑐𝑚
6 shorter than his height uses convex mirror.
929 (d)
937 (b)
Resolving power ∝ aperture
Clearly, the given mirror is a convex mirror
930 (d) 𝑓
Convex mirror always forms, virtual, erect and 𝑚=
𝑓−𝑢
smaller image 1 18
931 (b) =
3 18 − 𝑢
In any medium other than air or vacuum, the Or 3 × 18 = 18 − 𝑢
velocities of different colours are different. Or 𝑢 = −2 × 18 cm or 𝑢 = −36 cm
Therefore, both red and green colours are 938 (c)
refracted at different angles of refraction. Hence, 𝛿Pr 𝑖𝑠𝑚 = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 = (1.5 − 1)4° = 2°
after emerging from glass slab through opposite ∴ 𝛿𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝛿Pr 𝑖𝑠𝑚 + 𝛿𝑀𝑖𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟
parallel face, they appear at two different points = (𝜇 − 1)𝐴 + (180 − 20) = 2° + (180 − 2 × 2)
and move in the two different parallel directions. = 178°
932 (a) 939 (c)

P a g e | 162
 1 1 1 √3 𝛿𝑚
𝑃= = (μ − 1) [ − ] ⇒ = sin (30° + ) ⇒ 𝛿𝑚 = 60°
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 2 2
𝑃2 𝜇2 − 1 945 (a)
Hence, =( )
𝑃1 𝜇1 − 1 𝑐 𝑣𝜆 𝜆
𝑃2 1.6 − 1 𝑛1 = = =
𝑖𝑒, = 𝑣1 𝑣𝜆1 𝜆1
1 1.5 − 1 𝑐 𝑣𝜆 𝜆
Hence, 𝑃2 = 1.2 𝑛2 = = =
𝑣2 𝑣𝜆2 𝜆2
940 (c) 𝑛1 𝜆
Now, 𝑛2
= 𝜆2
1
𝑛
x Or 𝜆2 = (𝑛1 ) 𝜆1
2
 947 (c)
d 60°−𝛿𝑚
sin ( )
𝑥 1.22 𝜆 √3 = 2
𝜃= = 60°
𝑑 𝑎 sin ( 2 )
1.22 𝜆𝑑
⇒𝑥= √3 60° + 𝛿𝑚
𝑎 = sin ( )
1.22 × 5000 × 10−10 × 103 2 2
= = 6.1 𝑚𝑚 60° + 𝛿𝑚
10 × 10−2 sin 60° = sin ( )
2
𝑖. 𝑒., order will be 5 𝑚𝑚 60°+𝛿𝑚
941 (d) Or 2
= 60°
𝐴+𝛿𝑚 60°+60°
The two lenses of an achromatic doublet should Or 𝛿𝑚 = 60°; 𝑖 = = = 60°
2 2
have, sum of the product of their powers and 948 (a)
dispersive power equal to zero 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 2𝐷 − 4𝐷 = −2𝐷
942 (a) 949 (d)
𝑅 2f 2f
tan θ𝐶
𝑡
f

950 (a)
From the figure it is clear that the angle between
Or 𝑅 = 𝑡(tan θ𝐶 ) incident ray and emergent ray is 90°
1 3
But, sin θ𝐶 = μ = 5 Incident Emergent
45o 45o ray 45o 45o ray
3
∴ tan θ𝐶 =
4
3 3 r r 
𝑅 = 𝑡 = (8 cm) = 6 cm
4 4
Hence, the answer is 6.
943 (b) 951 (c)
The focal length
1 1
Real image = (μ − 1)
O 𝑓1 −𝑅
I 1 1
Virtual object = (1.5 − 1)
𝑓1 −25
1
= −50 cm
𝑓1
944 (c)
𝐴+𝛿𝑚 60°+𝛿𝑚 The focal length
sin ( 2
) sin ( 2
) 1 1
𝜇= 𝐴 ⇒ √3 = 60° = (1.5 − 1) ×
sin 2 sin 2 𝑓2 −20
1 1
= 0.5 × m
𝑓2 −20
P a g e | 163
 1 Taking triangle 𝑂𝐴𝐵, we have
= −40 cm
𝑓2 θ + 57° = 90°
The focal length of bi-convex ⇒ θ = 90° − 57° = 33°
1 1 1
= ( 1 𝑛2 − 1) ( + ) 957 (c)
𝑓3 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 4 1 1 According to lens maker’s formula
= ( − 1) ( + ) The focal length of plano convex lens is
𝑓3 3 20 25
1 1 5+4
= ×( )
𝑓3 3 100
1 1 9
= ×
𝑓3 3 100
1 3
= 1 1 1
𝑓3 100 = (𝑛 − 1) ( − )
1 − 200 𝑓 ∞ −𝑅
= 1 3 1 1
𝐹 3 = ( − 1) ( ) =
𝐹 = −66.3 cm 𝑓 2 𝑅 2𝑅
952 (b) or 𝑅 = 2
𝑓
…(i)
Absolute refractive index is defined as the ratio of
The focal length of liquid lens is
speed of light in free space to that in a given 1 1 1
medium = (𝑛𝑙 − 1) ( − )
𝑐 𝑓1 −𝑅 ∞
𝑖𝑒, μ = 1 (𝑛𝑙 − 1)
𝑣 =
For a given light, denser is the medium, lesser will 𝑓1 𝑅
1 2(𝑛𝑙 −1)
be the speed of light and so greater will be the 𝑓1
= 𝑓 [Using (i)]
refractive index, 𝑒𝑔, as 𝑣glass > 𝑣water , μg < μ𝑤 . Effective focal length of the combination is
As speed of light in vacuum is always greater than 1 1 1
= +
speed in a transparent medium, so the refractive 2𝑓 𝑓 𝑓1
index in a transparent medium is greater than 1 1 2(𝑛𝑙 − 1) 1 1
= − ⇒ 2(𝑛𝑙 − 1) = 1 − =
one. 2𝑓 𝑓 𝑓 2 2
953 (a) 1 5
⇒ 𝑛𝑙 − 1 = ⇒ 𝑛𝑙 = = 1.25
2f 2f 4 4
f
958 (a)
Principle  1 1 2
𝜇= = =
axis sin 𝐶 sin 60° √3
2f 2f 960 (d)
𝑢 = −10 𝑐𝑚, 𝑣 = 20 𝑐𝑚
Ratio of focal length of new plano convex lenses is
1 1 1 1 1 3 20
1:1 = − = − (− ) = ⇒𝑓= 𝑐𝑚
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 20 10 20 3
954 (c) 100 100
Since the image is formed at the point of object Now 𝑃 = = = +15 𝐷
𝑓 20/3
𝑖. 𝑒., object is kept on the radius of curvature 961 (a)
∴ C. F. = F. P. = 60 𝑐𝑚 = 𝑓 𝐴+𝛿
sin ( 2 𝑚) sin 45°
955 (d) 𝜇= = = √2
sin(𝐴/2) sin 30°
While vibrating, the resultant polarized light in a
962 (d)
plane makes an angle θ with reflecting surfaces. 3 4
Given, 𝑓𝑎 ₐ = 0.15 m, μg = and μ𝑤 ᷿ =
2 3
According to Lens maker’s formula
1 1 1 μ𝐿
= (μ − 1) ( − ) where μ =
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 μ𝑀
1 μg 1 1
=( − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑎 ₐ μ𝑎 ₐ 𝑅1 𝑅2

P a g e | 164
 (3/2) 1 1 3
=( − 1) 𝐶 where 𝐶 = ( − ) 7𝑅 2 = 9ℎ2 ⇒ 𝑅 = ℎ
1 𝑅1 𝑅2 √7
1 𝐶 966 (d)
Or = … (i) 𝑅 𝑅
𝑓𝑎 ₐ 2 𝑓= ⇒ 10 = ⇒ 𝑅 = 12 𝑐𝑚
1 μg 1 1 2(𝜇 − 1) 2(1.6 − 1)
Also, = ( − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ μ𝑤 𝑅1 𝑅2 967 (a)
(3/2) A concave lens always from virtual image for real
=( − 1) 𝐶 objects
(4/3)
1 𝐶 968 (a)
Or = (ii) Power of the combination 𝑃 = 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 = 12 −
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ 8
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 2 = 10 𝐷
𝑓𝑤 ᷿ 𝐶 8 ∴ Focal length of the combination
= × =4 100 100
𝑓𝑎 ₐ 2 𝐶 𝐹= = = 10 𝑐𝑚
Or 𝑓᷿𝑤 = 4𝑓𝑎 ₐ = 4 × 0.15 = 0.6 m 𝑃 10
969 (d)
963 (b)
For achromatic combination 𝜔𝐶 = −𝜔𝐹
For total internal reflection from surface 𝐵𝐶
[(𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 )𝐴]𝐶 = −[(𝜇𝑣 − 𝜇𝑟 )𝐴]𝐹
𝜃 ≥ 𝐶 ⇒ sin 𝜃 ≥ sin 𝐶
⇒ [𝜇𝑟 𝐴]𝐶 + [𝜇𝑟 𝐴]𝐹 = [𝜇𝑣 𝐴]𝐶 + [𝜇𝑐 𝐴]𝐹
= 1.5 × 19 + 6 × 1.66 = 38.5
A B
  Resultant 𝛿 = [(𝜇𝑟 − 1)𝐴]𝐶 + [(𝜇𝑟 − 1)𝐴]𝐹
= [𝜇𝑟 𝐴]𝐶 + [𝜇𝑟 𝐴]𝐹 − (𝐴𝐶 + 𝐴𝐹 )
= 38.5 − (19 + 6) = 13.5°
C
970 (c)
1 Here, 𝑖 = 45°
⇒ sin 𝜃 ≥ ( )
𝑙 𝜇𝑔 Applying Snell’s law at air-glass surface, we get
𝜇Liquid 𝜇𝑎 sin 𝑖 = 𝜇𝑔 sin 𝑟′′
⇒ sin 𝜃 ≥ ( )
𝜇Prism 1 sin 𝑖 = √2 sin 𝑟′′
1.32 11 1
sin 𝜃 ≥ ( ) ⇒ sin 𝜃 ≥ sin 𝑟′′ = sin 𝑖
1.56 13 √2
964 (a) 1
When light ray goes from denser to rarer medium = sin 45°
√2
(𝑖. 𝑒., more 𝜇 to less 𝜇) it deviates away from the
normal while if light ray goes from rarer to denser
medium (𝑖. 𝑒. less 𝜇 more 𝜇) it bend towards the
normal.
This property is satisfied by the ray diagram (i)
only
965 (a)
sin 90° 1
=μ sin 𝑟′′ =
sin 𝐶 2
1 𝑅 3 1
sin 𝐶 = ⇒ = 𝑟 ′′ = sin−1 ( ) = 30°
μ √𝑅 2 + ℎ2 4 2
From figure, 𝑟 + 𝜃 + 𝑟 ′′ = 180°
𝑖 + 𝜃 + 30o = 180o [∴ 𝑖 = 𝑟]
𝑖 + 𝜃 + 30° = 180° ⇒ 𝜃 = 180° − 75° = 105°
Hence, the angle between reflected and refracted
rays is 105°
972 (b)
1
Size is 5. It can’t be plane and concave mirror,
Squaring, 16𝑅2 = 9𝑅 2 + 9ℎ2
because both conditions are not satisfied in plane

P a g e | 165
 or concave mirror. Convex mirror can meet all the And 𝑑 = 𝑡(θ − 1 . 𝑟)[∵ sin θ = θ cos θ =
requirements 1 if θ is small]
973 (a) θ 1
𝑑 = 𝑡 (θ − ) = 𝑡θ (1 − )
From the following figure 𝑛 𝑛
𝑡θ(𝑛 − 1)
∴𝑑=
𝑛
i 976 (a)
r
 𝐴 60
n In minimum deviation condition 𝑟 = 2
= 2
= 30°
977 (a)
𝑟 + 𝑖 = 90° ⇒ 𝑖 = 90° − 𝑟 𝐴+𝛿𝑚 60°+60°
For ray not to emerge from curved surface 𝑖 > 𝐶 sin ( 2
) sin ( 2
)
𝜇= 𝐴 = 60°
= √3
⇒ sin 𝑖 > sin 𝐶 ⇒ sin(90° − 𝑟) > sin 𝐶 ⇒ cos 𝑟 sin 2 sin ( )
2
> sin 𝐶
978 (a)
1 1
⇒ √1 − sin2 𝑟 > [∵ sin 𝐶 = ] 1 1 1
𝑛 𝑛 − =
2 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓
sin 𝛼 1 1
⇒1− 2
> 2 ⇒ 1 > 2 (1 + sin2 𝛼) 𝑢 = 10, 𝑣 = 15, 𝑓 =?
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
⇒ 𝑛2 > 1 + sin2 𝛼 ⇒ 𝑛 > √2 [sin 𝑖 → 1]
⇒ Least value = √2
975 (b)
In ∆𝐵𝐶𝐸

δ
1 1 1
− =
15 10 𝑓
μ
⇒ 𝑓 = −30 𝑐𝑚
980 (a)
𝐶𝐸 When plane mirror rotates through an angle 𝜃,
sin(θ − 𝑟) = the reflected ray rotates through an angle 2𝜃. So
𝐵𝐶
𝐶𝐸 = 𝐵𝐶 sin(𝜃 − 𝑟) spot on the screen will make 2𝑛 revolutions per
or 𝑑 = 𝐵𝐶 sin(θ − 𝑟) … (i) second
In ∆𝐵𝑀𝐶 981 (d)
𝐵𝑀 1 1 1 1 1 1 80
cos 𝑟 = = + ⇒ = + ⇒ 𝑓2 = − 𝑐𝑚
𝐵𝐶 𝐹 𝑓1 𝑓2 80 20 𝑓2 3
𝐵𝑀 𝑡 ∴ Power of second lens
or 𝐵𝐶 = = … (ii)
cos 𝑟 cos 𝑟 100 100
From Eqs (i) and (iii) we get 𝑃2 = = = −3.75 𝐷
𝑓2 −80/3
𝑡
𝑑= sin(θ − 𝑟) 982 (d)
cos 𝑟
𝑡 According to Kirchhoff’s law, a substance in
𝑑= (sin θ cos 𝑟 − cos θ sin 𝑟) unexcited state will absorb these wavelength
cos 𝑟
𝑑 = 𝑡(sin θ − cos θ tan 𝑟) which it emits in de-excitation
If 𝑛 is the refractive index of material of slab 983 (d)
(glass) w.r.t. air, then The image formation by a convex lens is as
𝑠𝑖𝑛 θ follows
𝑛= Image formed is diminished, when objects lies
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑟
For small angle between 2𝐹 and infinity.
θ Magnification
𝑛=
𝑟 𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒
θ (𝑀) =
𝑟= 𝑜𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒
𝑛
P a g e | 166
 1 𝑣 sin 𝑟 1
= = … . (𝑖) = tan 30° =
2 𝑢 sin 𝑖 √3
From lens formula sin 𝑖
Or sin 𝑟 = √3 or μ = √3
1 1 1
= − …. (𝑖𝑖) So, speed of light in 𝑌 is √3 times less
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
Where, 𝑓 is focal length, 𝑣 the image distance and 990 (c)
𝑢 the object distance. μ ᷿and μg are refractive indices for rarer (water)
From eqs. (i) and (ii), we get and denser (glass) media, then
1 1 2 sin 𝐶 μ𝑤 ᷿
= + =
𝑓 𝑢 𝑢 sin 90° μg
As 𝑢 = 90 𝑐𝑚 4/3 8
⇒ sin 𝐶 = =
1 3 3/2 9
=
30 𝑢
⟹ 𝑢 = 90 𝑐𝑚 8
⇒ 𝐶 = sin−1 ( )
984 (a) 9
𝑓𝑜
|𝑚| =
𝑓𝑒
= 20 and 𝐿 = 𝑓𝑜 + 𝑓𝑒 = 105 ⇒ 𝑓𝑜 = 991 (a)
100 𝑐𝑚 Since prism 𝑃 is placed in position of minimum
985 (c) deviation, therefore refracted rays becomes
parallel to the base of the prism, again by adding
two prism 𝑅 and 𝑄 of same material as shown in
figure, the deviation produced by 𝑄 and 𝑅 equal
and opposite in sense, therefore final deviation is
same as due to prism 𝑃.
992 (c)
As is clear from figure, the new distance is 2𝑥 − Angle of incidence = 2(Angle of refraction), 𝑖 =
2𝑣. The distance of image from object is reduced 2𝑟 [Given]
by an amount 2𝑣 is one second sin 𝑖
As 𝜇 = sin 𝑟 =
sin 2𝑟
sin 𝑟
986 (b)
2 sin 𝑟 cos 𝑟
The sun appears = [∵ sin 2𝜃 = 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃]
above the horizon sin 𝑟
Horizon B = 2 cos 𝑟
𝜇 𝜇
As seen or cos 𝑟 = 2 or 𝑟 = cos −1 ( 2 )
Atmospheric
A
from the 𝜇
refraction
∴ 𝑖 = 2𝑟 = 2 cos −1 ( )
2
Actual position of
the sun
993 (c)
Incident ray
(Just below horizon)
30° 30° Reflected ray
987 (a)
𝑅 60°
𝑓=
2 30°
Surface
988 (c)
994 (c)
The parallel rays coverage at a distance equal to
Given, 𝑛 = 1.5, ℎ0 = 3
focal length of lens so 𝑓 = 𝐿 ℎ0
1 1 1 𝑛=
𝑏𝑢𝑡 = (𝜇 − 1) ( − ) ℎ1
𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2 3
1 1 1.5 =
= (1.5 − 1) ( + ) ℎ1
20 20 3
0.5 × 2 1 ℎ𝑖 = = 2 𝑐𝑚
= = 1.5
20 20 Hence, 3-2 = 1 cm upwards.
So 𝑓 = 20 𝑐𝑚 therefore, 𝐿 = 20 𝑐𝑚
995 (a)
989 (c)
From figure

P a g e | 167
 𝜃 + 𝜃 + 10 = 90 𝑣 −40
𝑚= = =5
⇒ 𝜃 = 40° 𝑢 −8
Vertical RR
100 (a)
0 For lens, mirror combination, combined focal
 IR
 length is given by
10o Horizontal

line 1 2 1
= +
Plane 𝐹 𝑓 𝑓𝑚
mirror
Here, 𝑓𝑚 = ∞
996 (b) 1 2
In short sightedness, the focal length of eye lens ∴ =
𝐹 𝑓
decreases, so image is formed before retina 𝑓 20
Or 𝐹 = 2 = = 10cm
997 (c) 2

When a slab of thickness 𝑡 is introduced between 100 (b)

𝑃 and the mirror, the appearent position of 𝑃 1 Deviation is greater for lower wavelengths
𝑡 100 (a)
shifts towards the mirror by (𝑡 − ). Hence, the
μ 2 Solids and liquids given continuous and line
mirror must be moved in the same direction spectra. Only gases are known to given band
through the same distance spectra
998 (a) 100 (c)
According to Snell’s law 3 From figure it is clear that relative velocity
sin 𝑖
Refractive index, μ = sin 𝑟 between object and it’s image = 2𝑣 cos 𝜃
O v cos  v cos  I
Given 𝑖 = 2𝑟
 
sin 2𝑟
∴ μ= v v
sin 𝑟
2 sin 𝑟 cos 𝑟
Or μ = sin 𝑟
𝜇
Or cos−1 = 𝑟 100 (c)
2
μ 5 Given, 𝑎 μg = 𝑎 μ𝑒
⇒ 𝑖 = 2 cos −1 [ ] The focal length of convex lens in liquid 𝑓 is given
2
by
999 (a) 1 𝑎 μg 1 1
Lens formula is given by =( − 1) ( − )
𝑓 ₐ 𝑎 μ𝑒 ₑ 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1 1 1 1 1
= − … (i) = (1 − 1) ( − )
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 𝑓 𝑅1 𝑅2
Where 𝑓 is focal length of lens, 𝑣 is image distance 1
and 𝑢 is object distance. =0
𝑓
Given 𝑓 = 10 cm (as lens is converging) Or 𝑓 = ∞
𝑢 = −8 cm (as object is placed on left side of the Its focal length will become infinite.
lens) 100 (b)
Substituting these values in Eq. (i) , we get 7 𝜔 𝜔
For achromatic combination, 𝑓1 + 𝑓2 = 0
1 1 1 1 2
= − ⇒ 𝜔 1 𝑓2 + 𝜔 2 𝑓1 = 0
10 𝑣 −8
1 1 1 100 (a)
⇒ = − 8 ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑟 = 0°
𝑣 10 8
100 (d)
1 8 − 10
⇒ = 9 After refraction through a medium, red rays
𝑣 80 deviate less. Also, since air is rarer than water, so
80 the rays bend towards the normal. So, the correct
∴𝑣= = −40 cm
−2 dispersion pattern is (b).
101 (b)
Hence, magnification produced by the lens
0

P a g e | 168
 Refractive index of liquid 𝐶 is same as that of glass 1 2−1
⇒ =
piece. So it will not be visible in liquid 𝐶 𝑣 40
101 (a) ⇒ 𝑣 = 40 𝑐𝑚
1 𝛿 ∝ (𝜇 − 1) 101 (b)
101 (c) 6 When light passes from one medium to another,
2 Since θ < θ𝐶 , both reflection and refraction will its frequency remains unchanged but it velocity
take place. From the figure we can see that angle (and hence, wavelength) changes.
between reflected and refracted rays 𝛼is less wavelength in air (λ𝑎 )
𝑎 μg =
than 180° − 2θ. wavelength in glass (λg )
5890
⇒ 1.6 =
λg

Air 5890
)
) ⇒ 𝜆g = = 3681 Å
Water 1.6
(
(

101 (d)
7 After silvering the plane surface, plano convex
lens behave as a concave mirror of focal length
1 2
101 (d) =
𝐹 𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠
3 For total internal reflection 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝐹 = 0.2 𝑚
1 ∴ 𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠 = 2𝐹 = 2 × 0.2 = 0.4 𝑚
μ=
sin 𝐶 Now, from lens maker’s formula
1
μ= 1 1 1
sin(90° − θ) = (𝜇 − 1)( − )
𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑠 𝑅1 𝑅2
1 1
μ= ⇒ cos θ = 1 1 1
cos θ μ ∴ = (1.5 − 1)( − )
0.4 𝑅1 ∞
1
θ = cos−1 ( ) ⟹ 𝑅1 = 0.5 × 0.4 = 0.2 𝑚
μ
101 (d)
101 (b)
8 Angle of incidence = angle of emergence
4
Ie, 𝑖 = 𝑖′
3 3
Also, 𝑖 = 4 × angle of equilateral prism = 4 ×
60° = 45°
Thus, angle of deviation
=𝑖 + 𝑖 − 𝐴
1 1 1 =(45° + 45° − 60°) = 30°
(𝜇 − 1) [ − ]
𝑓1 𝑅1 𝑅2 102 (c)
1 1 1 0 Let distance between lenses be 𝑥. As per the given
= (1.5 − 1) [ − ]
𝑓1 14 ∞ condition, combination behaves as a plane glass
1 0.5 plate, having focal length ∞
= 1 1 1 𝑥
𝑓1 14 So by using 𝐹 = 𝑓 + 𝑓 − 𝑓 𝑓
1 2 1 2
1 1 1
= (1.2 − 1) [ − ] 1 1 1 𝑥
𝑓2 ∞ −14 ⇒ = + − ⇒ 𝑥 = 20 𝑐𝑚
∞ +30 −10 (+30)(−10)
1 0.2
= 102 (b)
𝑓2 14
1 Only the light-gathering power is reduced
1 1 1 0.5 0.2
= + = + 102 (c)
𝑓 𝑓1 𝑓2 14 14
1 0.7 2 Covering a portion of lens does not effect position
⇒ = and size of image
𝑓 14
1 7 1 1 1 102 (a)
= − = − 3
𝑣 140 40 20 40
P a g e | 169
 𝐼 𝑣 𝑓 Convex lens
Magnification of objective lens 𝑚 = 𝑂 = 𝑢0 = 𝑢0
0 0 Retina
𝐼 200 × 10−2
⇒ = ⇒ 𝐼 = 5 × 10−2 𝑚 = 5 𝑐𝑚 I
50 2 × 103 NearO
102 (d) point

4 Apparent distance of fish from lens 𝑢 = 0.2 +

ℎ 102 (b)
𝜇
9 Velocity of light is maximum in vacuum
0.4
= 0.2 + = 0.5𝑚 103 (a)
4/3 𝑣
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Let distance = 𝑢. Now 𝑢 = 16 and 𝑣 = 𝑢 + 120
From 𝑓 = 𝑣 − 𝑢 ⇒ (+3) = 𝑣 − (−0.5) 𝑣 = −0.6 𝑚
120 + 𝑢
The image of the fish is still where the fish is 0.4 𝑚 ∴ = 16 ⇒ 15𝑢 = 120 ⇒ 𝑢 = 8 𝑐𝑚
𝑢
below the water surface 103 (a)
102 (b) 1 𝐵
𝜇 =𝐴+ 2
5 The point on the right side of the lens at will rays 𝜆
converge will behave as virtual object of the lens. 103 (c)
∴ 𝑢 = +12 𝑐𝑚, 𝑓 = 20 𝑐𝑚 2 Objective of compound microscope is a convex
From the relation lens. Convex lens forms real and enlarged image
1 1 1 when an object is placed between its focus and
= −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢 lens.
1 1 1 103 (d)
∴ = −
20 𝑣 12 4 The illuminance at 𝐵
1 1 1 𝐿
⟹ = + 𝐼𝐵 = … (i)
𝑣 20 12 12
3+5 8 And illuminance at point 𝐶
= =
60 60
A Lamp
60
∴ 𝑢= = 7.5 𝑐𝑚
8 
So, image will be formed on same side of the 1m

virtual object at a distance of 7.5 cm from the lens.
B C
102 (a) 2m

6 Let 𝐴 be the angle of prism, and 𝛿 the angle of 𝐿 cos 𝜃 𝐿 1

minimum deviation, then refractive index of the 𝐼𝐶 = 2 = 2×
(√5) (√5) √5
medium of prism is given by
𝐴+𝛿 𝐿
sin ( 2 ) ⇒ 𝐼𝐶 = … (iii)
𝜇= 5√5
𝐴
sin ( 2 ) From equation (i) and (ii) 𝐼𝐵 = 5√5 𝐼0
Given, 𝛿 = 𝐴, 𝜇 = 1.5 103 (c)
𝐴+𝐴 5 1 16
sin ( ) 2
= 2
∴ 1.5 = 2 50 𝑑
𝐴
sin ( 2 ) Or 𝑑2 = (50)2 × 16
Also sin 2𝜃 = 2 sin𝜃 cos𝜃 Or 𝑑 = 50 × 4cm = 200cm = 2m
𝐴 𝐴 103 (b)
2sin 2 cos 2
∴ 1.5 = 6 𝑓 𝑓
𝐴 𝑚= ⇒ −3 = ⇒ 𝑓 = −15 𝑐𝑚
sin 2 𝑓−𝑢 𝑓 − (−20)
𝐴 1.5 103 (a)
⟹ cos = = 0.75
2 2 7 𝑓
𝐴 𝑚=
𝑓−𝑢
⟹ = 41° − 24′ − 36′′
2 −20
⟹ 𝐴 = 82° − 48′ − 72′′ −2 =
−20 − 𝑢
102 (d) 20
−2 =
8 Hypermetropia is removed by convex lens 20 + 𝑢
Or 20 + 𝑢 = −10

P a g e | 170
 Or 𝑢 = −30 cm
103 (a)
8 In myopia, eye ball may be elongated so, light rays 0.04 m
focussed before the retina
103 (a) Real depth (ℎ)
9 1 𝜇=
𝑓 Apparent depth (ℎ′)
𝑚= = −2 = 1 3
𝑓+𝑢 +𝑢 0.04
3 ⇒ 1.6 =
2 1 ℎ′
− − 2𝑢 = ⇒ ℎ′ = 0.025 𝑚
3 3
1 2 104 (a)
Or −2𝑢 = 3 + 3 = 1
3 5 = (1.5 − 1) (𝑅)
2
…(i)
1
Or 𝑢 = − m = −0.5 m 1.5 1
2
−1 = ( 𝑛 − 1) (𝑅) …(ii)
104 (c)
0 From colour triangle Dividing Eq.(i) by Eq.(ii), we get
104 (a) 0.5𝑛
−5 =
1 Light ray is going from liquid (Denser) to air 1.5 − 𝑛
Or −7.5 + 5𝑛 = 0.5𝑛 or−7.5 = −4.5𝑛
(Rarer) and angle of refraction is 90°, so angle of 75 5
incidence must be equal to critical angle Or 𝑛 = 45 = 3

90°
104 (c)
4 1 𝜇𝑙 𝑣𝑔 𝜇𝑙 2 × 108
𝜇∝ ⇒ = ⇒ = ⇒ 𝜇𝑙 = 1.2
C 5 cm
3cm
𝑣 𝜇𝑔 𝑣𝑙 1.5 2.5 × 108
104 (b)
E
6 𝐼∝
1
so,
4cm 𝑟2
Illuminance on slide
From figure
Illuminance on screen
4
sin 𝐶 = (Length of image on screen)2
5 =
1 5 (Length of object on slide)2
Also 𝜇 = sin 𝐶 = 4 = 1.2 2
3.5 𝑚
104 (b) =( ) = 104 : 1
35 𝑚𝑚
2 Case (i) When flat face is in contact with paper 104 (d)
7 √3
sin 𝐶 = … (i)
2

0.04 m

𝜇2 𝜇1 𝜇2 −𝜇1
𝑣
− 𝑢
= 𝑅
where 1
𝜇1 = 𝑅. 𝐼. of medium in which light rays are going sin 𝑟 = sin(90° − 𝐶) = cos 𝐶 =
2
=1 sin θ μ2
=
𝜇1 = 𝑅. 𝐼. of medium from which light rays are sin 𝑟 μ1
coming = 1.6 2 1
sin θ = ×
𝑢 = distance of object from curved surface = √3 2
−0.04 𝑚 1
θ = sin−1 ( )
𝑅 = −0.04 𝑚 √3
1 1.6 1 − 1.6 104 (b)
∴ − = ⇒ 𝑣 = −0.04 𝑚
𝑣 (−0.04) (−0.04) 8 Far point of the eye = focal length of the lens
𝑖. 𝑒., the image will be formed at the same position 100 100
= = = 151 𝑐𝑚
of cross 𝑃 0.66
Case (ii) When curved face is in contact with 104 (a)
paper 9 Apparent depth is given by
P a g e | 171
 𝑑1 𝑑2 105 (b)
𝑑apparent = +
μ1 μ2 1 The far and near point for normal eye are usually
6 6 taken to be infinite and 25 cm respectively, ie, a
= + = 4.5 + 4
4/3 1.5 normal eye can see very distant objects clearly
= 8.5 cm but near objects only if they are at a distance
105 (a) greater than 25 cm from the eye. The ability of eye
0 The central ray goes undeviated. So, μ2 = μ1 to see objects from infinite distance to 25 cm from
Also, μ3 < μ2 it is called power of accommodation.

P a g e | 172
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

Assertion - Reasoning Type

This section contain(s) 0 questions numbered 1 to 0. Each question contains STATEMENT 1(Assertion) and
STATEMENT 2(Reason). Each question has the 4 choices (a), (b), (c) and (d) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

a) Statement 1 is True, Statement 2 is True; Statement 2 is correct explanation for Statement 1

b) Statement 1 is True, Statement 2 is True; Statement 2 is not correct explanation for Statement 1

c) Statement 1 is True, Statement 2 is False

d) Statement 1 is False, Statement 2 is True

Statement 1: The focal length of the mirror is 𝑓 and distance of the object from the focus is 𝑢, the
magnification of the mirror is 𝑓/𝑢
Statement 2: Magnification = Size of image
Size of object
2

Statement 1: The illuminance of an image produced by a convex lens is greater in the middle and lens
towards the edges
Statement 2: The middle part of image is formed by undeflected rays while outer part by inclined rays

Statement 1: A red object appears dark in the yellow light

Statement 2: A red colour is scattered less

Statement 1: The focal length of the refractive of the telescope is larger than that of eye piece

Statement 2: The resolving power of telescope increases when the aperture of objective is small

Statement 1: The focal length of lens does not change when red light is replaced by blue light

Statement 2: The focal length of lens does not depends on colour of light used

P a g e | 173
 Statement 1: Within a glass slab, a double convex air bubble is formed. This air bubble behaves like a
converging lens
Statement 2: Refractive index of air is more than the refractive index of glass

Statement 1: The cloud in sky generally appear to be whitish

Statement 2: Diffraction due to cloud is efficient in equal measure at all wavelengths

Statement 1: The reflective index of diamond is √6 and that liquid is √3. If the light travels from
diamond to the liquid, it will initially reflected when the angle of incidence is 30°
Statement 2: μ = 1 where μ is the refrective index of diamond with respect to liquid
sin 𝐶

Statement 1: The polar caps of earth are cold in comparison to equatorial plane

Statement 2: The radiation absorbed by polar caps is less than the radiation absorbed by equatorial
plane
10

Statement 1: For the sensitivity of a camera, its aperture should be reduced

Statement 2: Smaller the aperture , image focusing is also sharp

11

Statement 1: In optical fibre, the diameter of the core is kept small

Statement 2: This smaller diameter of the core ensures that the fibre should have incident angle more
than the critical angle required for total internal reflection
12

Statement 1: The resolving power of a telescope is more if the diameter of the objective lens is more

Statement 2: Objective lens of large diameter collects more light

13

Statement 1: A concave mirror and convex lens both have the same focal length in air. When they are
submerged in water, they will still have the same focal length
Statement 2: The refractive index of water is greater than the refractive index of air

14

Statement 1: The formula connecting 𝑢, 𝑣 and 𝑓 for a spherical mirror is valid only for mirrors whose
sizes are very small compared to their radii of curvature.
Statement 2: Laws of reflection are strictly valid for plane surfaces, but not for large spherical surfaces.

15

Statement 1: A short sighted person cannot see objects clearly when placed beyond 30 cm. He should
use a concave lens of power 2 D

P a g e | 174
 Statement 2: Concave lens should form image of an object at infinity placed at a distance of 50 cm

16

Statement 1: Diamond glitters brilliantly

Statement 2: Diamond does not absorb sunlight

17

Statement 1: Glass is transparent but its powder seems opaque. When water is poured over it, it
becomes transparent.
Statement 2: Light gets refracted through water.

18

Statement 1: The stars twinkle while the planets do not

Statement 2: The stars are much bigger in size than the planets

19

Statement 1: In a movie, ordinarily 24 frames are projected per second from one end to the other of
the complete film
Statement 2: The image formed on retina of eye is sustained upto 1/10 second after the removal of
stimulus
20

Statement 1: If objective and eye lenses of a microscope are interchanged then it can work as telescope

Statement 2: The objective of telescope has small focal length

21

Statement 1: The images formed by total internal reflections are much brighter than those formed by
mirror or lenses
Statement 2: There is no loss of intensity in total internal reflection

22

Statement 1: Just before setting, the sun may appear to be elliptical. This happens due to refraction

Statement 2: Refraction of light ray through the atmosphere may cause different magnification in
mutually perpendicular directions
23

Statement 1: Dispersion of light occurs because velocity of light in a material depends upon its colour

Statement 2: The dispersive power depends only upon the material of the prism, not upon the
refracting angle of the prism
24

Statement 1: The resolving power of an electron microscope is higher than that of an optical
microscope
Statement 2: The wavelength of electron is more than the wavelength of visible light

P a g e | 175
25

Statement 1: The refractive index of a prism depends only on the kind of glass of which it is made of
and the colour of light
Statement 2: The refractive index of a prism depends upon the refracting angle of the prism and the
angle of minimum deviation
26

Statement 1: The setting sun appears to be red

Statement 2: Scattering of light is directly proportional to the wavelength

27

Statement 1: By increasing the diameter of the objective of telescope, we can increase its range

Statement 2: The range of a telescope tells us how far away a star of some standard brightness can be
spotted by telescope
28

Statement 1: Propagation of light through an optical fibre is due to total internal reflection taking place
at the core-clad interface.
Statement 2: Refractive index of the material of the core of the optical fibre is greater than that of air.

29

Statement 1: It is impossible to photograph a virtual image

Statement 2: The rays which appear diverging from a virtual image fall on the camera and a real image
is captured
30

Statement 1: Angle of deviation depends on the angle of prism.

Statement 2: For thin prism δ = (μ-1)A Where δ= angle of deviation μ = refractive index A = angle of
prism
31

Statement 1: Convergent lens property of converging remain same in all mediums

Statement 2: Property of lens whether the ray is diverging or converging depends on the surrounding
medium
32

Statement 1: Owls can move freely during night

Statement 2: They have large number of rods on their retina

33

Statement 1: Using Huygen’s eye-piece measurements cab be taken but are not correct.

Statement 2: The cross wires, scale and final image are not magnified proportionately because the
image of the object is magnified be two lenses, whereas the cross wire scale is magnified
by one lens only. Identify the correct one of the following

P a g e | 176
34

Statement 1: A double convex lens (𝜇 = 1.5) has focal length 10 𝑐𝑚. When the lens is immersed in
water (𝜇 = 4/3) its focal length becomes 40 𝑐𝑚
Statement 2: 1 𝜇1 − 𝜇𝑚 1 1
= ( − )
𝑓 𝜇𝑚 𝑅1 𝑅2
35

Statement 1: The fluorescent tube is considered better than an electric bulb

Statement 2: Efficiency of fluorescent tube is more than the efficiency of electric bulb

36

Statement 1: Different colours travel with different speed in vacuum

Statement 2: Wavelength of light depends on refractive index of medium

37

Statement 1: An empty test tube dipped into water in a beaker appears silver, when viewed from a
suitable direction
Statement 2: Due to refraction of light, the substance in water appears silvery

38

Statement 1: A short sighted person cannot see objects clearly when placed beyond 50 cm. He should
use a concave lens of power 2 D.
Statement 2: Concave lens should form image of an object at infinity placed at a distance of 50 cm.

39

Statement 1: We cannot produce a real image by plane or convex mirrors under any circumstances

Statement 2: The focal length of a convex mirror is always taken as positive

40

Statement 1: All the materials always have the same colour, whether viewed by reflected light or
through transmitted light
Statement 2: The colour of material does not depend on nature of light

41

Statement 1: By roughening the surface of a glass sheet its transparency can be reduced

Statement 2: Glass sheet with rough surface absorbs more light

42

Statement 1: The speed of light in a rarer medium is greater than that in a denser medium

Statement 2: One light year equals to 9.5 × 1012 𝑘𝑚

43

Statement 1: Critical angle of light passing from glass to air is minimum for violet colour

P a g e | 177
 Statement 2: The wavelength of violet light is greater than the light of other colours

44

Statement 1: The air bubble shines in water

Statement 2: Air bubble in water shines due to refraction of light

45

Statement 1: The colour of the green flower seen through red glass appears to be dark

Statement 2: Red glass transmits only red light

46

Statement 1: If the angles of the base of the prism are equal, then in the position of minimum deviation,
the refracted ray will pass parallel to the base of prism
Statement 2: In the case of minimum deviation, the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of
emergence
47

Statement 1: The mirrors used in search lights are parabolic and not concave spherical.

Statement 2: In a concave spherical mirror the image formed is always virtual.

48

Statement 1: Blue colour of sky appears due to scattering of blue colour

Statement 2: Blue colour has shortest wave length in visible spectrum

49

Statement 1: The frequencies of incident, reflected and refracted beam of monochromatic light
incident from one medium to another are same
Statement 2: The incident, reflected and refracted rays are coplanar

50

Statement 1: There is no dispersion of light refracted through a rectangular glass slab

Statement 2: Dispersion of light is the phenomenon of splitting of a beam of white light into its
constituent colours
51

Statement 1: If a plane glass slab is placed on the letters of different colours all the letters appear to be
raised up to the same height
Statement 2: Different colours have different wavelengths

P a g e | 178
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: ANSWER KEY :
1) a 2) a 3) b 4) d 29) d 30) A 31) d 32) c
5) d 6) d 7) c 8) a 33) c 34) a 35) a 36) d
9) c 10) c 11) a 12) a 37) c 38) b 39) d 40) d
13) d 14) c 15) a 16) b 41) c 42) b 43) c 44) c
17) a 18) b 19) c 20) d 45) a 46) a 47) c 48) a
21) a 22) a 23) b 24) c 49) b 50) b 51) d
25) c 26) c 27) b 28) b

P a g e | 179
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: HINTS AND SOLUTIONS :

1 (a)
𝐼 𝑓
Magnification produced by mirror 𝑚 = 𝑂 = 𝑓−𝑢 =
𝑓
𝑥
𝑥 is distance from focus
2 (a)
Image formed by convex lens
7 (c)
Source at
infinity
The clouds consist of dust particles and water
Focus
droplets. Their size is very large as compared to
the wavelength of the incident light from the sun.
4 (d)
So there is very little scattering of light. Hence the
The magnifying power of telescope in relaxed
𝑓 light which we receive through the clouds has all
state is 𝑚 = 𝑓0 the colours of light. As a result of this, we receive
𝑒
almost white light. Therefore, the cloud are
So, for high magnification, the focal length of generally white
objective length should be larger than of eye-piece 8 (a)
𝑑 Reflection index of diamond w.r.t. liquid 𝑙 μ𝑑 =
Resolving power of a telescope = 1.22 𝜆 1
sin 𝐶
For high resolving power. Diameter (𝑑) of
objective should be higher √6 1
∴ =
√3 sin 𝐶
5 (d)
1
Focal length of the lens depends upon it’s Or sin 𝐶 = = sin 45°
1 √2
refractive index as 𝑓 ∝ (𝜇 − 1)
∴ 𝐶 = 45°
Since 𝜇𝑏 > 𝜇𝑟 so 𝑓𝑏 < 𝑓𝑟
Therefore, the focal length of a lens decreases 9 (c)
when red light is replaced by blue light Polar caps receives almost the same amount of
6 (d) radiation as the equatorial plane. For the polar
The air bubble would behave as a diverging lens, caps angle between sun rays and normal (to polar
because refractive index of air is less than caps) tends to 90°. As per Lambert’s cosine law,
refractive index of glass. However, the 𝐸 ∝ cos 𝜃, therefore 𝐸 is zero. For the equatorial
geometrical shape of the air bubble shall resemble plane, 𝜃 = 0°, therefore 𝐸 is maximum. Hence
a double convex lens polar caps of earth are so cold. (where 𝐸 is
radiation received)
10 (c)
Very large apertures gives blurred images
because of aberrations. By reducing the aperture

P a g e | 180
 the clear image is obtained and thus the Thus, concave lens will form an image of the
sensitivity of camera increases. Also the focussing object at infinity at a distance of 50 cm
of object at different distance is achieved by
slightly altering the separation of the lens from 16 (b)
the film Diamond glitters brilliantly because light enters in
11 (a) diamond suffers total internal reflection. All the
For smaller diameter incident angle at 𝐴(𝑖′′) will light entering in it comes out of diamond after
be greater than critical angle to cause total number of reflections and so light is absorbed by
internal reflection it
18 (b)
The stars twinkle while the planets do not. It is
due to variation in density of atmospheric layer.
As the stars are very far and giving light
continuously to us. So, the light coming from stars
12 (a) is found to change their intensity continuously.
𝑎
Resolving power = 1.22𝜆 Hence they are seen twinkling. Also stars are
13 (d) much bigger in size than planets but it has nothing
If a mirror is placed in a medium other than air its to deal with twinkling phenomenon
focal length does not change as 𝑓 = 𝑅/2, but for 19 (c)
the lens After the removal of stimulus the image formed
on retina is sustained up to 1/6 second
1 1 1 20 (d)
= (𝑎 𝑛g − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑎 𝑅1 𝑅2 We cannot interchange the objective and eye lens
1 1 1 of a microscope to make a telescope. The reason is
and 𝑓 = (𝑤 𝑛g − 1) (𝑅 − 𝑅 ) that the focal length of lenses in microscope are
𝑤 1 2
very small, of the order of 𝑚𝑚 or a few 𝑐𝑚 and
As 𝑤 𝑛g< 𝑎 𝑛g, hence focal length of lens in water the difference (𝑓𝑜 − 𝑓𝑒 ) is very small, while the
increases. The refractive index of water is 4/3 and telescope objective have a very large focal length
that of air is 1. Hence, μ𝑤 > μ𝑎 as compared to eye lens of microscope
14 (c) 21 (a)
Laws reflection can be applied to any type of In total internal reflection, 100% of incident light
is reflected back into the same medium, and there
surface.
15 (a) is no loss of intensity, while in reflection from
We know that power of lens is a reciprocal of its mirrors and refraction from lenses, there is
focal length, hence always some loss of intensity. Therefore images
formed by total internal reflection are much
1 1 brighter than those formed by mirrors or lenses
𝑃 = 𝑓 = 50 = 2D
100 22 (a)
When the sun is close to setting, refraction will
Since, lens is concave hence, its power will be 2D.
effect the top part of the sun differently from the
If the objective is placed at infinity then
bottom half. The top half will radiate its image
𝑢 = ∞, 𝑣 =? , 𝑓 =50 cm truly, while the bottom portion will send an
apparent image. Since the bottom portion of sun
1 1 1
From the formula, 𝑣 − 𝑢 = 𝑓 is being seen through thicker, more dense
atmosphere. The bottom image is being bent
1 1 1 intensely and gives the impression of being
− =
𝑣 ∞ −50 squashed or “flattened” or elliptical shape
23 (b)
𝑣 = −50 cm
The velocity of light in a material medium
depends upon it’s colour (wavelength). If a ray of

P a g e | 181
 white light incident on a prism, then on emerging, Focal length of lens immersed in water is four
the different colours are deviated through times the focal length of lens in air. It means
different angles 𝑓𝜔 = 4𝑓𝑎 = 4 × 10 = 40 𝑐𝑚
(𝜇𝑉 −𝜇𝑅 )
Also dispersive power 𝜔 = (𝜇 −1) 35 (a)
𝑌
The efficiency of fluorescent tube is about
𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝜔 depends upon only 𝜇
50 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛/𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡, whereas efficiency of electric
24 (c)
bulb is about 12 𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛/𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑡. Thus for same
The wavelength of wave associated with electron
amount of electric energy consumed, the tube
(de Broglie waves) is less than that of visible light.
gives nearly 4 times more light than the filament
We know that resolving power is inversely
bulb
proportional to wavelength of wave used in
36 (d)
microscope. Therefore the resolving power of an
The velocity of light of different colours (all
electron microscope is higher than that of an 1
optical microscope wavelengths) is same in vacuum and 𝜇 ∝ 𝜆
26 (c) 37 (c)
The sun and its surroundings appears red during The ray of light incident on the water air interface
sunset or sunrise because of scattering of light. suffers total internal reflections, in that case the
The amount of scattered light is inversely angle of incidence is greater than the critical
proportional to the fourth power of wavelength of angle. Therefore, if the tube is viewed from
1
light, 𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝐼 ∝ 𝜆4 suitable direction (so that the angle of incidence is
greater than the critical angle), the rays of light
27 (b)
incident on the tube undergoes total internal
The light gathering power (or brightness) of a
reflection. As a result, the test tube appears as
telescope ∝ (𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟)2 . So by increasing the
highly polished 𝑖. 𝑒. silvery
objective diameter even far off stars may produce
38 (b)
images of optimum brightness
We know that power of lens is a reciprocal of its
30 (A) 1 1
focal length, hence 𝑃 = = 50 = 2D
The relation between angle of deviation δ for a 𝑓
100
thin prism, an angle of prism and refractive index
of material of prism is given by δ = (μ-1)A Since, lens is concave hence, its power will be 2D.
31 (d) If the object is placed at infinity then
In air or water, a convex lens made of glass
μ = ∞, v = ? , 𝑓 = 50 cm
behaves as a convergent lens but when it is placed
in carbon disulfide, it behaves as a divergent lens. 1 1
From the formula, v − u = 𝑓
1
Therefore, when a convergent lens is placed
inside a transparent medium of refractive index 1 1 1
greater than that of material of lens, it behave as a − =
v ∞ −50
divergent lens.
v = −50 cm
It simply concludes that property of a lens
whether the ray is diverging or converging Thus, concave lens will form an image of the
depends on the surrounding medium object at infinity at a distance of 50 cm.

32 (c) 39 (d)
Owls can move freely during night, because they We can produce a real image by plane or convex
have large number of cones on their retina which mirror
help them to see in night
33 (c)
I O
Using Huygen’s eye-piece, measurements can be
(Real
taken but not accurately due to the reason given. (Real image) image)
34 (a)

P a g e | 182
 Focal length of convex mirror is taken positive flower is seen through red glass it absorbs the
40 (d) green colour, so it appears to be dark
It is not necessary for a material to have same
colour in reflected and transmitted light. A 46 (a)
material may reflect one colour strongly and In case of minimum deviation of a prism ∠𝑖 = ∠𝑒
transmit some other colour. For example, some
i i
lubricating oils reflect green colour and transmit r r
red. Therefore, in reflected light, they will appear
green and in transmitted light, they will appear
red so ∠𝑟1 = ∠𝑟2
41 (c) 48 (a)
When glass surface is made rough, then light 1
I (scattering of light) ∝ 𝜆4 , blue light has small
incident on it is scattered in different directions.
Due to which its transparency decreases wavelength and order of wavelength of blue light
is nearly equal to size of scattered particle of sky
There is no effect of roughness on absorption of and blue scattered most not violet even violet has
light smallest wavelength in visible spectrum
50 (b)
43 (c) After refraction at two parallel faces of a glass
1 1
𝜇 ∝ 𝜆 ∝ 𝐶 . 𝜆𝑉 is least so 𝐶𝑉 is also least. Also the slab, a ray of light emerges in a direction parallel
greatest wavelength is for red colour to the direction of incidence of white light on the
44 (c) slab. As rays of all colours emerge in the same
Shining of air bubble in water is on account of direction (of incidence of white light), hence there
total internal reflection is no dispersion, but only lateral displacement
45 (a) 51 (d)
Red glass transmits only red light and absorbs all Apparent shift for different coloured latter is
the colours of which light. Thus, when green 1
𝑑 = ℎ (1 − ) ⇒ 𝜆𝑅 > 𝜆𝑉 so 𝜇𝑅 < 𝜇𝑉
𝜇
Hence 𝑑𝑅 < 𝑑𝑉 𝑖. 𝑒. red coloured letter raised least

P a g e | 183
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

Matrix-Match Type

This section contain(s) 0 question(s). Each question contains Statements given in 2 columns which have to be
matched. Statements (A, B, C, D) in columns I have to be matched with Statements (p, q, r, s) in columns II.

1. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists

Column-I Column- II

(A) An object is placed at focus before a convex (p) Magnification is −∞

mirror
(B) An object is placed at centre of curvature (q) Magnification is 0.5
before a concave mirror
(C) An object is placed at focus before a concave (r) Magnification is +1
mirror
(D) An object is placed at centre of curvature (s) Magnification is −1
before a convex mirror
(t) Magnification is 0.33

CODES :

A B C D

a) B d a e

b) a d c b

c) c b a e

d) b e d c

2. Match the List 𝐼 with the List 𝐼𝐼 from the combinations shown

Column-I Column- II

(A) Presbyopia (p) Sphero-cylindrical lens

(B) Hypermetropia (q) Convex lens of proper power may be used

close do the eye
(C) Astigmatism (r) Concave lens of suitable focal length

(D) Myopia (s) Bifocal lens of suitable focal length

P a g e | 184
 CODES :

A B C D

a) a c b d

b) b d c a

c) d b a c

d) d a c b

3. Two transparent media of refractive indices 𝜇1 and 𝜇3 have a solid lens shaped transparent material of
refractive index 𝜇2 between them as shown in figures in Column-II. A ray traversing these media is also
shown in the figures. In column-I different relationships between 𝜇1 , 𝜇2 and 𝜇3 are given. Match them to
the ray diagrams shown in Column-II
Column-I Column- II

(A) 𝜇1 < 𝜇2 (p)

(B) 𝜇1 > 𝜇2 (q)

(C) 𝜇2 = 𝜇3 (r)

(D) 𝜇2 > 𝜇3 (s)

(t)

CODES :

A B C D

a) P,r q,s,t p,r,t q,s

b) q,s,t p,r q,s p,r,t

c) p,r,t q,s p,r q,s,t

d) q,s p,r,t q,s,t p,r

P a g e | 185
4. A simple telescope used to view distant objects has eyepiece and objective lenses of focal lengths 𝑓𝑒 and 𝑓0
respectively. Then
Column-I Column- II

(A) Intensity of light received by lens (p) Radius of aperture

(B) Angular magnification (q) Dispersion of lens

(C) Length of telescope (r) Focal length of objective lens and eyepiece
lens
(D) Sharpness of image (s) Spherical aberration

CODES :

A B C D

a) P,q,r p,b r r

b) r p,q,r r p,b

c) p,b r r p,q,r

d) r p,b p,q,r r

5. An optical component and an object 𝑆 placed along its optic axis are given in Column I. The distance
between the object and the component can be varied. The properties of images are given in Column II.
Match all the properties of images from Column II with the appropriate components given in Column I
Column-I Column- II

(A) (p) Real image

(B) (q) Virtual image

(C) (r) Magnified image

(D) (s) Image at infinity

CODES :

A B C D

a) P,q,r p q r,s

b) p,q,r,s q p,q,r,s p,q,r,s

c) r,s p,q q p,q,r,s

P a g e | 186
d) p,q p,q,r,s r,s q

P a g e | 187
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: ANSWER KEY :
1) a 2) c 3) a 4) c
5) b

P a g e | 188
Session : 2024-25 AS PER NEW NTA SYLLABUS
Total Questions : 1107

JEE/NEET PHYSICS
9.RAY OPTICS AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

: HINTS AND SOLUTIONS :

3 (a) (r 𝜇2 = 𝜇3 (As no
( 𝜇2 = 𝜇3 ) deviation) 𝜇2 >
p As there is no 𝜇1 (As light
) deviation. As the bends – towards
light bends normal)
towards normal r → C and A
in denser (s 𝜇2 < 𝜇1
medium 𝜇2 > 𝜇1 ) 𝜇3 < 𝜇2
p → A and C As light bends
( As light bends away from
q away from normal
) normal s → B and D
𝜇2 < 𝜇1 and 𝜇3 < (t 𝜇2 = 𝜇3 As no
𝜇2 ) deviation of light
q → B and D 𝜇2 < 𝜇1 As light
bends away from
normal
t → C and B

P a g e | 189